Back to GetFilings.com
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 OR 15(d) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
For the fiscal year ended Commission file
December 31, 1999 number 0-13203
LNB Bancorp, Inc.
(Exact name of the registrant as specified in its Charter)
Ohio 34-1406303
(State of incorporation) (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
457 Broadway, Lorain, Ohio 44052-1769
(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)
(440) 244 - 6000
(Registrant's telephone number, including area code)
SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(g) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934:
Title of Each Class Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
Common Stock, Par Value $1.00 NASDAQ - National Market
Per Share
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that
the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been
subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. YES [X] NO [ ]
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to
Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be
contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or
information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form
10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. [X]
The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates
of the Registrant at February 29, 2000 was approximately $60,618,000.
The number of shares of Registrant's Common Stock outstanding on
February 29, 2000 was 4,127,161.
Portions of the 1999 Annual Report to Stockholders of Registrant are
incorporated in Parts I, II, III and IV of this report. Portions of the
Proxy Statement of Registrant dated March 20, 2000 are incorporated in
Part III of this report.
1
LNB Bancorp, Inc.
Form 10-K Report
Table of Contents
1999
Page
PART I
Item 1 Business
a. General Development of Business 2
b. Financial Information About Industry
Segments 3
c. Description of LNB Bancorp, Inc.'s Business 3
d. Financial Information About Foreign and
Domestic Operations and Export Sales 7
e. Statistical Disclosure by Bank Holding
Companies 7
I. Distribution of Assets, Liabilities
and Shareholders' Equity: Interest Rates
and Interest Differential 8
II. Investment Portfolio 8
III. Loan Portfolio 10
IV. Summary of Loan Loss Experience 14
V. Deposits 16
VI. Return on Equity and Assets 17
VII. Short-Term Borrowings 17
Item 2 Properties 18
Item 3 Legal Proceedings 18
Item 4 Submission to Matters to a Vote of Shareholders 18
PART II
Item 5 Market for the Registrant's Common Equity and
Related Shareholder Matters 21
Item 6 Selected Financial Data 21
Item 7 Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations 21
a. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about
Market Risk 21
Item 8 Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 21
Item 9 Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on
Accounting and Financial Disclosure 22
PART III
Item 10 Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant 22
Item 11 Executive Compensation 23
Item 12 Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners
and Management 23
Item 13 Certain Relationships and Related Transactions 23
PART IV
Item 14 Exhibits, Financial Statements, Schedules and
Reports on Form 8-K 24
SIGNATURES 25
APPENDIX INDEX 27
2
PART 1
ITEM 1 - BUSINESS
a) GENERAL DEVELOPMENT OF BUSINESS
LNB Bancorp, Inc.(the Parent Company), a bank holding company, was
incorporated on October 11, 1983 under the laws of the State of Ohio at
the direction of the Board of Directors of The Lorain National Bank (the
Bank), a national banking association, for the purpose of acquiring all
the outstanding common stock of the Bank. The term "the Corporation"
refers to LNB Bancorp, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiary. At a special
meeting of the shareholders of the Bank, held on February 28, 1984, the
shareholders approved the Plan of Reorganization, involving the merger of
the Bank into the Lorain Interim Association, a national banking
corporation, incorporated solely for the purpose of effecting the
Reorganization Plan. Lorain Interim was a wholly-owned subsidiary of the
Corporation.
Upon the consummation of the merger on March 30, 1984, under the Plan of
Reorganization, the business of the Bank is conducted by the merged Bank
under the name "The Lorain National Bank". Each outstanding share of
common stock of the Bank, par value $2.50, was converted into one share of
LNB Bancorp, Inc. common stock, par value $2.50. A total of 904,570
shares of corporate stock were issued at the effective date of the merger.
On April 8, 1989, the shareholders of the Corporation approved a
two-for-one stock split, which reduced the par value to $1.25. On April
20, 1993, the shareholders of the Corporation approved a five-for-four
stock split, which reduced the par value to $1.00.
On April 18, 1995, the Corporation's Shareholders approved an amendment to
the Articles of Incorporation to increase the number of authorized shares
of Common Stock from 4,000,000 to 5,000,000 and fix the par value of
Common Stock at $1.00 per share to allow for a five-for-four stock split.
On April 18, 1995, the Corporation's Board of Directors authorized a
five-for-four stock split in the form of a 25 percent stock dividend. The
stock split increased the number of shares outstanding by 802,692. Also,
Common Stock has been increased by $802,692 with an offsetting reduction
to additional capital to reflect the fixed $1.00 par value per share for
each additional share issued pursuant to the stock split.
At a special meeting of shareholders held on December 14, 1999, the
Corporation's Shareholders approved an amendment to the Articles of
Incorporation to increase the number of authorized shares of Common Stock
from 5,000,000 to 15,000,000 shares. Also, on December 14, 1999, the
Corporation's Shareholders approved an amendment to the Articles of
Incorporation to provide for 1,000,000 shares of Voting Preferred Stock.
LNB Bancorp, Inc. has broader corporate powers than the Bank. These
corporate powers principally include the power to engage in certain
non-banking businesses closely related to banking, to own capital stock of
banks located in Ohio and certain other states and to own capital stock of
business corporations (other than banks) located within or outside Ohio.
The enactment of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 (the "GLB Act")
represents a pivotal point in the history of the financial services
industry. The GLB Act sweeps away large parts of a regulatory framework
that had its origins in the Depression Era of the 1930s. Effective March
3
11, 2000, new opportunities are available for banks, other depository
institutions, insurance companies and securities firms to enter into
combinations that permit a single financial services organization to offer
customers a more complete array of financial products and services. The
GLB Act provides a new regulatory framework for regulation through the
financial holding company, which will have as its umbrella regulator the
Federal Reserve Board. Functional regulation of the financial holding
company's separately regulated subsidiaries will be conducted by their
primary functional regulator. The GLB Act makes satisfactory or above
Community Reinvestment Act compliance for insured depository institutions
and their financial holding companies necessary in order for them to
engage in new financial activities. The GLB Act provides a federal right
to privacy of non-public personal information of individual customers.
In February of 2000, the Corporation filed an application with the Federal
Reserve Bank of Cleveland to be regulated as a financial holding company.
The Corporation will have a more definitive analysis of its status as a
financial holding company once the Federal Reserve Board issues final
financial holding company regulations.
b) FINANCIAL INFORMATION ABOUT INDUSTRY SEGMENTS
The Corporation and the Bank are engaged in one line of business which is
banking. Reference is hereby made to Item 1e., Statistical Disclosure by
Bank Holding Companies, and to Item 8 of this Form 10-K for financial
information pertaining to the Corporation's business.
c) DESCRIPTION OF LNB BANCORP, INC.'S BUSINESS
LNB Bancorp, Inc. is a $599 million locally owned one bank holding company
headquartered in Lorain, Ohio. The predecessor of LNB Bancorp, Inc., The
Lorain National Bank, was formed as a result of the merger of The Lorain
Banking Company and The National Bank of Lorain on January 1, 1961. The
Lorain Banking Company was a state chartered bank founded in 1905. The
National Bank of Lorain was a national bank receiving its national charter
in 1934. On March 30, 1984, The Lorain National Bank became the wholly
owned subsidiary of LNB Bancorp, Inc.
The Lorain National Bank operates 21 retail branches and 27 ATMs in the
nine communities of Lorain, Elyria, Amherst, Avon Lake, LaGrange, Oberlin,
Olmsted Township, Vermilion, and Westlake. Lorain National Bank offers
a full range of bank products and services while specializing in small
business, mortgage, and personal banking services, including investment
management and trust services.
The Bank's commercial lending activities consist of commercial loans,
working capital loans, commercial mortgage loans, construction loans,
equipment loans, equipment leases, letter of credit, revolving line of
credit, Small Business Administration loans, government guaranteed loans
and Federal Home Loan Bank program loans.
The Bank's residential mortgage lending activities consist primarily of
loans for purchasing personal residences, home equity loans, local lender
loans, or loans for commercial or consumer purposes secured by residential
mortgages. Consumer lending activities consist of traditional forms of
financing for automobile and personal loans plus indirect automobile
loans.
The Bank's credit card lending activities consist of Visa Lorain
4
Lighthouse and VISA Gold cards, ATM cards, Access check card, debit cards
and Bankcard Merchant services.
The Bank's range of deposit services include checking accounts,
Checkinvest accounts, savings accounts, Holiday savings, money market
accounts, market index account, Fortune Fifty accounts(a Senior Citizen
program), individual retirement accounts, certificates of deposit, Keough
plans, and overdraft protection. Deposits of the Bank are insured by the
Bank Insurance Fund administered by the Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation.
Other bank services offered include safe deposit boxes, night depository,
U. S. savings bonds, travelers' checks, money orders, cashiers checks,
bank-by-mail, automatic teller machine cash and transaction services,
debit cards, wire transfers, electronic funds transfer, utility bill
collections, notary public service, payroll direct deposit, cash
management services, 24 hour telephone banking with bill paying service,
Lockbox, sweep accounts, ACH, discount brokerage services and other
services tailored for both individuals and businesses. The Bank's
electronic data processing department provides centralized electronic data
processing services to local financial intermediaries.
The Investment and Trust Services Division of the Bank performs complete
trust administrative functions and offers agency and trust services and
Mutual fund investment products to individuals, partnerships,
corporations, institutions and municipalities. The Investment and Trust
Services Division designs and administers employee benefit plans.
The Bank is not dependent upon any one significant customer or specific
industry. The business of the Corporation is not seasonal to any material
degree.
In the opinion of Management, LNB Bancorp, Inc. does not have exposure to
material costs associated with environmental hazardous waste clean up.
Competition
Lorain National Bank faces strong competition both in making loans and
attracting deposits. The deregulation of the banking industry and the
wide spread enactment of state laws that permit multi-bank holding
companies as well as the availability of nationwide interstate banking has
created a highly competitive environment for financial services providers.
Lorain National Bank competes with other national and state banks, savings
and loan associations, credit unions, finance companies, mutual funds,
insurance companies, brokerage and investment banking companies and other
financial intermediaries operating in its market and elsewhere, many of
whom have substantially greater financial and managerial resources.
The Lorain National Bank competes with seven other banks and bank holding
companies operating in Lorain County which range in size from
approximately $599 million to over $265 billion in assets. Other
competition comes primarily from savings and loans, credit unions, and
other financial intermediaries operating in Lorain County and counties
adjacent to it. The Bank's market share of total deposits in Lorain County
in all types of financial institutions increased to 15.87% in 1999
compared to 15.41% in 1998, while ranking number two in market share in
1999 and 1998. Lorain National Bank seeks to minimize the competitive
effect of larger financial institutions through a community banking
approach that emphasizes direct customer access to the Bank's president
5
and other officers in an environment conducive to friendly, informed and
courteous personal services. Management believes that Lorain National
Bank is well positioned to compete successfully in its respective primary
market area. Competition among financial institutions is based upon
interest rates offered on deposit accounts, interest rates charged on
loans and other credit and service charges, the quality and scope of the
services rendered, the convenience of the banking facilities and, in the
case of loans to commercial borrowers, relative lending limits.
Management believes that the commitment of Lorain National Bank to
personal service, innovation and involvement in their respective
communities and primary market areas, as well as their commitment to
quality community banking service, are factors that contribute to it's
competitive advantage.
Supervision and Regulation
LNB Bancorp, Inc., as a bank holding company, is regulated under the Bank
Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the BHC Act), and is subject to
the supervision and examination of the Board of Governors of the Federal
Reserve System (the Federal Reserve Board). The BHC Act requires the
prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board for a bank holding company to
acquire or hold more than a 5% voting interest in any bank and restricts
interstate banking activities. On September 29, 1994, the BHC Act was
amended by the Interstate Banking and Branch Efficiency Act of 1994 which
authorizes interstate bank acquisitions anywhere in the country and
interstate branching by acquisition and consolidation in those states that
have not opted out by January 1, 1997.
The BHC Act limits the business of bank holding companies to banking,
managing or controlling banks, performing certain servicing activities for
subsidiaries and engaging in such other activities as the Federal Reserve
Board may determine to be closely related to banking and a proper incident
thereto. The BHC Act does not place territorial restrictions on the
banking subsidiaries of bank holding companies. LNB Bancorp, Inc.'s
banking subsidiary is subject to limitations with respect to intercompany
loans and investments.
A substantial portion of the Corporation's cash revenues is derived from
dividends paid by its subsidiary bank. These dividends are subject to
various legal and regulatory restrictions as summarized in Note(14) on
page 27 of the LNB Bancorp, Inc. 1999 Annual Report. This note is
incorporated herein by reference.
The Corporation and the Bank are subject to an extensive array of banking
laws and regulations that are intended primarily for the protection of the
customers and depositors of the Corporation's subsidiaries rather than
holders of the Corporation's securities. These laws and regulations
govern such areas as permissible activities, loans and investments, rates
of interest that can be charged on loans and reserves. The Corporation
and the Bank also are subject to general U.S. federal laws and regulations
and to the laws and regulations of the State of Ohio. Set forth below are
brief descriptions of selected laws and regulations applicable to the
Corporation and the Bank.
The Bank is subject to the provisions of the National Bank Act. The Bank
is subject to primary supervision, regulation and examination by the
Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC). The Bank is also subject
to the rules and regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal
6
Reserve System and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC). Under
the BHC Act, as amended, and under Regulations of the Federal Reserve
Board pursuant thereto, a bank holding company and its subsidiaries are
prohibited from engaging in certain tie-in arrangements in connection with
the extension of credit.
The Corporation and its subsidiary bank are also subject to the state
banking laws of Ohio. Ohio adopted nationwide reciprocal interstate
banking effective October, 1988. However, banking laws of other states
may restrict branching of banks to other counties within the state and
acquisitions or mergers involving banks and bank holding companies located
in other states.
Federal regulators adopted risk-based capital guidelines and leverage
standards for banks and bank holding companies. A discussion of the
impact of risk-based capital guidelines and leverage standards is
presented in Note 15 on page 28 of the LNB Bancorp, Inc. 1999 Annual
Report and is incorporated herein by reference.
The Financial Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989 (FIRREA)
provides that a holding company and its controlled insured depository
institutions are liable for any loss incurred by the Federal Deposit
Insurance Corporation in connection with the default of any FDIC assisted
transaction involving an affiliated insured bank or savings association.
The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (FDICIA)
covers an expanse of banking regulatory issues. FDICIA deals with the
recapitalization of the Bank Insurance Fund, with deposit insurance reform
including requiring the FDIC to establish a risk-based premium assessment
system with a number of other regulatory and supervisory matters. The Bank
is required to make payments for the servicing of obligations of the
Financing Corporation ("FICO") issued in connection with the resolution of
savings and loan associations, so long as such obligations remain
outstanding.
Noncompliance to laws and regulations by bank holding companies and banks
can lead to monetary penalties and/or an increased level of supervision or
a combination of these two items. Management is not aware of any current
instances of noncompliance to laws and regulations and does not anticipate
any problems maintaining compliance on a prospective basis. Recent
regulatory inspections and examinations of the Bancorp and the Bank have
not disclosed any significant instances of noncompliance. The minor
instances of noncompliance detected during these inspections and
examinations were promptly corrected by Management and no action was taken
by the regulators against the Corporation or the Bank.
The earnings and growth of LNB Bancorp, Inc. are affected not only by
general economic conditions, but also by the fiscal and monetary policies
of the federal government and its agencies, particularly the Federal
Reserve Board. Its policies influence the amount of bank loans and
deposits and the interest rates charged and paid thereon, and thus have an
effect on earnings. The nature of future monetary policies and the effect
of such policies on the future business and earnings of the Corporation
and its subsidiary bank cannot be predicted. The discussion of "Impacts
of Accounting and Regulatory Pronouncements" is incorporated herein by
reference to page 45 of the LNB Bancorp, Inc. 1999 Annual Report.
7
Employees
As of December 31, 1999, the Corporation and the Bank employed 243
full-time employees and 60 part-time employees. The Corporation is not a
party to any collective bargaining agreement. Management considers its
relationship with its employees to be very good. Employee benefits
programs are considered by Management to be competitive with benefits
programs provided by other financial institutions and major employers
within the Bank's market area.
d) FINANCIAL INFORMATION ABOUT FOREIGN AND DOMESTIC OPERATIONS AND EXPORT
SALES
The Corporation and the Bank do not have any offices located in foreign
countries and they have no foreign assets, liabilities or related income
and expense for the years presented.
e) STATISTICAL DISCLOSURE BY BANK HOLDING COMPANIES
The following section contains certain financial disclosures related to
the Corporation as required under the Securities and Exchange
Commission's Industry Guide 3, "Statistical Disclosures by Bank Holding
Companies", or a specific reference as to the location of the required
disclosures in the LNB Bancorp, Inc. 1999 Annual Report, portions of which
are incorporated in this Form 10-K by reference.
8
LNB BANCORP, INC.'S STATISTICAL DISCLOSURE
I. DISTRIBUTION OF ASSETS, LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY:
INTEREST RATES AND INTEREST DIFFERENTIAL
A. & B. The average balance sheet information and the related analysis of
net interest income for the years ending December 31, 1999, 1998, and 1997
are included in the Condensed Consolidated Average Balance Sheets, within
Management's Discussion and Analysis found on page 39 of the LNB Bancorp,
Inc. 1999 Annual Report and is incorporated into this Item I by reference.
All interest is reported on a fully taxable equivalent basis. Nonaccruing
loans, for the purpose of the computations are included in the daily
average loan amounts outstanding. Loan fees are included in interest on
loans.
C. Tables setting forth the effect of volume and rate changes on interest
income and expense for the years ended December 31, 1999 and 1998 are
included in Rate/Volume Analysis of Net Interest Income within
Management's Discussion and Analysis found on page 39 of the LNB Bancorp,
Inc. 1999 Annual Report and is incorporated into this Item I by reference.
II. INVESTMENT PORTFOLIO
A. The carrying values of securities at year end are as follows:
December 31,
-----------------------------------
(Amounts in Thousands) 1999 1998 1997
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Securities available for sale:
U.S. Treasury securities $ 11,075 $ 27,416 $ 11,155
Securities of other U.S. Government
agencies and corporations 64,484 50,531 6,031
Equity securities 169 181 163
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total securities available for sale 75,728 78,128 17,349
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Securities held to maturity:
U.S. Treasury securities -0- -0- 66,945
Securities of other U.S. Government
agencies and corporations 39,848 33,719 24,996
States and political subdivisions 4,794 4,483 4,097
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total securities held to maturity 44,642 38,202 96,038
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Federal Home Loan Bank and
Federal Reserve Bank Stock $ 2,949 $ 2,189 $ 1,987
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total securities $123,319 $118,519 $115,374
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
9
B. MATURITY DISTRIBUTION OF INVESTMENT SECURITIES
Maturities of nonequity securities owned by the Corporation as of December
31, 1999 are presented below:
Maturing
----------------------------------------------------
Within From 1 to From 5 to After 10
(Amounts in Thousands) 1 year 5 years 10 years years Total
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Securities available for sale:
U.S. Treasury
securities $10,008 $ 1,067 $ -0- $ -0- $ 11,075
U.S. Government agencies
and corporations 997 61,551 1,936 -0- 64,484
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total securities
available for sale 11,005 62,618 1,936 -0- 75,559
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Securities held to maturity:
U.S. Treasury
securities -0- -0- -0- -0- -0-
U.S. Government agencies
and corporations -0- -0- 39,848 -0- 39,848
States and political
subdivisions 328 1,533 197 2,736 4,794
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total securities
held to maturity 328 1,533 40,045 2,736 44,642
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total securities $11,333 $64,151 $41,981 $2,736 $120,201
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
WEIGHTED-AVERAGE YIELD OF INVESTMENT SECURITIES
The weighted-average yield for each range of maturities of investment
securities is shown below as of December 31, 1999:
Maturing
-----------------------------------------------------
Within From 1 to From 5 to After 10
1 year 5 years 10 years years Total
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Securities available for sale:
U.S. Treasury
securities 6.35% 5.39% 0.00% 0.00% 6.26%
U.S. Government agencies
and corporations 5.94 5.80 5.79 0.00 5.81
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total securities
available for sale 6.17 5.80 5.79 0.00 5.86
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Securities held to maturity:
U.S. Treasury
securities 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
U.S. Government agencies
and corporations 0.00 0.00 5.56 0.00 5.56
States and political
subdivisions (1) 4.82 4.80 4.96 5.09 4.97
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total securities
held to maturity 4.82 4.80 5.56 5.09 5.50
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total securities 6.14% 5.77% 5.57% 5.09% 5.73%
10
1) Yields on tax-exempt obligations are computed on a tax equivalent basis
based upon a 34% statutory Federal income tax rate.
C. Excluding those holdings of the securities portfolio in U.S. Treasury
Securities and U.S. Government Agencies and Corporations, there were no
investments in securities of any one issuer which exceeded 10% of the
consolidated shareholders' equity of the Corporation at December 31, 1999.
III. LOAN PORTFOLIO
A. The following table summarized the distribution of the loan portfolio:
December 31,
---------------------------------------------------
(Amounts in Thousands) 1999 1998 1997 1996 1995
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Commercial $157,897 $124,875 $120,892 $113,170 $105,847
Mortgage 152,825 147,651 142,223 138,455 124,012
Installment 74,682 65,793 37,250 27,683 23,310
Consumer revolving
lines of credit 34,112 31,547 30,666 22,765 23,324
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL LOANS 419,516 369,866 331,031 302,073 276,493
Reserve for possible
loan losses (4,667) (3,483) (4,168) (4,116) (4,002)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
NET LOANS $414,849 $366,383 $326,863 $297,957 $272,491
==========================================================================
B. COMMERCIAL LOAN MATURITY AND REPRICING ANALYSIS
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1999
(Amounts in Thousands) 1999
- ----------------------------------------------
Maturing in one year or less $ 27,873
Maturing after one year,
but within five years 25,302
Maturing beyond five years 104,722
- ----------------------------------------------
TOTAL COMMERCIAL LOANS $157,897
==============================================
Loans repricing beyond one year:
Fixed rate 13,672
Variable rate 116,352
- ----------------------------------------------
TOTAL $130,024
==============================================
11
C. RISK ELEMENTS
A summary of nonaccrual, restructured loans, other real estate owned,
accruing loans past due 90 days, and potential problem loans at December
31, follows:
(Amounts in Thousands) 1999 1998 1997 1996 1995
- -----------------------------------------------------------------
Nonaccrual loans:
Real estate loans $ 816 $ 980 $ 383 $ 641 $ 511
Commercial loans 42 54 42 114 221
Consumer loans 385 53 0 10 0
- -----------------------------------------------------------------
Total nonaccrual loans 1,243 1,087 425 765 732
Restructured loans 0 0 0 0 0
Other Foreclosed Assets 96 1,400 90 39 0
- -----------------------------------------------------------------
Total nonperforming
assets $1,339 $2,487 $ 515 $ 804 $ 732
- -----------------------------------------------------------------
Reserve for loan losses
to nonperforming assets 348.5% 140.1% 809.3% 511.9% 546.7%
=================================================================
Accruing loans past due
90 days $ 555 $ 213 $ 461 $ 357 $ 725
Potential problem
loans 4,348 2,941 8,764 1,066 942
=================================================================
(1) The Corporation, through its subsidiary bank, grants commercial,
residential, and consumer loans to customers located primarily in the
northern Ohio counties of Lorain, Cuyahoga, Erie and Huron.
Nonperforming assets consist of nonaccrual loans and loans which have been
restructured, which are defined as follows:
Nonaccrual loans are loans which are 90 days past due and with respect
to which, in Management's opinion, collection of interest is doubtful.
These loans no longer accrue interest and are accounted for on a cash
basis.
Loans are classified as restructured when, due to the deterioration of
a customer's financial ability, the original terms have been favorably
modified or either principal or interest has been forgiven.
The level of nonperforming assets remained at a relatively low level from
1995, 1996, 1997 and 1999, while increasing during 1998 due to one
significant commercial loan credit of $1,300,000, placed in other
foreclosed assets at December 31, 1998, and subsequently liquidated for
$1,300,000 in January of 1999 The reserve for loan loss coverage to total
nonperforming assets decreased from 8.1 times at 1997 year end to 1.4
times at 1998 year end while increasing to 3.5 times at 1999 year end.
This ratio increased in 1999 from the net of: decreases in nonperforming
assets in the amount of $1,148,000 and increases in the loan loss reserve
of $1,184,000.
The level of nonperforming assets decreased $1,148,000 during 1999. This
decrease is the result of a net increase in nonaccrual loans of $156,000
plus decreases in other foreclosed assets in the amount of $1,304,000.
12
The decrease in other foreclosed assets relates to the liquidation of
1,300,000 from a single commercial credit relationship and $100,000 from
one mortgage loan during January 1999. The increase in nonaccrual loans
is due to decreases in nonaccrual principal balances of $397,000 which
have been paid off and brought current, loans charged-off in the amount of
$470,000, liquidation of nonaccrual loans of $627,000 and increases in
nonaccrual principal balances of $1,650,000. The 1999 increase in
nonaccrual loans was due primarily to ten commercial loan customers and
one mortgage loan customer and several personal loan customers.
Management does not believe that changes in nonaccrual loans is indicative
of a failing economy and that this change did not result from any change
in underwriting standards.
It is the Bank's policy to cease accruing interest on any loans where the
principal and/or interest remains unpaid for 90 days or more, unless the
loan is both well secured and in the process of collection. For the year
ended December 31, 1999, the interest income that would have been earned
on the nonaccrual loans in the loan portfolio would have been
approximately $62,000; however, the interest income actually earned and
reported as income in 1999 amounted to approximately $64,000.
In addition to the nonperforming assets classified above, the loan review
committee identifies accruing loans past due 90 days plus potential
problem loans. These loans are closely monitored by the loan review
committee to assess the borrowers' ability to comply with the terms of the
loans. Management's year-end review indicated that a charge to the reserve
for possible loan losses or classification to nonperforming status was not
warranted. Loans which are 90 days or more past due but continue to
accrue interest are loans which, in Management's opinion, are well secured
and are in the process of collection.
(2) Potential Problem Loans - As shown in the table on page 11 of Form
10-K, at December 31, 1999, there are approximately $4,348,000 of loans
identified on Management's watch list which includes both loans which
Management has some doubt as to the borrowers' ability to comply with the
present repayment terms and loans which Management is actively monitoring
due to changes in the borrowers financial condition. These loans and
their potential loss exposure have been considered in Management's
analysis of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses.
At December 31, 1999, potential problem loans totaled $4,348,000, a
increase of $1,407,000 from one year ago. The increase in potential
problem loans is mainly due to two large commercial credit customers added
during 1999 in the amount of $1,335,000. Potential problem loans at
December 31, 1999 are primarily comprised of five large credits that the
Bank is reviewing. About $1,060,000 in potential problem loans relates to
credit extended to finance the development of a single-family dwelling
subdivision. These credits are being monitored by Management as the
creditor liquidates their position through sales of real estate. Another
$1,300,000 of these loans relates to the extension of credits to a
recreational entertainment center. These credits are being monitored by
Management which has noted an increase in net earnings during 1999.
Another $675,000 of the potential problem loans relates to the extension
of credit to a retail beverage store. About $760,000 in potential
problem loans relates to credit extended to a steel frame construction
company. The customer has a significant contract scheduled for completion
in the first quarter of 2000. Another $575,000 of these loans relates to
the extension of credits to a union industrial electrical contractor.
The company is completing a major project in the first quarter of 2000 and
13
is negotiating for another contract. These credits are being monitored by
Management after the consolidation of loans. Management does not
anticipate any charge-offs relative to these potential problem loans. The
potential problem loans in 1995, and 1996 remained at a relatively
constant low level.
(3) Foreign Outstandings - There were no foreign loans outstandings at
December 31, 1999, 1998 or 1997.
(4) Loan Concentrations - Bank management reviews concentrations of credit
and other portfolio risk elements on a quarterly basis. Management is not
aware of any significant loans, group of loans or segments of the loan
portfolio, other than those reported in the schedule of nonperforming
loans, where there are serious doubts as to the ability of the borrower to
comply with the present loan repayment terms. No loans are outstanding
which would, if consolidated, be considered as a concentration of lending
in any particular industry or group of industries nor are there
significant amounts of loans made to agricultural or energy related
businesses.
Credit risk is managed through the bank's loan loss review policy which
provides loan department officers and the loan review committee with the
responsibility to manage loan quality. The Corporation's credit policies
are reviewed and modified on an ongoing basis in order to remain suitable
for the management of credit risks within the loan portfolio as conditions
change. At December 31, 1999, there were no significant concentrations of
credit risk in the loan portfolio.
The Corporation's credit policies and review procedures are intended to
minimize the risk and uncertainties inherent in lending. In following
these policies and procedures, Management must rely upon estimates,
appraisals and evaluations of loans and the possibility that changes in
such estimates, appraisals and evaluations could occur quickly because of
changing economic conditions and the economic prospects of borrowers.
Also see Note (21) of the "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements"
which appears on page 32 of the LNB Bancorp, Inc. 1999 Annual Report and
is incorporated herein by reference.
(5) No material amount of loans that have been classified by regulatory
examiners as loss, substandard, doubtful, or special mention have been
excluded from the amounts disclosed as nonaccrual, past due 90 days or
more, restructured, or potential problem loans. Corporate management is
not aware of any current recommendations by regulatory authorities which,
if they were implemented, would have a material effect on the liquidity,
capital resources or operations of the Corporation or its subsidiary bank.
D. Other interest-bearing assets - As of December 31, 1999, there are no
other interest-bearing assets that would be required to be disclosed under
Item III C.1 or 2 if such assets were loans. The Corporation had
$96,000 and $1,400,000 in Other Real Estate Owned at December 31, 1999,
and 1998, respectively.
14
IV. SUMMARY OF LOAN LOSS EXPERIENCE
The following table summarizes activity relating to the Reserve for
Loan Losses:
December 31,
-------------------------------------------
(Amounts in Thousands) 1999 1998 1997 1996 1995
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
BALANCE AT BEGINNING
OF YEAR $ 3,483 $ 4,168 $ 4,116 $ 4,002 $ 3,832
Charge-offs:
Commercial (23) (3,060) (190) (296) (100)
Real Estate (359) (147) (359) (185) (209)
Consumer (668) (384) (300) (191) (140)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------
Total charge-offs (1,050) (3,591) (849) (672) (449)
Recoveries:
Commercial 23 29 7 61 163
Real Estate 108 71 72 67 5
Consumer 103 81 72 58 51
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------
Total recoveries 234 181 151 186 219
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------
Net charge-offs (816) (3,410) (698) (486) (230)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------
PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES 2,000 2,725 750 600 400
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------
BALANCE AT END OF YEAR $ 4,667 $3,483 $ 4,168 $ 4,116 $ 4,002
======================================================================
ANALYTICAL DATA
BALANCES:
Average total loans $403,388 $346,161 $315,215 $287,809 $272,011
Total loans at year
end 419,516 369,866 331,031 302,073 276,493
Net charge-offs 816 3,410 698 486 230
Provision for loan
losses 2,000 2,725 750 600 400
Reserve for loan
losses at year end 4,667 3,483 4,168 4,116 4,002
RATIOS:
Net charge-offs to:
Average total loans 0.20% 0.99% 0.22% 0.17% 0.08%
Total loans at year
end 0.19 0.92 0.21 0.16 0.08
Provision for loan losses 40.80 125.14 93.07 81.00 57.50
Reserve for loan losses 17.48 97.90 16.75 11.81 5.75
Reserve for loan losses to:
Average total loans 1.16 1.01 1.32 1.43 1.47
Total loans at year
end 1.11 .94 1.26 1.36 1.45
The lower amount of 1999 net charge-offs and the lower provision for
loan losses charge to expense resulted from decreases in net charge-offs
of commercial loans. Net charge-offs for 1999 showed increases in
consumer loans due to increases in the consumer indirect automobile loans
booked in late 1998 and early 1999. This was anticipated and reserved for
in 1999. The increasing trend in the provision for loan losses charged to
15
expense which occurred from 1995 through 1997 resulted from increases in
the loan portfolio. The level of net charge-offs in 2000 is expected to
be about $1,200,000.
The Bank's policy is to maintain the reserve for loan losses at a level
considered by Management to be adequate for potential future losses. The
evaluation performed by the Loan Review Committee is based upon a
continuous review of delinquency trends; the amount of nonperforming loans
(nonaccrual, restructured, and other real estate owned); loans past due 90
days or more and potential problem loans; historical and present trends in
loans charged-off; changes in the composition and level of various loan
categories; and current economic conditions.
Net charge-offs (recoveries) by portfolio type which are summarized from
the analysis of the Reserve for Loan Losses on page 14 of the Form 10-K
are presented in the following table:
(Amounts in Thousands) 1999 1998 1997 1996 1995
- ------------------------------------------------------------------
Commercial $ -0- $3,031 $183 $235 $(63)
Real estate 251 76 287 118 204
Consumer 565 303 228 133 89
- ------------------------------------------------------------------
Total net charge-offs $ 816 $3,410 $698 $486 $230
==================================================================
Both the provision and the reserve are based on an analysis of
individual credits, prior and current loss experience, overall growth in
the portfolio, changes in portfolio mix, current economic conditions, and
other factors. Consumer and credit card loans are charged-off within
industry norms, while commercial and mortgage loans are evaluated
individually. An allocation of the ending reserve for loan losses by
major type follows:
(Amounts in Thousands) 1999 1998 1997 1996 1995
----------------------------------------------------------------
Commercial $1,803 $1,398 $2,404 $1,429 $1,597
Real estate 530 500 733 803 651
Consumer 1,236 704 515 381 363
Off-balance sheet risk 150 125 200 250 250
Unallocated 948 759 316 1,253 1,141
- ------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL $4,667 $3,483 $4,168 $4,116 $4,002
==================================================================
This allocation is made for analytical purposes. The total allowance is
available to absorb losses from any segment of the portfolio. The 1999
provision for loan losses was greater than net charge-offs by $1,184,000.
The 1998 provision for loan losses was less than net charge-offs by
$685,000. The 1997 provision for loan losses exceeded net charge-offs by
$52,000. The allocated portion of the reserve for loan losses has
remained relatively consistent during 1995 through 1996 due to a constant
loan portfolio mix and a consistent credit risk. The Bank allocates a
portion of the reserve for loan losses to off-balance sheet risks which
consist primarily of commitments to extend credit. The allocated portion
of the reserve to consumer loans increased in 1999 and 1998 due to
increases in credit risk from purchases of indirect automobile lending
plus increased consumer loan outstandings. The allocated portion of
commercial loans increased in 1999 and decreased in 1998 due to credit
risk increases in 1999 and decreases in 1998.
16
The following table shows the percentage of loans in each category to
total loans at year end:
1999 1998 1997 1996 1995
- -------------------------------------------------------------
Commercial 37.7% 33.8% 36.5% 37.5% 38.3%
Real estate 36.4 39.9 43.0 45.8 44.8
Consumer 25.9 26.3 20.5 16.7 16.9
------------------------------------------
100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
------------------------------------------
The loan portfolio mix has shifted during the past five years. Consumer
loans as a percent of total loans remained relatively constant from 1995
through 1996. During 1998, consumer loans increased by 4.8% with a
related decrease in commercial loans of 2.7% and real estate loans of
3.1%. During 1999, the commercial loans as a percentage of total loans
increased by 3.9% with a corresponding decrease in consumer loans by 0.4%
and real estate loans decreased by 3.5%.
The consumer loan portfolio is running off slightly due to the lack of
quality indirect automobile paper. Commercial loans experienced fairly
strong growth during 1999. This is the result of increased demand and
not reduced credit standards. The commercial loan pending list is at a
high level at year end.
V. DEPOSITS
AVERAGE DEPOSITS BY CLASSIFICATION
The following table sets forth the classification of average deposits for
the indicated period.
December 31,
-------------------------------------
(Amounts in Thousands) 1999 1998 1997
- ----------------------------------------------------------------
Demand deposits $ 81,348 $ 72,575 $ 62,040
NOW accounts 55,145 51,910 48,913
Money market accounts 17,355 18,599 19,473
Market access accounts 6,646 -0- -0-
Savings deposits 107,654 103,863 96,708
Time deposits 195,563 178,989 158,789
- ----------------------------------------------------------------
Total $463,711 $425,936 $385,923
================================================================
AVERAGE RATES PAID ON DEPOSITS
The following table sets forth average rates paid on categories of
interest-bearing deposits for the periods indicated:
Years ended December 31,
----------------------------------------
1999 1998 1997
- ---------------------------------------------------------------
NOW accounts 1.19% 1.22% 1.50%
Money market accounts 2.05 2.11 2.14
Market access accounts 4.50 N/M N/M
Savings deposits 1.98 2.15 2.20
Time deposits 4.81 5.17 5.29
========================================
17
MATURITIES OF TIME DEPOSITS OF $100,000 OR MORE
The following table sets forth the maturity of time deposits of $100,000
or more, in thousands of dollars, at December 31, 1999.
Maturing within 3 months $ 15,012
After 3 but within 6 months 7,908
After 6 but within 12 months 8,155
After 12 months 5,261
- ----------------------------------------------
Total $ 36,336
==============================================
VI. RETURN ON EQUITY AND ASSETS
Information relating to key operating ratios for the years ended December
31, 1999, 1998, 1997, 1996 and 1995 is presented in the tabular form
below.
December 31, 1999 1998 1997 1996 1995
- ----------------------------------------------------------------
Return on average assets 1.33% 1.34% 1.41% 1.37% 1.21%
Return on average equity 15.29 14.46 14.51 13.70 12.72
Dividend payout ratio 49.65 52.00 45.26 44.28 43.47
Average equity to
average assets 8.67 9.27 9.70 10.01 9.55
Net interest margin 4.88 5.17 5.20 5.33 5.14
VII. SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS
Information relating to short-term borrowings for the years ended December
31, 1999, 1998 and 1997 appears on page 25 of the LNB Bancorp, Inc. 1999
Annual Report under footnote (10) "Securities Sold Under Repurchase
Agreements and Other Short-Term Borrowings" and is incorporated herein by
reference.
18
ITEM 2 - PROPERTIES
THE LORAIN NATIONAL BANK
The principal executive offices are located at its Main Office, 457
Broadway, Lorain, Ohio. The Bank owns the land and buildings occupied by
the Main Office, twelve of its branch banking offices, the Branch
Administration Building, the Maintenance Building, the Purchasing Building
and the Computer Operations Center. The remaining nine branch offices are
subject to lease obligations with various lessors and varying lease terms.
There is no outstanding mortgage debt on any of the properties which the
bank owns. Listed below are the branches/customer service facilities of
the Bank and their locations:
Main Office 457 Broadway, Lorain
Vermilion Office 4455 Liberty Avenue, Vermilion
Amherst Office 1175 Cleveland Avenue, Amherst
Lake Avenue Office 42935 North Ridge Road, Elyria Township
Avon Lake Office 240 Miller Road, Avon Lake
Kansas Avenue Office 1604 Kansas Avenue, Lorain
Sixth Street Drive-In Office 200 Sixth Street, Lorain
Pearl Avenue Office 2850 Pearl Avenue, Lorain
Oberlin Office 40 East College Street, Oberlin
West Park Drive Office 2130 West Park Drive, Lorain
Ely Square Office 124 Middle Avenue, Elyria
Cleveland Street Office 801 Cleveland Street, Elyria
Oberlin Avenue Office 3660 Oberlin Avenue, Lorain
Olmsted Township Office 27095 Bagley Road, Olmsted Township
Westlake Office 30210 Detroit Road, Westlake
Kendal at Oberlin Office 600 Kendal Drive, Oberlin
The Renaissance Office 26376 John Road, Olmsted Township
Westlake Village Office 28550 Westlake Village Drive, Westlake
Cooper Foster Park Road Office 1920 Cooper Foster Park Road, Lorain
Midway Mall Office 6395 Midway Mall, Elyria
Village of LaGrange Office 546 North Center Street, LaGrange
Computer Operations Center 2130 West Park Drive, Lorain
Maintenance Building 2140 West Park Drive, Lorain
Purchasing Building 2150 West Park Drive, Lorain
Branch Administration Building 521 Broadway, Lorain
The Bank also owns automated teller machines and on-line teller terminals,
as well as computers and related equipment for use in its business. The
Corporate office facility at 457 Broadway is currently utilized at a level
of 75%. The remaining space will be utilized as the Bank continues to
grow. The Corporation considers its Corporate offices, branch offices and
computer operations center to be in good to excellent condition, well
maintained and are more than adequate to conduct the business of Banking.
ITEM 3 - LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
There are no material legal proceedings, other than ordinary routine
litigation incidental to its business, to which the Corporation or its
subsidiary is a party to or which any of its property is subject.
ITEM 4 - SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS
(a) A Special Meeting of Shareholders of LNB Bancorp, Inc. was held at 521
Broadway, Lorain, Ohio 44052, on Tuesday, December 14, 1999, at 10:00 AM
local time for the purpose of considering and voting upon three proposals.
19
Proxy statements were furnished to shareholders of LNB Bancorp, Inc. (the
"Corporation") in connection with the solicitation of proxies by the Board
of Directors of the Corporation to be used at the Special Meeting of
Shareholders on December 14, 1999.
(b) There was no solicitation of proxies by LNB Bancorp, Inc.'s management
for the purpose to elect board of directors.
Matters voted upon - complete descriptions of the matters voted upon
is contained in Item 6.
(1) AUTHORIZATION OF ADDITIONAL SHARES OF COMMON STOCK - To approve an
amendment to the Articles of Incorporation of LNB Bancorp, Inc. to
increase the number of authorized shares of Common Stock from
5,000,000 to 15,000,000 shares.
ABSTAIN/ BROKER
FOR AGAINST WITHHELD NON-VOTES
3,534,553 116,419 41,890 429,913
(2) AUTHORIZATION OF PREFERRED STOCK - To approve an amendment to the
Articles of Incorporation of LNB Bancorp, Inc. to provide for
1,000,000 authorized shares of Voting Preferred Stock.
ABSTAIN/ BROKER
FOR AGAINST WITHHELD NON-VOTES
2,865,383 317,986 47,743 891,663
(3) ELIMINATION OF PREEMPTIVE RIGHTS - To approve an amendment to the
Articles of Incorporation of LNB Bancorp, Inc. to eliminate the
preemptive rights of shareholders to purchase additional shares
upon issuance.
ABSTAIN/ BROKER
FOR AGAINST WITHHELD NON-VOTES
2,886,214 270,398 74,499 891,664
The total number of shares of LNB Bancorp, Inc. Common Stock, $1.00 par
value, outstanding as of October 27, 1999, the record date of the Special
Meeting, was 4,122,775. The above three Proposed Amendments were approved
by an affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds (66 2/3%) of
the outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Corporation entitled to vote
at the Special Meeting which were 4,122,775. The percentage of
affirmative votes on the above three proposals is as follows:
Affirmative
Vote
-----------
Proposal 1 85.73
Proposal 2 69.50
Proposal 3 70.00
20
Certificate of Amended Articles of Incorporation of LNB Bancorp, Inc.
(amended as of December 20, 1999), is herein incorporated by reference to
Item 7 Exhibit 99.1 of Form 8-K, dated December 14, 1999.
21
PART II
ITEM 5 - MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT'S COMMON STOCK AND RELATED
STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
Common Stock Trading Ranges, Cash Dividends Declared information and
information relating to dividend restrictions appear on pages 1 and 27 of
the LNB Bancorp, Inc. 1999 Annual Report and are incorporated herein by
reference.
HOLDERS
The total number of shareholders was 2,124 as of February 29, 2000. Upon
the consummation of the Plan of Reorganization on March 30, 1984, the
Corporation became a one bank holding company and shareholders of the Bank
became shareholders of the Corporation, receiving one share of voting
Common Stock for each outstanding share of Common Stock of the Bank.
ITEM 6 - SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
A Five Year Consolidated Financial Summary of selected financial data on
page 36 of the LNB Bancorp, Inc. 1999 Annual Report is incorporated herein
by reference.
ITEM 7 - MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
"Management's Discussion and Analysis" is incorporated herein by reference
to pages 37 - 45 of the LNB Bancorp, Inc. 1999 Annual Report. Also, see
Item 8 - Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.
(a) Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk are
incorporated herein by reference to pages 42 - 43 of the LNB Bancorp,
Inc. 1999 Annual Report to Shareholders.
ITEM 8 - FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
The Corporation's Independent Auditors' Report and Consolidated Financial
Statements are listed below and are incorporated herein by reference to
the LNB Bancorp, Inc. 1999 Annual Report (Appendix 13), pages 14 through
34. The supplementary financial information specified by Item 302 of
Regulation S-K, selected unaudited quarterly financial data, is included
on page 35 of the LNB Bancorp, Inc. 1999 Annual Report.
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1999 and 1998
Consolidated Statements of Income
for the Years Ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
for the Years Ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity
for the Years Ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997
Report of Management
22
Report of Independent Auditors'
ITEM 9 - CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURES
None
PART III
ITEM 10 - DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT
All Directors of the Bank, prior to the 1984 merger, became Directors of
the Bank and of the Corporation. The Officers of the Bank, prior to the
merger, became Officers of the Bank and certain Executive Officers became
Officers of the Corporation.
"Election of Directors" and "Director's Committees" on pages 4 through 6
of the Notice of Annual Meeting of Shareholders and Proxy Statement (dated
March 20, 2000) is incorporated herein by reference. Also, see the
additional information presented below which relates to Executive Officers
of the Corporation and/or the Bank.
BANK LNB BANCORP
PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION DIRECTOR DIRECTOR
NAME(AGE) DURING PAST 5 YEARS SINCE SINCE
Debra R. Brown Senior Vice President, (Not a Director)
(41) Branch Administration
LNB Bancorp, Inc. and
The Lorain National Bank
Sandra L. Dubell Senior Vice President and (Not a Director)
(54) Senior Lending Officer,
LNB Bancorp, Inc. and
The Lorain National Bank
Mitchell J. Fallis Vice President and (Not a Director)
(45) Chief Accounting Officer,
LNB Bancorp, Inc. and
The Lorain National Bank
Gregory D. Friedman Executive Vice President and (Not a Director)
(49) Chief Financial Officer,
LNB Bancorp, Inc. and
The Lorain National Bank
Michael D. Ireland Senior Vice President and (Not a Director)
(53) Senior Operations Officer,
LNB Bancorp, Inc. and
The Lorain National Bank
Emma N. Mason Senior Vice President and (Not a Director)
(62) Senior Trust Officer,
LNB Bancorp, Inc. and
The Lorain National Bank
James H. Weber Senior Vice President and (Not a Director)
(53) Senior Marketing Officer
LNB Bancorp, Inc. and
The Lorain National Bank
23
ITEM 11 - EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The information contained on pages 8 through 10 of the Notice of Annual
Meeting of Shareholders and Proxy Statement (dated March 20, 2000) is
incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 12 - SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
The information contained on page 29 of the Notice of Annual Meeting of
Shareholders and Proxy Statement (dated March 20, 2000), relating to
"Compliance with Section 16(A) of the Securities Exchange Act" is
incorporated herein by reference.
The information contained on pages 18 and 19 of the Notice of Annual
Meeting of Shareholders and Proxy Statement (dated March 20, 2000),
relating to "Beneficial Ownership of Shares" is incorporated herein by
reference.
ITEM 13 - CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
The information contained on pages 6, 7, 8, 12, 16 and 17 of the Notice of
Annual Meeting of Shareholders and Proxy Statement (dated March 20, 2000)
is incorporated herein by reference.
Analysis of Loans to Related Parties:
The information contained in Note (6) "Transactions with Related Parties"
on page 23 of the LNB Bancorp, Inc. 1999 Annual Report is incorporated
herein by reference.
24
PART IV
ITEM 14 - EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON
FORM 8-K
(a) The following Consolidated Financial Statements and related Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements, together with the Independent Auditors'
Report, dated January 28, 2000, appear on pages 14 through 34 of
the LNB Bancorp, Inc. 1999 Annual Report and are incorporated herein by
reference:
(1) Financial Statements
Consolidated Balance Sheets
December 31, 1999 and 1998
Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended
December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended
December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity for the Years
Ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the Years
Ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997
Report of Management
Independent Auditors' Report
(2) Financial Statement Schedules
Financial statement schedules are omitted as they are not
required or are not applicable or because the required
information is included in the consolidated financial statements
or notes thereto.
(3) Exhibits required by Item 601 Regulation S-K
Reference is made to the Appendix Index which is found on page XX
of this Form 10-K.
(b) Reports on Form 8-K
On December 23, 1999, LNB Bancorp, Inc. filed a Form 8-K with the
Securities and Exchange Commission under Item 5 Other Events. LNB
Bancorp, Inc. reported:
(1) The results of a Special Meeting of Shareholders of LNB Bancorp
Inc. held at 521 Broadway, Lorain, Ohio 44052, on Tuesday,
December 14, 1999, at 10:00 AM local time for the purpose of
considering and voting upon three proposals.
(2) The Press Release of December 21, 1999, to the business
community of the Change in Executive Management of LNB Bancorp,
Inc. And its wholly owned subsidiary Lorain National Bank.
25
Exhibits required by Item 601 Regulation S-K
Reference is made to the Appendix Index which is found on page 27 of this
Form 10-K.
(d) See Item 14(a)(2) above.
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be
signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
LNB Bancorp, Inc.
(Registrant)
By /s/Thomas P. Ryan
------------------------
Thomas P. Ryan
Executive Vice President,
Secretary/Treasurer
and Director
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this
report has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities
and on the dates indicated:
/s/Daniel P. Batista DIRECTOR March 21, 2000
- -----------------------
Daniel P. Batista
/s/Robert M. Campana DIRECTOR March 21, 2000
- -----------------------
Robert M. Campana
/s/Terry D. Goode DIRECTOR March 21, 2000
- -----------------------
Terry D. Goode
/s/Wellsley O. Gray DIRECTOR March 21, 2000
- -----------------------
Wellsley O. Gray
/s/James R. Herrick DIRECTOR March 21, 2000
- -----------------------
James R. Herrick
/s/David M. Koethe DIRECTOR March 21, 2000
- -----------------------
David M. Koethe
/s/Benjamin G. Norton DIRECTOR March 21, 2000
- -----------------------
Benjamin G. Norton
ABSENT - EXCUSED DIRECTOR March 21, 2000
- -----------------------
Jeffrey F. Riddell
26
/s/John W. Schaeffer, M.D. DIRECTOR March 21, 2000
- -----------------------
John W. Schaeffer, M.D.
/s/Eugene M. Sofranko DIRECTOR March 21, 2000
- -----------------------
Eugene M. Sofranko
/s/Paul T. Stack DIRECTOR March 21, 2000
- -----------------------
Paul T. Stack
ABSENT - EXCUSED DIRECTOR March 21, 2000
- -----------------------
Leo Weingarten
/s/Stanley G. Pijor CHAIRMAN OF THE March 21, 2000
- ----------------------- BOARD AND DIRECTOR
Stanley G. Pijor
/s/James F. Kidd VICE CHAIRMAN OF March 21, 2000
- ----------------------- THE BOARD AND
James F. Kidd DIRECTOR
/s/Gary C. Smith PRESIDENT AND March 21, 2000
- ----------------------- CHIEF EXECUTIVE
Gary C. Smith OFFICER AND
DIRECTOR
SENIOR VICE
/s/Gregory D. Friedman PRESIDENT AND March 21, 2000
- ----------------------- CHIEF FINANCIAL
Gregory D. Friedman CPA OFFICER
/s/Mitchell J. Fallis VICE PRESIDENT AND March 21, 2000
- ----------------------- CHIEF ACCOUNTING
Mitchell J. Fallis CPA OFFICER
27
LNB Bancorp, Inc.
Appendix Index
Pursuant to Item 601 (a) of Regulation S-K
S-K
Reference Page
Number Appendix Number
(3) (a)LNB Bancorp, Inc. Amended Articles of 188
Incorporation
(b)LNB Bancorp, Inc. Amended Code of Regulations 190
(10) Material Contracts
(a)Employment Agreement by and between Kevin W. Nelson 30
and LNB Bancorp, Inc. and The Lorain National Bank
dated February 13, 2000.
(b)Incentive Stock Option Agreement by and between 41
Kevin W. Nelson and LNB Bancorp, Inc. dated February 13,
2000.
(c)Amended Supplemental Retirement Agreement by and N/A
between James F. Kidd and The Lorain National Bank
dated June 15, 1999. Previously filed as Appendix
(10a) to Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (Commission File
No.0-13203) for the quarter ended June 30, 1999, and
incorporated herein by reference.
(d)Employment Agreement by and between Gary C. Smith N/A
and LNB Bancorp, Inc. and The Lorain National Bank
dated March 16, 1999. Previously filed as Appendix
(10a) to Annual Report Form 10-K (Commission File
No. 0-13203) for the year ended December 31, 1998, and
incorporated herein by reference.
(e)Incentive Stock Option Agreement by and between N/A
Gary C. Smith and LNB Bancorp, Inc. dated March 16, 1999.
Previously filed as Appendix (10b) to Annual Report Form
10-K (Commission File No. 0-13203) for the year ended
December 31, 1998, and incorporated herein by reference.
(f)Amended Employment Agreement by and between James F. N/A
Kidd and LNB Bancorp, Inc. And The Lorain National Bank
dated March 3, 1999. Previously filed as Appendix (10c)
to Annual Report Form 10-K (Commission File No. 0-13203)
for the year ended December 31, 1998, and incorporated
herein by reference.
(g) Amended Employment Agreement by and between Thomas N/A
P. Ryan and LNB Bancorp, Inc. and The Lorain National
Bank dated March 3, 1999. Previously filed as Appendix
(10d) to Annual Report Form 10-K (Commission File No.
0-13203) for the year ended December 31, 1998, and
incorporated herein by reference.
28
S-K
Reference Page
Number Appendix Number
(h) Branch Purchase and Assumption Agreement by and N/A
between KeyBank National Association and the Lorain
National Bank dated April 10, 1997. Previously filed as
Appendix (99.1) to Form 8-K (Commission File No. 0-13203)
filed October 3, 1997, and incorporated herein by reference.
(i)Supplemental Retirement Agreement by and between N/A
James F. Kidd and The Lorain National Bank dated July 30,
1996. Previously filed as Appendix (10a) to Quarterly
Report on Form 10-Q (Commission File No.0-13203) for the
quarter ended June 30, 1996, and incorporated herein by
reference.
(j)Supplemental Retirement Agreement by and between N/A
Thomas P. Ryan and The Lorain National Bank dated July 30,
1996. Previously filed as Appendix(10b) to Quarterly
Report on Form 10-Q (Commission File No. 0-13203) for
the quarter ended June 30, 1996, and incorporated
herein by reference.
(k)Supplemental Retirement Agreement by and between N/A
Gregory D. Friedman and The Lorain National Bank dated
July 30, 1996. Previously filed as Appendix (10c) to
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (Commission File No.
0-13203) for the quarter ended June 30, 1996, and
incorporated herein by reference.
(l)Employment Agreement by and between James F. Kidd N/A
and LNB Bancorp, Inc. and The Lorain National Bank
dated September 11, 1995. Previously filed as Appendix
(10a) to Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (Commission File
No. 0-13203) for the quarter ended September 30, 1995,
and incorporated herein by reference.
(m)Employment Agreement by and between Thomas P. Ryan N/A
and LNB Bancorp, Inc. and The Lorain National Bank
dated September 11, 1995. Previously filed as Appendix
(10b) to Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (Commission File
No. 0-13203) for the quarter ended September 30, 1995,
and incorporated herein by reference.
(n)Consultant Agreement by and between Lorain National N/A
Bank, LNB Bancorp, Inc. and Stanley G. Pijor dated
March 15, 1994. Previously filed as Appendix (10) to
Annual Report Form 10-K (Commission File No. 0-13203)
for the year ended December 31, 1993 and incorporated
herein by reference.
(o)Supplemental Retirement Agreement by and between N/A
Stanley G. Pijor and The Lorain National Bank dated
December 31, 1987. Previously filed as Appendix (10)
to Annual Report on Form 10-K (Commission File No.
0-13203) for the year ended December 31, 1987, and
incorporated herein by reference.
29
S-K
Reference Page
Number Appendix Number
(p)Employment Agreement by and between Lorain National N/A
Bank and Stanley G. Pijor dated December 31, 1987.
Previously filed as Appendix (10) to Annual Report Form
10-K (Commission File No. 0-13203) for the year ended
December 31, 1987 and incorporated herein by reference.
(q)The Lorain National Bank 1985 Incentive Stock Option N/A
Plan dated April 16, 1985. Previously filed as Appendix
(10) to Annual Report on Form 10-K (Commission File No.
2-8867-1) for the year ended December 31, 1985, and
incorporated herein by reference.
(r) Agreement To Join In The Filing of Consolidated N/A
Federal Income Tax Returns between LNB Bancorp, Inc.
and The Lorain National Bank dated December 15, 1986.
Previously filed as Appendix (10) to Annual Report on
Form 10-K (Commission File No. 2-8867-1) for the year
ended December 31, 1986 and incorporated herein by
reference.
(11) Statements re: Computation of Per Share Earnings. 45
(13) LNB Bancorp, Inc. 1999 Annual Report to Shareholders. 46
(21) Subsidiary of LNB Bancorp, Inc. 156
(22) Notice of Annual Meeting to Shareholders and Proxy 157
Statement (dated March 20, 2000).
(23) Consent of Independent Accountants. 223
(27) Financial Data Schedule. 225
(99.1) Annual report on Form 10-K/A of The Lorain National Bank N/A
Employee Stock Ownership Plan (registration number
33-65034) for the plan year ended December 31, 1999 to
be filed as an amendment to this annual report on Form 10-K.
(99.2) Annual report on Form 10-K/A of The Lorain National Bank N/A
Stock Purchase Plan (registration number 33-65034) for
the plan year ended December 31, 1999 to be filed as an
amendment to this annual report on Form 10-K.
30
LNB Bancorp, Inc.
Appendix to Form 10 - K
(for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1999)
S - K Reference Number (10a)
Employment Agreement by and between Kevin W. Nelson and
LNB Bancorp, Inc. and The Lorain National Bank
dated February 13, 2000.
31
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT made at Lorain, Ohio on the 13 day of February, 2000 by
and between KEVIN NELSON, referred to below as "Employee", and LNB
BANCORP, INC., an Ohio corporation, and LORAIN NATIONAL BANK, a banking
organization organized and existing under the laws of the United States of
America which, together with their successors and assigns are collectively
referred to below as "Employer". Employee and Employer are also referred
to below, collectively as the "Parties" and individually as a "Party".
R E C I T A L S :
The Employer desires to secure and retain the services of Employee as
its Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer from the
effective date of this contract, and Employee desires to accept such
employment as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer.
WHEREAS, but for Employee's promises made in this Agreement, especially
in Section 8 hereof, Employer would not employ Employee under the terms
and conditions of this Agreement. Therefore, expressly to induce Employer
to execute this Agreement, Employee represents that Employee fully
understands and fully accepts the Restrictive Covenants in Section 8
hereof and agrees to be bound thereby.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and conditions
herein, the parties do hereby agree as follows:
1. Employment and Term.
1.1 Employee will render professional management services to
Employer in the capacity of Executive Vice President anc Chief Operating
Officer commencing March 15, 2000 and continue in effect thereafter unless
terminated pursuant to the termination provisions of this Agreement,
including the provisions of Section 7 hereof.
1.2 He will at all times faithfully, industriously and to best of
his ability perform all duties that may be required of him by virtue of
his position as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer and
all duties set forth in the Employer's Code of Regulations, Bylaws and the
policies as adopted by the Employer's Board of Directors. In addition, he
shall perform in the same manner any duties assigned or delegated to him
by the President and Chief Executive Officer and the Chairman of the Board
of Employer.
1
32
1.3 Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, this Agreement
represents the entire agreement between Employer and Employee regarding
Employee's employment by Employer.
1.4 Except as otherwise expressly stated herein this Agreement may
be changed or amended only by a written document which is clearly
designated as an amendment to this specific Agreement and only if such
document is signed by both parties.
1.5 No action by either party and no refusal or neglect of either
party to exercise a right granted under this Agreement or to enforce
compliance with any provision of this Agreement shall constitute a waiver
of any provision of or any right under this Agreement, unless a waiver is
expressed in a written document which is clearly designated as a waiver
and unless such document is signed by both parties.
2. Compensation.
2.1 In consideration for the services as Executive Vice President
and Chief Operating Officer, Employer agrees to pay Employee the sum of
One Hundred Fifteen Thousand Dollars ($115,000.00) for each twelve (12)
consecutive monthly period of the Agreement term. The said basic salary
shall be payable in twenty-six (26) equal bi-weekly payments during each
twelve (12) consecutive monthly period of the Agreement term and prorated
if the Agreement term is terminated prior to the completion of a twelve
(12) consecutive monthly period.
2.2 As additional consideration for Employee's services hereunder,
Employee may receive a discretionary bonus from time to time. Such bonus
shall be determined by Employer's Board of Directors in its sole
discretion.
2.3 There shall be an annual review of Employee's performance and
compensation by the Employer's Board of Directors or a committee thereof.
The annual review shall occur not less than sixty (60) days after the end
of Employer's fiscal year for the express purpose of reviewing the prior
years performance of Employee. Any change in compensation shall
immediately act as an amendment of Section 2.1 above.
2.4 The obligations of Employer to pay Employee's basic salary,
bonuses, if any, and other benefits under this Agreement are expressly
conditioned upon Employee's continued and faithful performance of an
adherence to each and every material promise, duty and obligation assigned
to or made by Employee under this Agreement.
3. Vacation and Time Off.
3.1 Employee shall be entitled to twenty (20) working days of
compensated vacation in each of the contract years, pursuant to the terms
and conditions of
2
33
Employer's vacation time off policy, to be taken at times mutually agreed
upon in advance between Employee and the President and Chief Executive
Officer of Employer and/or if appropriate the Chairman of the Board of
Directors of Employer.
3.2 All vacation time off shall be non-cumulative if not taken
within the appropriate contract year or within the first quarter of the
succeeding contract year and except that unused vacation time may be
redeemed as compensation pursuant to the terms and conditions of
Employer's vacation time off policy.
3.3 Employee's vacation time off may be increased by Employer in its
sole discretion.
3.4 Employee shall be permitted to be absent from his duties during
business hours to attend professional meetings, seminars, conventions,
business development and attend to such outside professional duties as
have been mutually agreed upon between Employee and the President and
Chief Executive Officer of Employer and/or if appropriate, the Chairman of
the Board of Directors of Employer. Attendance at such approved meetings,
seminars, conventions, business development and accomplishment of approved
professional duties shall be fully compensated and shall not be considered
vacation. Employer shall reimburse Employee for all reasonable expenses
incurred by him incident to attendance at approved professional meetings,
seminars and conventions and such reasonable entertainment expenses
incurred by Employee in furtherance of Employer's interest.
3.5 Employee shall also be entitled to additional days of time off
with full compensation for holidays in accordance with Employer's holiday
time off policy.
4. Fringe Benefits.
4.1 Employee shall be entitled to all fringe benefits to which other
employees of Employer are entitled. In addition thereto, and as
additional consideration for Employee accepting the position of Executive
Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of Employer, Employer agrees to
provide Employee:
A. Disability compensation allowance which shall commence one
hundred eighty (180) days after Employee incurring a disability which
precludes his ability to perform his duties under this Agreement and shall
continue pursuant to the terms of Employers long-term disability policy.
B. Inclusion under Employer's pension, retirement, profit
sharing, and stock option plan as presently in force or as adopted and as
amended from time to time.
C. A family plan of hospitalization as in force by Employer
and as amended from time to time. Such family plan of hospitalization
shall be in effect
3
34
immediately upon Employee's commencement of employment.
D. A term life insurance policy on Employee provided he is
insurable under the standard rate criteria of a commercial life insurance
company in an amount equal to 2.7 times the base annual compensation of
Employee, but not to exceed Three Hundred Thousand Dollars ($300,000.00)
payable to the beneficiary of his choice.
E. Sick leave as presently in force by Employer and as
amended from time to time.
F. Purchase or lease for the use of Employee an automobile
as selected by Employee and agreed to by Employer and to reimburse him for
expenses related to its operation for business purposes. Such automobile
shall be replaced after three (3) years of use by Employee. Upon
termination of this Agreement for any reason, Employer shall be
immediately entitled to possession of said automobile.
G. To pay the initiation fee and monthly dues for a corporate
membership for Employee at Spring Valley Country Club, Elyria, Ohio and
annual dues for a membership at Fox Creek Golf & Racket Club, Lorain,
Ohio. All expenses incurred by Employee at such Clubs in furtherance of
Employer's business or interest shall be reimbursed to Employee by
Employer upon presentation of appropriate itemization and receipts.
H. Reimburse Employee reasonable expenses related to the
performance of Employee's duties as Executive Vice President and Chief
Operating Officer including (but not limited to): entertainment and
promotional expenses; educational expenses incurred for the purpose of
maintaining or improving Employee's skills directly related to the
performance of his duties and obligations hereunder; expenses of
membership in civic groups, clubs and fraternal organizations; and all
other items of reasonable and necessary expenses incurred by Employee in
the performance of Employee's duties as Executive Vice President and
Chief Operating Officer under this Agreement.
I. To pay all moving expenses incidental to the relocation
of Employee to Lorain County, Ohio in an amount not to exceed Eight
Thousand Dollars ($8,000.00). Employee shall furnish to Employer paid
receipt or estimate for such moving expense.
J. Pay Employee's reasonable and customary daily expenses
from the date of the commencement of this Agreement to the date of
Employee's relocation to a residence in Lorain County, Ohio, but not to
exceed a sixty (60) days.
K. In the event Employee should be unable to sell his
residence in the Dayton, Ohio area prior to purchase of a residence in
Lorain County, Ohio, Employer
4
35
will purchase Employee's current residence in Dayton, Ohio area at its
fair market value as determined by the average appraisal of the property
as prepared by two independent appraisers mutually agreed upon by the
parties.
L. Upon Employee's purchase of a residence in Lorain County,
Ohio, Employer agrees to provide Employee mortgage loan financing on such
terms and rate as are customarily extended to Employer's preferred
customers and to waive all Bank related fees related to the mortgage loan
provided such waiver does not violate any governmental or regulatory
requirement.
M. Upon Employee's completion of an undergraduate course of
study and the securing of a bachelor degree, Employer agrees to reimburse
Employee tuition cost for a course of study to secure an MBA degree from a
college or institution mutually agreed upon, in advance, by the parties.
The tuition reimbursement obligation provided for in this section shall
cease upon termination of this Agreement for any reason.
5. Stock Option.
5.1 Employer grants the Employee an option to purchase Seven
Thousand Five Hundred (7,500) shares of common stock of the Employer at a
purchase price of Thirty Dollars ($30.00) per share pursuant to the terms
and provisions of an Incentive Stock Option Agreement attached hereto
marked "Appendix A" and made a part hereof.
6. Prohibition Against Transfer.
6.1 Employee's duties, obligations and services rendered under this
Agreement are personal in nature and are unique to Employee. Therefore,
without Employer's prior written consent, Employee shall not assign or
otherwise transfer any of Employee's duties, obligations or
responsibilities hereunder.
7. Termination.
7.1 In addition to any termination under the foregoing Sections,
this Agreement shall be terminated:
A. If either party materially violates the terms and
conditions of this Agreement, the other party shall give the breaching
party notice of said violation and if the breaching party does not cure
such violation within sixty (60) days after notice, then the other party
shall have the right to terminate this Agreement without further notice.
B. The Employer through its Board of Directors may terminate
this Agreement without cause at any time upon ninety (90) days prior
written notice to Employee.
5
36
C. By Employee upon "change in control of the Employer" as
hereinafter defined.
D. Upon the death of Employee.
E. In the event of the disability of Employee resulting in
his inability to perform his duties for a period of six (6) months, he
shall be considered permanently disabled and he shall in that event be
entitled to the salary and benefits provided by Employer under its long
term disability policy.
F. Upon the termination of this Agreement, pursuant to
Subparagraph (A) (but only if Employee terminates the Agreement due to the
Employer's breach) or Paragraph (B) all rights, duties and obligations of
the parties hereto shall cease except that Employer shall continue to pay
Employee his total Lorain National Bank compensation as reflected on his
W-2 Federal Income Tax Statement for the prior year for a period one (1)
year from the date of termination. In the event the Agreement is
terminated pursuant to Paragraph hereof, all rights, duties and
obligations of the parties hereto shall cease except that Employer shall
continue to pay Employee his total Lorain National Bank compensation as
reflected on his W-2 Federal Income Tax Statement for the prior year for a
period of two (2) years from the date of termination.
G. The termination payments payable to Employee shall survive
Employee's death should he die during the period he is receiving
termination payments as provided for in Section F above.
H. During the Agreement term, Employee may, in his
discretion, without cause, terminate his employment with Employer by
giving the Board of Directors of Employer at least ninety (90) days
written notice of his decision to terminate his Agreement. Upon the
effective date of such employment termination by Employee, and upon such
termination both parties shall be released from any and all liabilities
hereunder.
I. "Change in control of Employer" shall mean the occurrence
of any of the following events.
i. Individuals who on January 1, 2000 constitute the
Employer's Board of Directors (the "Incumbent Directors") cease for any
reason to constitute at least a majority of the Employer's Board of
Directors, provided that any person becoming a Director subsequent to
January 1, 2000, whose election or nomination for election was approved by
a vote of at least a majority of the Incumbent Directors then on the Board
(either by specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the
Employer in which such person is named as a nominee for Director without
written objection by such Incumbent Directors to such nomination) shall be
deemed to be an Incumbent Director; provided, however, that no individual
elected or nominated as a Director of the Employer
6
37
initially as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with
respect to the Directors of any other actual or threatened election
contest with respect to Directors or any other actual or threatened
solicitation of proxies by or on behalf of any persons other than the
Board shall be deemed to be an Incumbent Director.
ii. Any "person" (as such term is defined in Section
3(a)(9) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange
Act") and as used in Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act)
is or becomes a "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the
Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Employer
representing 15% or more of the combined voting power of the Employer's
then outstanding securities eligible to vote for the election of the Board
(the "Employer Voting Securities"); provided, however, that the event
described in this paragraph 2 shall not be deemed to be a Change in
Control of the Employer by virtue of any of the following acquisitions:
(a) by the Employer or any Subsidiary, (b) by any employee benefit plan
sponsored or maintained by the Employer or any Subsidiary, or by an
employee stock benefit trust created by the Employer or any Subsidiary,
by any underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an
offering of such securities; or (d) a transaction (other than one
described in 3 below) in which Employer Voting Securities are acquired
from the Employer, if a majority of the Incumbent Directors approves a
resolution providing expressly that the acquisition pursuant to this
clause (d) does not constitute a Change in Control under this paragraph 2;
iii. The consummation of a merger, consolidation, share
exchange or similar form of corporate transaction involving the Employer,
or any of its Subsidiaries that requires the approval of the Employer's
shareholders, whether for such transaction or the issuance of securities
in the transaction (a "Business Combination"), unless immediately
following such Business Combination: (a) more than 50% of the total
voting power of the corporation resulting from the consummation of such
Business Combination (the "Surviving Corporation"), or if applicable, the
ultimate parent corporation that directly or indirectly has beneficial
ownership of 100% of the voting securities eligible to elect directors of
the Surviving Corporation (the "Parent Corporation"), is represented by
Employer Voting Securities that were outstanding immediately prior to such
Business Combination (or, if applicable, represented by shares into which
such Employer Voting Securities were converted pursuant to such Business
Combination), and such voting power among the holders thereof is in
substantially the same proportion as the voting power of such Employer
Voting Securities among the holders thereof immediately prior to the
Business Combination, (b) no person (other than any employee benefit plan
sponsored or maintained by the Surviving Corporation or the Parent
Corporation or any employee stock benefit trust created by the surviving
Corporation or the Parent Corporation), is or becomes the beneficial
owner, directly or indirectly, of 15% or more of the total voting power of
the outstanding voting securities eligible to elect directors of the
Parent Corporation (or, if there is no Parent Corporation, the Surviving
Corporation); and at least a majority of the members of the board of
7
38
directors of the Parent Corporation (or, if there is no Parent
Corporation, the Surviving Corporation) were Incumbent Directors at the
time of the Board's approval for the execution of the initial agreement
providing for such Business Combination (any Business Combination must
satisfy the criteria specified in (a), (b) and above so as to not
constitute a "Change in Control of the Corporation"); or
iv. The occurrence of a complete liquidation or
dissolution of the Employer or any of its Subsidiaries, or a sale of all
or substantially all of the assets of the Employer, or any of its
Subsidiaries.
J. Employer shall have the sole discretion to determine
whether Employee shall continue to render services hereunder during such
notice periods as provided for in this Section 7. Termination.
8. Non Competition.
8.1 Employee, as a condition of this Agreement, covenants and agrees
that in the event this Agreement should be terminated for any reason other
than termination for cause against Employer or termination due to change
in control of the Employer, the Employee shall not compete with Employer
at any location within fifty (50) miles radius of Employer's main office
or any of its branch locations for a period of one (1) year. For purposes
of this Agreement "non-compete" means that Employee shall not engage
directly or indirectly in competition with Employer either directly of
indirectly, own (partially or completely) or control through stock or
otherwise or work or render services for, be employed or engaged by,
represent in any capacity, or advise or consult any corporation,
partnership, entity or other enterprise who or which conducts or is
involved with any business activity which competes with any business
activity, product or service rendered, performed or produced by Employer.
8.2 Employee acknowledges that all information, knowledge and data
connected with or related to the operations of Employer, including without
limitation, all techniques, methods, systems, methodologies, facts, data
or other information, of whatever kind or whatever form concerning the
business or affairs of Employer are valuable, special and unique assets of
the Employer and that Employee shall not disclose or divulge any such
information, knowledge or data to any person, association, partnership,
corporation or entity for any reason or purpose whatsoever.
8.3 In the event of a breach or a threatened breach by Employee of
his obligations under this paragraph 8, Employee hereby acknowledges and
stipulates that Employer shall not have an adequate remedy at law, shall
suffer irreparable harm and therefore it is mutually agreed and stipulated
by the parties hereto that, in addition to any other remedies at law or in
equity which the Employer may have, the Employer shall be entitled to
obtain in a court of law and/or equity a temporary and/or permanent
injunction
8
39
restraining Employee from any further violation or breach of such
covenants.
9. Indemnification.
9.1 Employer hereby indemnifies and saves Employee harmless from
and against all claims, liabilities, judgments, decrees, fines, penalties,
fees, amounts paid in settlement or any other costs, losses, expenses
(including but not limited, attorney fees and court costs) directly or
indirectly arising or resulting from or in connection or association with
any threatened or pending action, suit or proceedings (whether civil,
criminal, administrative, investigatory or otherwise) and any appeals
related thereto under which Employee is a party or participant because of
Employee's good faith actions or omissions arising from the performance of
Employee's duties and obligations under this Agreement except for such
claims including court proceedings brought by the respective parties
hereto against each other.
9.2 As a condition precedent to the indemnification and other
obligations of Employer under this section 8, Employee must first:
A. Notify Employer of any actual or potential claim under
this section.
B. Authorize and permit Employer in its sole discretion to
choose any legal counsel to defend or otherwise handle the claim and all
proceedings and matters relating thereto.
C. Permit Employer to assume total complete and exclusive
control of the claim and all proceedings and matters relating thereto.
10. Miscellaneous.
10.1 This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the
parties and contains all the agreements between them with respect to the
subject matter hereof. It also supersedes any and all other agreements or
contracts, either oral or written between the parties with respect to the
subject matter hereof.
10.2 Except as otherwise specifically provided the terms and
condition of this Agreement may be amended at any time by mutual agreement
of the parties, provided that before any amendment shall be valid or
effective it shall have been approved by the Board of Directors of
Employer and reduced to writing.
10.3 The invalidity or unenforceability of any particular provision
of this Agreement shall not affect its other provisions and this Agreement
shall be construed in all respects as if such invalid or unenforceable
provision had been omitted.
9
40
10.4 Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, this Agreement
shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Employer, its successors
and assigns and upon Employee, his administrators, executors, legatees,
heirs and assigns.
10.5 This Agreement shall be construed and enforced under and in
accordance with the laws of the State of Ohio.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have hereunto set their hands the day
and year first above written.
In the Presence of:
/s/Beth E. Smith /s/Kevin Nelson
_________________________________ __________________________________
Kevin Nelson - "Employee"
/s/Cheryl L. Smith
_______________________________
LNB BANCORP, INC.
/s/Beth E. Smith by: /s/Gary C. Smith
________________________________ ________________________________
"Employer"
/s/Cheryl L. Smith
________________________________
LORAIN NATIONAL BANK
/s/Beth E. Smith by: /s/Gary C. Smith
________________________________ ________________________________
"Employer"
/s/Cheryl L. Smith
________________________________
10
41
LNB Bancorp, Inc.
Appendix to Form 10 - K
(for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1999)
S - K Reference Number (10b)
Incentive Stock Option Agreement by and between Kevin
Nelson and LNB Bancorp, Inc. dated February 13, 2000.
42
INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT is entered into this 13 day of February, 2000, by and
between LNB BANCORP, INC., an Ohio corporation (the "Company"), and KEVIN
NELSON ("Employee").
RECITALS
The Company is an Ohio corporation. The Company owns all of the
outstanding common shares of Lorain National Bank, a banking association
organized and existing under the banking laws of the United States of
America (the "Bank").
The Company is issuing the Options provided for in this Agreement to the
Employee hereunder in connection with the agreement by Employee to accept
a position as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of the
Company and the Bank.
The Company's Board of Directors has determined that the issuance of
options pursuant to this Agreement is in the best interest of the Company
and its shareholders.
AGREEMENT
Now, therefore, intending to be legally bound and in consideration of
the mutual covenants set forth herein, the parties hereto agree as
follows:
1. Number of Shares and Price Per Share
A Stock Option for a total of 7,500 shares of Company Common Stock,
$1 a value, of the Company is hereby granted to Employee at an exercise
price of $30 per share, hereinafter the "Option(s)." All Options granted
hereunder are nonqualified stock options.
2. Duration and Exercise of Options
A. The option exercise period shall be ten (10) years from the date
Employee commences employment with Company and Bank, provided, that such
period shall be reduced with respect to any Options, as outlined below, in
the event of death, disability or termination of employment or retirement
of the Employee.
B. The exercise of any Option and delivery of the optioned shares
shall be contingent upon receipt by the Company of written notice
specifying the number of shares to be purchased, accompanied by the full
purchase price in cash, or, at the discretion of the Company, in whole or
in part in common shares of the Company valued at fair market value, as
determined by the Company's Board of Directors.
C. No Option may be exercised after termination of employment of
Employee except as hereinafter provided.
1
43
D. Upon termination of the Employee's services as an employee of
the Company (whether by retirement under a retirement plan of the Company
or otherwise), for any reason other than death, disability or termination
for cause his stock option shall be exercisable only as to those shares of
common stock which were immediately purchasable by him at the date of such
termination and shall be exercisable only for a period of three (3) months
after the date of termination. If Employee's services as an officer or
other employee is terminated for cause, all rights under this Stock Option
shall expire upon such termination. The Board of Directors of Company
shall determine, for the purposes of this Agreement, the reason for
termination of Employee's employment and its determination shall be
binding and conclusive. Upon the death or disability (disability shall
mean and be limited to disability within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3)
of the Internal Revenue Code) of the Employee during his period of
service as an employee of Company, his Stock Option shall be exercisable
only for a period of twelve (12) months after the date of death or
disability.
E. Options may be exercised in whole or in part, but only with
respect to whole shares and a minimum of 100 share lots.
F. The Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any
certificate for shares of its stock purchased upon the exercise of any
part of the Option before: (I) completion of any registration or other
qualification of such shares under any state or federal law or ruling or
regulation of any governmental regulatory body that the Company shall, in
its sole discretion, determine is necessary or advisable; and (ii) the
Board of Directors of the Company shall have been advised by counsel that
all applicable legal requirements have been complied with.
3. Nontransferability of Options
The Option shall not be transferable otherwise than by will or by the
laws of descent and distribution, and may be exercised during the lifetime
of the Employee only by him.
4. Effect of Stock Dividends, etc.
The Board of Directors of the Company shall make appropriate
adjustments in the price of the shares and the number allotted or subject
to allotment if there are any changes in the common stock of the Company
by reason of stock dividends, stock splits, reverse stock splits,
recapitalizations, mergers or consolidations.
5. Authority to Withhold Tax
The Employee hereby consents to the withholding of such taxes as are
required by the Company, and further agrees that as a condition of
exercise of the Option by the Employee, the Company may, if in its sole
discretion the Company determines that such payroll withholding is
impractical or insufficient, require that the Employee advance all or a
portion of such taxes to the Company.
2
44
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the
date first set forth above.
LNB BANCORP, INC. (the "Company")
By: /s/Gary C. Smith
_______________________________
Gary C. Smith, President & CEO
"Company"
/s/Kevin Nelson
__________________________________
Kevin Nelson, "Employee"
3
45
LNB Bancorp, Inc.
Appendix to Form 10 - K
(for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1999)
S - K Reference Number (11)
Statements re: Computation of Per Share Earnings.
The statements regarding the Computation of Per Share Earnings
is incorporated herein by reference to Footnote 2
"Earnings Per Share" on page 20 of the LNB Bancorp, Inc.
1999 Annual Report
46
LNB Bancorp, Inc.
Appendix to Form 10 - K
(for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1999)
S - K Reference Number (13)
LNB Bancorp, Inc. 1999 Annual Report
to Shareholders.
47
COVER DESCRIPTION
LNB BANCORP, INC.
Annual Report 1999
Photo of pen on NASDAQ page of financial newspaper.
48
Front of Cover Flap
(LNB Bancorp, Inc. At the Core)
OUR VISION
LNB Bancorp, Inc.'s vision is to become recognized as the most
progressive and dynamic, independent provider of financial
services in our market.
The mission of LNB Bancorp, Inc. is to be a profitable,
responsible, independent business that provides extraordinary
service to our customers and community, while maximizing
shareholder value and creating a high-quality and challenging
work environment for our employees.
OUR MISSION
49
Back of Cover Flap
(Table of Contents)
Financial Highlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IFC
Corporate and Shareholder Information . . . . . . . . . .IFC
Common Stock and Dividends Information . . . . . . . . . . 1
Message to Shareholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Customer Testimonials. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Consolidated Balance Sheets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
Consolidated Statements of Income . . . . . . . . . . . .15
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows . . . . . . . . . .16
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity . . . . .17
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements . . . . . . . .18
Report of Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34
Report of Independent Auditor's. . . . . . . . . . . . . .34
Selected Unaudited Quarterly Financial Data . . . . . . .35
Five Year Consolidated Financial Summary . . . . . . . . .36
Management's Discussion & Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . .37
Directors and Officers of LNB Bancorp, Inc.. . . . . . . .46
Directors Emeritii of Lorain National Bank . . . . . . . .46
Officers of Lorain National Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . .47
Earnings and Dividend Performance . . .. . . . . . . . . .48
Banking Offices & ATMs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IBC
Corporate Profile
LNB Bancorp, Inc. is a $599 million locally owned one bank holding company
headquartered in Lorain, Ohio. The predecessor of LNB Bancorp, Inc., The
Lorain National Bank, was formed as a result of the merger of The Lorain
Banking Company and The National Bank of Lorain on January 1, 1961. The
Lorain Banking Company was a state chartered bank founded in 1905. The
National Bank of Lorain was a national bank receiving its national charter
in 1934. On March 30, 1984, The Lorain National Bank became the wholly
owned subsidiary of LNB Bancorp, Inc. Lorain National Bank is a member of
the Federal Reserve Bank of Cleveland, a voluntary member of the Federal
Home Loan Bank of Cincinnati, with its deposits insured by the Federal
Deposit Insurance Corporation.
The Lorain National Bank specializes in personal, mortgage, and small
50
business banking services along with investment and trust services, with
operations conducted through its main office, branch offices, and ATM
network throughout Lorain, eastern Erie, and western Cuyahoga Counties.
The Lorain National Bank operates 21 retail branches and 27 ATM's in the
nine communities of Lorain, Elyria, Amherst, Avon Lake, LaGrange, Oberlin,
Olmsted Township, Vermilion, and Westlake. Lorain National Bank offers
products and services by telephone through its 24 hour Telebanker and
Telepay systems and provides product and service information on the
internet at www.4LNB.com. The Lorain National Bank is an Equal Employment
Opportunity, Affirmative Action Employer and an Equal Housing Lender.
Logos for NASDAQ Listing, Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, Federal
Home Loan Bank System and Equal Housing Lender
51
Inside front cover
(Financial Highlights)
DECEMBER 31, 1999 1998 1989
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------
BANK OFFICES 21 21 16
BANK OFFICERS AND STAFF 303 316 294
SHAREHOLDERS 2,128 2,072 1,497
TOTAL ASSETS $599,611,000 $541,746,000 $324,010,000
TOTAL DEPOSITS $456,831,000 $443,848,000 $276,013,000
NET LOANS $414,849,000 $366,383,000 $212,459,000
----------------------------------------------
TOTAL CAPITAL $ 51,053,000 $ 48,676,000 $ 25,511,000
----------------------------------------------
NET INCOME $ 7,641,000 $ 6,818,000 $ 3,217,000
----------------------------------------------
CASH DIVIDENDS DECLARED $ 3,794,000 $ 3,545,000 $ 1,148,000
----------------------------------------------
SHARES OUTSTANDING* 4,127,161 4,122,575 2,176,456
----------------------------------------------
*Shares outstanding have been adjusted for five-for-four stock splits in
1995 and 1993, a two-for-one stock split in 1989 and stock dividends.
Corporate and Shareholder Information
Corporate Headquarters
If you need to contact the Corporate headquarters of LNB Bancorp, Inc.,
call or write to:
LNB Bancorp, Inc.
457 Broadway
Lorain, Ohio 44052-1739
(800) 860-1007
Annual Meeting
The 2000 Annual Meeting of Shareholders of LNB Bancorp, Inc. will be held
at 10:00 a.m., Eastern Daylight Savings Time, on Tuesday, April 18, 2000
at The Lorain National Bank, 521 Broadway, Lorain, Ohio 44052.
Financial Publication Requests
Copies of the LNB Bancorp, Inc.'s Annual or Quarterly Reports or the
Annual Report on Form 10-K, as filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission, will be furnished to shareholders upon written request to:
Thomas P. Ryan
Executive Vice President
and Secretary/Treasurer
LNB Bancorp, Inc.
457 Broadway
Lorain, Ohio 44052-1739
Independent Auditors
KPMG LLP
1500 National City Center
1900 East Ninth Street
Cleveland, Ohio 44114-3495
52
Products And Services
For specific information on Lorain National Bank's products and services
such as credit card, ATM and debit card, bank card merchant services,
personal, student, mortgage, home equity, commercial, construction, and
Small Business Administration loans, checking, savings and time deposits,
24 hour telephone banking, cash management, insurance, investment and
trust services, or data processing, please contact the Lorain National
Bank Office located nearest you. For a listing of Bank Offices, see IBC
of the 1999 Annual Report.
Quarterly Earnings Reporting
For 2000, LNB Bancorp, Inc.'s quarterly earnings are anticipated to be
announces around the fourth Tuesday of April, July, October and January
2001. Any investor desiring a copy of an earnings announcement can obtain
one by calling (440) 244-7319 or (440) 989-3360.
STOCK TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
Shareholders that hold their shares in physical certificate form, and have
requests for information about their share balances, change of name or
address, lost certificates, or other shareholder account matters, should
call or write to:
Registrar and Transfer Company
Investor Relations Department
10 Commerce Drive
Cranford, New Jersey 07016-9982
(800) 368-5948
DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT AND CASH STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
LNB Bancorp, Inc. shareholders who wish to apply quarterly cash dividends
or optional cash payments toward the purchase of additional LNB Bancorp,
Inc. common stock may take advantage of a dividend reinvestment plan
available through The Registrar and Transfer Company. Inquiries or
requests for a description of the dividend reinvestment plan should be
made to:
Registrar and Transfer Company
Dividend Reinvestment Plans
10 Commerce Drive
Cranford, New Jersey 07016-3572
(800) 368-5948
Shareholder Relations
Analysts and investors seeking financial information about LNB Bancorp,
Inc. Should call our Shareholder Relations Department at (440) 244-7317
or (800) 860-1007. You may also request financial information on LNB
Bancorp, Inc. By completing the postage paid card titled "LNB Bancorp,
Inc. - Common Stock" located at the end of this Annual Report. Either
way, we would be happy to respond to your requests for information.
Information on LNB Bancorp, Inc.'s financial results and Lorain National
Bank's products and services can be accessed on the Internet at
www.4LNB.com.
LNB Bancorp, Inc. Logo
53
(LNB Bancorp, Inc. Common Stock and Cash Dividends Declared)
(Common Stock Trading Ranges and Cash Dividends Declared)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
1999 1998
------------------------------
Bid Price Bid Price
High Low High Low
------------------------------
First Quarter $27.50 $25.00 $28.25 $27.25
Second Quarter 26.50 27.50 27.50 27.00
Third Quarter 25.75 28.00 28.00 27.50
Fourth Quarter 26.00 28.00 28.00 27.75
1999 1998
------------------------------
Cash Cash
Dividend Dividend
Amount Amount
------------------------------
First Quarter - regular $.22 $.20
Second Quarter - regular .22 .20
Third Quarter - regular .23 .21
Fourth Quarter - regular .23 .21
Fourth Quarter - EXTRA .02 .04
The shares of common stock, par value $1.00 per share, of LNB Bancorp,
Inc. were traded in 1999 on the over-the-counter market, under the symbol
LNBB, primarily through registered brokers in the Corporation's service
area. The above bid prices represent quotations between dealers without
adjustments for retail markups, markdowns or commissions to the broker-
dealer and may not represent actual transactions.
On February 9, 2000, the common stock of LNB Bancorp, Inc. began trading
on the Nasdaq Stock Market under the symbol LNBB. The stock is listed as
"LNB Bancorp" in the newspapers. LNB Bancorp, Inc.'s CUSIP is
502100 10 0. As of December 31, 1999 LNB Bancorp had 2,128 shareholders
of record.
54
16-YEAR CASH DIVIDEND DECLARED PER SHARE HISTORY
(A 16-year Cash Dividend Declared Per Share History graph with Dividends
Declared on the y-axis and years 1984 through 1999 on the x-axis. The
graph is a vertical bar graph. The co-ordinates, by year, which are
presented in the table below are plotted on the previously described
grid.)
Year Dividends
1999 $.92
1998 $.86
1997 $.71
1996 $.61
1995 $.52
1994 $.46
1993 $.42
1992 $.38
1991 $.34
1990 $.31
1989 $.29
1988 $.25
1987 $.22
1986 $.20
1985 $.19
1984 $.17
Dividend Information
LNB Bancorp, Inc. Has increased the cash dividend paid to shareholders
each year since becoming a Bank Holding Company in 1984. LNB Bancorp,
Inc. has increased its quarterly cash dividend declared in the 3rd quarter
of each year since 1988.
In addition to the regular quarterly cash dividends, the Board of
Directors meets in the fourth quarter of each year to determine whether to
approve an extra cash dividend. The extra cash dividend is discretionary
and varies based on the Company's current year and near-term
profitability.
Shareholders may invest their dividends and make optional cash purchases
of LNB Bancorp, Inc. common stock by participating in the Dividend
Reinvestment and Cash Stock Purchase Plan. Please see the card insert at
the end of this Annual Report to request more information.
Dividend Calendar
Cash dividends on common stock, if approved by the Board of Directors, are
customarily paid to shareholders as follows:
Record Dates:
March 14, June 13, Sept. 12, and Dec. 12, 2000
Dividend Payable Dates:
April 3, July 3, October 2, 2000 and January 2, 2001
LNB Bancorp, Inc. Common Stock Market Makers
First Union Securities, Inc. Richmond, Virginia
Hill, Thompson, Magid & Company, Inc., Jersey City, New Jersey
McDonald and Company Securities Inc., Cleveland, Ohio
National Securities Corp., Seattle, Washington
Sweney, Cartwright and Company, Inc., Columbus, Ohio
END PUBLISHED PAGE 1
55
(Message To Our Shareholders)
Top left column color photograph of Stanley G. Pijor, Chairman of the
Board
It's a pleasure to address you after the close of a very exciting year.
In addition to recording our 18th consecutive year of increased earnings
and record high cash dividends declared to our shareholders, we expanded
our role as the only established, locally owned commercial bank in Lorain
County. At year-end we endeavored to tell our story to a much larger
investor audience by listing of our common stock on the Nasdaq Stock
Market.
18 Years of Earning Growth
We posted our 18th consecutive year of record earnings during 1999, as
net income increased by 12% over 1998, reaching $7,641,000. Basic and
diluted earnings per share for 1999 increased 12% to $1.85 compared to
$1.65 for 1998. Contributing to the earnings increase were higher net
interest income coupled with strong growth in noninterest income and lower
loan loss provision, partially offset by increased operating expenses.
The graphs on page 48 depict our consolidated earnings and dividends over
the past 10 years.
Cash dividends declared per share for 1999 increased $.06, or 7%, to
$.92 per share, up from $.86 per share in 1998. Total cash dividends
declared in 1999, including the $.02 EXTRA dividend declared by the Board
of Directors in November, rose to $3,794,000. Total dividends declared
eclipsed the $3 million mark for the second time in the history of LNB
Bancorp, Inc. In each of the last 12 years, an increase in the regular
quarterly cash dividend has been approved by the Board of Directors.
Cash dividend declared in 1999 represent a 231% increase over 1989, when
$1,148,000 in cash dividends were declared.
As of 1999 year end, LNB Bancorp, Inc. achieved significant growth in
assets, loans, deposits, other borrowings, dividends and shareholders'
equity from one year ago. Total assets climbed 11% to $599.6 million as
of December 31, 1999, up $57.8 million from year end 1998. Total loans
grew by $49.6 million, or 13%, from one year ago to $419.5 million.
Commercial loan growth was robust, accounting for 67% of total loan
growth, while consumer and mortgage loan growth accounted for 34% and 10%
of total loan growth for 1999, respectively.
Total deposits climbed 3% to $456.8 million, up $12.9 million from one
year ago. Increases in balances of Market Access accounts and
certificate of deposit accounts accounted for the increase. Federal Home
Loan Bank (FHLB) advances increased to $34.3 million at December 31, 1999,
up $12.3 million from one year ago. Of this increase, $2.3 million in
FHLB advances funded a portion of commercial and consumer loan growth.
The remaining $10.0 million in FHLB advances was designated for Y2K
liquidity purposes. Federal funds purchased increased by $34.0 million
during 1999. This increase is attributable to increases in Y2K
requirements for cash on hand and other short-term investment needs.
Shareholders' equity passed the $50 million mark for the first time in
the history of LNB Bancorp, Inc. reaching $51.1 million at December 31,
1999, an increase of $2.4 million or 5% over the 1998 year-end equity
position. The book value per share climbed to $12.37 at December 31,
1999, compared to $11.81 per share from 1998 year end. The return on average
shareholders' equity rose 83 basis points to 15.29% for 1999,
compared to 14.46% for 1998.
Capital ratios remained strong during 1999, with average equity to
average assets of 8.7%. The 1999 year end ratio of shareholders' equity
to assets continues to remain strong at 8.5%. Year end risk based Tier 1
and total capital ratios were 11.70% and 12.48%, respectively. LNB
56
Bancorp, Inc. and its subsidiary, The Lorain National Bank, exceed all
applicable regulatory capital requirements and are categorized as "well
capitalized" - the highest rating category available.
/s/Stanley G. Pijor
- -------------------
Stanley G. Pijor
Chairman of the Board
END PUBLISHED PAGE 2
57
(Community Bank Focus)
Top right column color photograph of James F. Kidd, Vice Chairman of the
Board
This is a very exciting yet challenging time for community banks like
ours. It's exciting from the standpoint that new opportunities are
confronting us at an unprecedented rate. Responding to those challenges
includes achieving our growth goals while maintaining a focus on the needs
of our four publics - our shareholders, customers, employees and the
communities we serve.
We're privileged to be the only established, locally-owned commercial
bank in our market. If we are true to our heritage as a community leader,
we are compelled to serve as an advocate for our friends and neighbors.
While superior financial performance bodes well for our shareholders, we
must also remain a leader in providing quality customer service, a dynamic
and rewarding workplace for our employees and a resource for the
community.
Our community bank model has served as the cornerstone of this
organization for nearly 95 years. It essentially sets us apart from the
competition. While larger competitors have evolved into acquisition-
oriented, regional institutions seemingly less customer-focused, we have
sought to achieve our financial goals while addressing the human side of
the business.
Management Succession
In 1999, we completed a management succession plan which provides for
continuation of current and future growth of our organization. Our new
chief executive, Gary C. Smith, is a champion of the community bank model.
As an experienced Ohio Community bank president, he fully understands both
the challenges and rewards of leading a successful, local bank like ours.
Gary was brought on nearly a year ago as our senior executive vice
president. At year-end, he ascended to the role of president and chief
executive officer. To further bolster the plan, we will bring on a new
chief operating officer and a new risk assessment officer, both of whom
will add value to our organization.
In September of 2000, Lorain National Bank will celebrated its 95th year
of community banking. I have been privileged to be associated with the
organization for the past 36 years. In that time, I've come to understand
how great an asset a community bank like ours can be to our publics. It
is a legacy that Stan Pijor conferred upon me and one that I have passed
on to Gary Smith to carry forward into the new millennium.
It has been a pleasure serving as your bank's chief executive officer
and, now as vice chairman of your board of directors. I look forward to
serving you in this new and challenging capacity.
/s/James F. Kidd
- ----------------
James F. Kidd
Vice Chairman of the Board
TOTAL ASSETS millions of dollars
(A Total Assets graph follows in printed version with assets on the y-axis
and years 1995 through 1999 on the x-axis. The graph is a vertical bar
graph. The co-ordinates, by year, which are presented in the table below
are plotted on the previously described grid.)
TOTAL LOANS millions of dollars
(A Total Loans graph follows in printed version with loans on the y-axis
and years 1995 through 1999 on the x-axis. The graph is a vertical bar
58
graph. The co-ordinates, by year, which are presented in the table below
are plotted on the previously described grid.)
NET INCOME millions of dollars
(A Net Income graph follows in printed version with income on the y-axis
and years 1995 through 1999 on the x-axis. The graph is a vertical bar
graph. The co-ordinates, by year, which are presented in the table below
are plotted on the previously described grid.)
Total Assets Total Loans Net Income
Year Millions of Dollars Millions of Dollars Millions of Dollars
1999 $599.6 $419.5 $7,641
1998 $541.7 $369.9 $6,818
1997 $490.7 $331.0 $6,482
1996 $438.2 $302.1 $5,852
1995 $421.6 $276.5 $5,003
END PUBLISHED PAGE 3
59
(1999: An Eventful Year)
Top left column color photograph of Gary C. Smith, President and Chief
Executive Officer
It is a pleasure to address our shareholders as your president and chief
executive officer. It has been an exciting year for me personally, but
more importantly, an eventful year for LNB Bancorp, Inc. and Lorain
National Bank.
I echo Mr. Kidd's sentiments about the challenges before us, but I feel
confident that our organization is well-prepared to meet them. We are
fortunate to have such experienced and knowledgeable management and staff.
We look forward to continuing our service to our four publics in the fine
tradition for which LNB is known.
Lorain National Bank achieved a number of important goals in 1999,
including improved delivery systems, new products, preparedness planning
and strategic planning.
Delivery Systems
In asserting our role as Lorain County's leading community bank, it was
particularly important to improve visibility in Elyria, the county seat.
By relocating our Second Street office to a historic, yet vacant bank
building on Ely Square in June, the bank gained considerably improved
exposure to downtown traffic.
The numbers bear out our reasoning for moving to the square. In
addition to transferring existing customer accounts to the new site,
several new personal and business relationships have been built.
The move was a win-win situation for our customers, the bank and
downtown Elyria. Our customers now have a larger and more convenient
place to bank; we now occupy a key piece of real estate on the square and
the city has an appropriate tenant in a high-profile facility on Middle
Avenue.
Several acquisition opportunities were investigated during the year,
however, we strategically focused on creating value for our shareholders,
and decided not to risk dilution for the sake of simply making a deal.
Automated teller machine users who frequented the area's festivals and
community events found Lorain National's Mobile ATM an excellent source of
cash. The bank's new ATM on wheels made appearances at several events in
1999, including the Lorain County Fair and the Lorain International
Festival and Bazaar. Several additional sites are being considered in
2000.
New Products
Lorain National is using technology to help bridge the gap between the
bank and its business customers with a new product called Professional
Choice electronic cash management. Dubbed "PC" for short, this
security-rich product enables businesses to use personal computers to
assist in the
daily handling of funds from their desktop. Business managers may track
and manage the flow of funds to, from and within their organization
directly from their keyboards.
Professional Choice is the forerunner of Lorain National's Personal
Choice home banking system for consumers, which is currently in
development .
Our Investment and Trust Services Division added a secured link to the
bank's Internet website in 1999, which allows its clients to review
current account statements. Clients using a secure password entry system,
can readily access portfolio information by entering the Trust section of
the LNB home page.
60
Our commercial lending division added equipment leasing as a new
business line in 1999. The program is available to creditworthy
businesses seeking the flexibility of leasing while keeping the service
they are accustomed to receiving at Lorain National.
END PUBLISHED PAGE 4
61
(1999: An Eventful Year)
We also added a new retail product to our consumer side entitled the
Market Access Account. Market Access is a hybrid transaction account
which pays a market rate of interest on balances of $10,000 or more.
Preparedness Planning
Preparation for entering the Year 2000 may be a distant memory in most
people's minds; however, it was a major bank-wide source of time and
effort for us in 1999. Our staff performed admirably in the face of such
a daunting task, upgrading software, hardware and procedures in the face
of the unknown. Though globally it was considered a non-event, at the
very least we put our organization through the paces of contingency
planning.
Strategic Planning
It is no secret that LNB Bancorp, Inc. Is seeking to grow in the near
future. That growth may come in the form of merger and acquisition or
expanding our role as a financial services holding company. Thanks to
recently passed federal legislation allowing banks to pursue a greater
number of non-banking activities, we are likely to pursue appropriate
business opportunities in the near future.
While we are gratified with our bank's performance to date, we have set
our sights on growing, and not simply for the sake of growth, but to add
value to our shareholders' investment.
It is our goal, by January 1, 2004, to become a multi-bank holding
company, with non-banking subsidiaries, headquartered in Lorain, Ohio with
performance in the top 20 percent of the Bancorp's peer group.
Customers in the Spotlight
In the pages immediately following this message, we have devoted space
to a number of our customers who feel strongly about their relationship
with Lorain National and have graciously agreed to express their support
in words and pictures from their places of business.
They are a small sampling of thousands of customers Lorain National
serves, yet their thoughts represent the sentiments of many. We are
indebted to all of our loyal customers and appreciate their support of our
efforts.
Additionally, within the customer testimonial section, you will find
some additional information about the services provided by our rapidly
growing Investment and Trust Services Division.
Tech Stock Euphoria
We must comment on the euphoric exuberance of high tech stocks, which
has placed the financial sector in disfavor. Despite LNB Bancorp's
continued record performance, we are impacted by this trend.
The Bancorp will continue to persist as a leading financial performer in
preparation for investors who will undoubtedly come to realize the risks
that are associated with the highly-speculative nature of the "dot.com"
phenomenon.
Looking Forward
I am truly excited about the opportunities which await us in the coming
year. We have a plan of action and a team of management and staff
prepared to carry out our mission.
In closing, I thank you for your support of our activities and look
forward to an exciting 2000.
62
/s/Gary C. Smith
- ----------------
Gary C. Smith
President and
Chief Executive Officer
END PUBLISHED PAGE 5
63
(Serving Customers)
"When we first started South Shore Electric, Inc., Lorain National Bank
was very cooperative and helpful. And now, 16 years later, they continue
to be an asset to our business."
Left side of page color photograph of Paul Zielazienski, President of
South Shore Electric, Inc., Kay Zielazienski, Secretary, and Jim
Schmittgen, Vice President, Lorain National Bank.
South Shore Electric, an Elyria-based company, has provided electrical
contracting service to commercial, industrial and institutional customers
in our community for more than 16 years. Husband and wife team, Paul and
Kay Zielazienski, and their 40 employees are dedicated to bringing high
quality products and services to their clients.
Lorain National is proud to be of help to the Zielazienskis with their
banking needs. They're excellent customers and good friends.
END PUBLISHED PAGE 6
64
(Serving Customers)
"We've dealt with other banks in the past. Because they didn't respond to
our needs, we don't think they took the interest in our business to heart,
the way Lorain National has. Our relationship with Ellen is great - she'd
always there when we need her.
Right side of page color photograph of Ellen Walsh, Vice President, Lorain
National Bank, Dawn Kost, Secretary, Vicky Slaman, Treasurer, and Valerie
Biggs, Vice President of Metro Storage and Crating, Inc.
Metro Storage and Crating, Inc. Is a business built on relationships.
Sisters, Dawn. Vicky and Valerie are continuing the business established
by their father 34 years ago, on the border of Avon and North Ridgeville.
Together, with 10 employees, including company president, James Kost, they
turn damaged and discarded wood shipping pallets into reusable ones.
"The gals," as we affectionately call them. Make our banking relationship
fun.
END PUBLISHED PAGE 7
65
(Serving the Community)
"Lorain National is my bank. It is one of the most compassionate
organizations I've ever been associated with and serves as an excellent
resource for the members of the community."
Left side of page color photograph of Emma Mason, Senior Vice President,
Lorain National Bank and Evelyn C. France, Executive Director, Women's
Development Center, Inc.
Evelyn France has made a career of helping disadvantaged members of the
Lorain County community realize their potential through public and private
works. Today, as executive director of the Women's Development Center,
based at Lorain County Community College, she is helping women get started
on the path to rewarding careers in business, and growth in their personal
lives.
Lorain National applauds and supports Evelyn's efforts to help our
neighbors grow and mesh with the fabric of our diverse community.
END PUBLISHED PAGE 8
66
(Serving Customers)
"During the last recession, Lorain National Bank stood behind us and
helped us obtain the success we enjoy today, through friendship and
cooperations."
Right side of page color photograph of Edwin F. Klenz, Vice President,
Lorain National Bank, and Ed Gargasz, President, Gargasz Inc.
Amherst's Ed Gargasz is one of the most prolific residential builders in
Lorain county, with nearly 1,000 homes to his credit. In the past 41
years, many area residents and their children have purchased more than one
Gargasz-built home in neighborhoods throughout Lorain and Amherst.
Ed' dozen employees and contract tradesmen have built hundreds of homes
recently as part of Lorain County's unbridled growth, including many in
the Hidden Valley and Hidden Glen subdivisions.
END PUBLISHED PAGE 9
67
(Serving Customers)
"I have high expectations from the people we employ, the materials that we
use and the products we sell. Lorain National knows that we expect the
best from our banker too."
Left side of page color photograph of James Markus, President, Norlake
Engineered Transformers and Timothy J. Gallagher, Vice President, Lorain
National Bank.
When we call on Jim Markus at his Taylor Parkway facility in Elyria, we
know delivering products and services that seem "good enough" won't be.
So we approach him with the best we have to offer.
We think that's why he switched to Lorain National after dealing with
other institutions that didn't measure up to his expectations.
He keeps us on our toes, which makes us a better bank.
END PUBLISHED PAGE 10
68
(Serving Customers)
"In a highly-competitive business like mine, my needs change on a daily
basis, so it's comforting to know that no matter how large or small my
banking needs are, Lorain National is always there for me."
Right side of page color photograph o Charles Horton, president,
ServiceMaster by Horton, and John A. Funderburg, Vice President, Lorain
National Bank.
Oberlin's Charles Horton, owner of one of our area's fastest-growing
ServiceMaster heavy cleaning franchises, believes that serving his
customers and providing growth opportunities for his employees is what
makes his 16-year-old business so successful.
"I would like every one of my managers to grow and become owners of their
own franchise one day," he says.
END PUBLISHED PAGE 11
69
(Serving the Clients)
"As an attorney, I'm well aware of the investment and trust options
available to us. We've chosen Lorain National over other providers for a
number of reasons, including performance, attention to detail and a high
degree of personal service."
Left side of page color photograph of Edward J. Baker, Vice President,
Lorain National Bank, Benjamin F. Barrett, Sr. and Mary Jane Barrett.
We're honored to be a member of Ben and Mary Jane's personal investment
team. Their confidence in our investment management expertise and
portfolio performance is highly gratifying.
With nearly $400 million in assets under management, our team of
professionals has built one of the largest trust and investment
departments in northern Ohio.
END PUBLISHED PAGE 12
70
(Investment and Trust Services)
The Investment and Trust Services Division complements the commercial
bank's retail and loan services by providing a wide range of investment
products and services. While traditional trust services remain an
important function of the Division, retirement services and investment
management are of primary interest these days. The Division is an
important delivery channel for services which enable the bank to serve all
the financial needs of today's customers.
The investment and trust officers work closely with the loan officers
and retail branch officers to assure that the customers of the bank are
aware of the investment services that we offer. As a result of this team
approach, referrals from other areas of the bank have become a major
source of new business for the Division. Outstanding investment
performance has prompted many of the Division's present clients to refer
their friends and relatives. This has helped fuel the growth of assets
under management to nearly $400 million.
We are able to offer complete retirement planning to both individuals
and corporations. Prototype plans, participant record-keeping and
rollover Individual Retirement Accounts are just a part of the services
available. By continuing to develop relationships with third party
providers, we are well positioned to advise and provide modern investment
products and services. For those clients who so desire, portfolio
information is available at any time via the telephone of the bank's
Internet web site at www.4LNB.com.
Personal service remains the hallmark of the Investment and Trust
Services Division. Each staff member is dedicated to meeting the needs of
our clients.
/s/Emma N. Mason
- ----------------
Emma N. Mason
Sr. Vice President and
Senior Trust Officer
INVESTMENT AND TRUST SERVICES FEE INCOME Thousand of Dollars
(An Investment and Trust Services Fee Income graph follows in printed
version with fee income on the y-axis and years 1990 through 1999 on the
x-axis. The graph is a vertical bar graph. The co-ordinates, by year,
which are presented in the table below are plotted on the previously
described grid.)
ASSETS UNDER MANAGEMENT Millions of dollars
(An Assets Under Management graph follows in printed version with assets
on the y-axis and years 1990 through 1999 on the x-axis. The graph is a
vertical bar graph. The co-ordinates, by year, which are presented in the
table below are plotted on the previously described grid.)
71
Investment and Trust Assets Under
Services Fee Income Management
Year Thousands of Dollars Millions of Dollars
1999 $2,095 $392
1998 $1,887 $321
1997 $1,293 $248
1996 $1,095 $204
1995 $1,038 $179
1994 $ 916 $161
1993 $ 825 $162
1992 $ 756 $150
1991 $ 645 $148
1990 $ 643 $137
END PUBLISHED PAGE 13
72
(Consolidated Balance Sheets)
December 31, 1999 1998
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
ASSETS:
Cash and due from banks (note 3) $ 28,023,000 $ 26,177,000
Federal funds sold and short-term investments 9,320,000 6,624,000
Securities (note 5):
Available for sale, at fair value 75,728,000 78,128,000
Held to maturity, at cost (fair value
$41,819,000 and $38,064,000 respectively) 44,642,000 38,202,000
Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve
Bank stock, at cost 2,949,000 2,189,000
----------------------------
Total securities 123,319,000 118,519,000
----------------------------
Loans (notes 6 and 7):
Portfolio loans 409,971,000 359,475,000
Loans available for sale 9,545,000 10,391,000
----------------------------
Total loans 419,516,000 369,866,000
Reserve for loan losses (4,667,000) (3,483,000)
----------------------------
Net loans 414,849,000 366,383,000
----------------------------
Bank premises and equipment, net (note 8) 11,253,000 10,989,000
Intangible assets (note 4) 4,245,000 4,666,000
Accrued interest receivable 4,057,000 3,685,000
Other assets 4,449,000 3,303,000
Other foreclosed assets 96,000 1,400,000
----------------------------
TOTAL ASSETS $599,611,000 $541,746,000
----------------------------
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY:
Deposits (note 9):
Demand and other noninterest-bearing
deposits $ 80,654,000 $ 85,558,000
Savings and passbook accounts 191,928,000 182,011,000
Certificates of deposit 184,249,000 176,279,000
----------------------------
Total deposits 456,831,000 443,848,000
----------------------------
Securities sold under repurchase agreements
and other short-term borrowings (note 10) 52,122,000 22,960,000
Federal Home Loan Bank advances,
short-term (note 11) 15,000,000 -0-
Federal Home Loan Bank advances,
long-term (note 12) 19,345,000 22,045,000
Accrued interest payable 1,510,000 1,487,000
Accrued taxes, expenses and other liabilities
(notes 13 and 17) 3,750,000 2,730,000
----------------------------
Total liabilities 548,558,000 493,070,000
----------------------------
73
Shareholders' equity: (note 14 and 15)
Preferred stock, no par value: Shares
authorized 1,000,000, and shares outstanding, none (note 14)
Common stock, $1.00 par: Shares authorized 15,000,000
Shares issued 4,227,161 and 4,222,575, respectively and
Shares outstanding 4,127,161 and 4,122,575,
respectively (notes 14, 18, 19 and 20) 4,227,000 4,223,000
Additional capital 22,685,000 22,602,000
Retained earnings (note 16) 28,057,000 24,210,000
Accumulated other comprehensive income(loss) (1,016,000) 541,000
Treasury stock at cost, 100,000
and 100,000 shares, respectively (2,900,000) (2,900,000)
----------------------------
Total shareholders' equity 51,053,000 48,676,000
----------------------------
Commitments and contingencies (notes 8 and 21)
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY $599,611,000 $541,746,000
----------------------------
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements
END PUBLISHED PAGE 14
74
(Consolidated Statements of Income)
Years ended December 31, 1999 1998 1997
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
INTEREST INCOME:
Interest and fees on loans:
Taxable $ 34,034,000 $ 30,664,000 $ 28,223,000
Tax exempt 26,000 42,000 49,000
Interest and dividends on
securities:
U.S. Treasury securities 1,236,000 3,684,000 5,157,000
U.S. Government agencies
and corporations 5,505,000 3,194,000 1,299,000
States and political
subdivisions 220,000 204,000 150,000
Other debt and equity
securities 172,000 152,000 134,000
Interest on Federal funds
sold and other short-term
investments 424,000 238,000 144,000
--------------------------------------------
TOTAL INTEREST INCOME 41,617,000 38,178,000 35,156,000
INTEREST EXPENSE:
Interest on deposits:
Certificates of deposit,
$100,000 and over 2,580,000 2,327,000 2,285,000
Other deposits 10,254,000 10,196,000 9,398,000
Interest on securities sold
under repurchase agreements and
other short-term borrowings 1,242,000 1,107,000 1,229,000
Interest on Federal Home Loan
Bank advances 1,517,000 369,000 78,000
--------------------------------------------
TOTAL INTEREST EXPENSE 15,593,000 13,999,000 12,990,000
--------------------------------------------
NET INTEREST INCOME 26,024,000 24,179,000 22,166,000
Provision for loan
losses (note 7) 2,000,000 2,725,000 750,000
--------------------------------------------
NET INTEREST INCOME AFTER PROVISION
FOR LOAN LOSSES 24,024,000 21,454,000 21,416,000
--------------------------------------------
OTHER INCOME:
Investment and Trust Services
Division income 2,095,000 1,887,000 1,293,000
Service charges on deposit
accounts 2,967,000 2,533,000 2,143,000
Other service charges,
exchanges and fees 2,798,000 2,515,000 2,316,000
Gains on sales of
securities (note 5) -0- 256,000 -0-
Gains on sales of bank premises
and equipment 162,000 -0- -0-
Other operating income 76,000 62,000 51,000
--------------------------------------------
TOTAL OTHER INCOME 8,098,000 7,253,000 5,803,000
75
OTHER EXPENSES:
Salaries and employee benefits
(notes 17, 18, 19 and 20) 10,056,000 9,153,000 8,652,000
Net occupancy expense of
premises (note 8) 1,521,000 1,359,000 1,274,000
Furniture and equipment
expenses (note 8) 2,122,000 2,020,000 2,290,000
Supplies and postage 995,000 1,037,000 967,000
Other operating expenses 5,945,000 5,292,000 4,204,000
--------------------------------------------
TOTAL OTHER EXPENSES 20,639,000 18,861,000 17,387,000
--------------------------------------------
INCOME FROM OPERATIONS BEFORE INCOME TAXES
AND CUMULATIVE EFFECT OF A CHANGE
IN ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLE 11,483,000 9,846,000 9,832,000
--------------------------------------------
INCOME TAXES (note 13) 3,842,000 3,291,000 3,350,000
--------------------------------------------
INCOME FROM OPERATIONS BEFORE CUMULATIVE
EFFECT OF A CHANGE IN ACCOUNTING
PRINCIPLE 7,641,000 6,555,000 6,482,000
--------------------------------------------
CUMULATIVE EFFECT OF A CHANGE IN ACCOUNTING
PRINCIPLE, NET OF RELATED INCOME TAXES
OF $-0-,$136,000 and $-0-(note 5) -0- 263,000 -0-
--------------------------------------------
NET INCOME $ 7,641,000 $ 6,818,000 $ 6,482,000
--------------------------------------------
BASIC EARNINGS PER SHARE
(note 2) $ 1.85 $ 1.65 $ 1.56
--------------------------------------------
DILUTIVE EARNINGS PER SHARE
(note 2) $ 1.85 $ 1.65 $ 1.55
--------------------------------------------
DIVIDENDS DECLARED PER SHARE $ .92 $ .86 $ .71
--------------------------------------------
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
END PUBLISHED PAGE 15
76
(Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows)
Years ended December 31, 1999 1998 1997
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING
ACTIVITIES:
Interest received $ 41,681,000 $ 38,031,000 $ 34,741,000
Other income received 7,873,000 6,228,000 5,762,000
Interest paid (15,570,000) (13,891,000) (12,874,000)
Cash paid for salaries
and employee benefits (10,013,000) (8,556,000) (8,580,000)
Net occupancy expense of
premises paid (1,184,000) (1,011,000) (950,000)
Furniture and equipment
expenses paid (847,000) (680,000) (818,000)
Cash paid for supplies and
postage (995,000) (1,037,000) (967,000)
Cash paid for other
operating expenses (5,521,000) (4,185,000) (5,135,000)
Federal income taxes paid (4,210,000) (3,869,000) (3,176,000)
Proceeds from sales of
trading securities -0- 7,386,000 -0-
--------------------------------------------
NET CASH PROVIDED BY
OPERATING ACTIVITIES 11,214,000 18,416,000 8,003,000
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Proceeds from maturities of
securities held to maturity 689,000 23,447,000 21,906,000
Proceeds from maturities of
securities available for sale 26,000,000 29,891,000 5,475,000
Proceeds from sales of securities
available for sale -0- 17,782,000 -0-
Purchases of securities
held to maturity (8,162,000) (30,611,000) (29,319,000)
Purchases of securities
available for sale (25,203,000) (49,960,000) (8,511,000)
Net (increase) in loans made
to customers (50,326,000) (43,489,000) (30,034,000)
Purchases of bank premises,
equipment and intangible
assets (1,876,000) (815,000) (7,280,000)
Proceeds from sales of
bank premises and equipment 164,000 4,000 20,000
Additions to other foreclosed
assets (96,000) -0- -0-
Net proceeds from liquidations
of other foreclosed assets 1,400,000 -0- -0-
--------------------------------------------
NET CASH USED IN INVESTING
ACTIVITIES (57,410,000) (53,751,000) (47,743,000)
77
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Net increase (decrease)in demand
and other noninterest-
bearing deposits (4,904,000) 16,993,000 4,763,000
Net increase in savings
and passbook deposits 9,917,000 9,075,000 13,347,000
Net increase in certificates
of deposit 7,970,000 7,125,000 26,165,000
Net increase (decrease) in securities sold
under repurchase agreements and other
short-term borrowings 29,162,000 (3,790,000) 3,364,000
Proceeds from Federal Home
Loan Bank advances 12,300,000 20,000,000 950,000
Proceeds from line of credit -0- -0- 2,400,000
Cash paid on line of credit -0- (2,200,000) (200,000)
Purchase of treasury stock -0- (57,000) (2,843,000)
Proceeds from exercise of
stock options 87,000 4,000 21,000
Dividends paid (3,794,000) (3,421,000) (2,813,000)
--------------------------------------------
NET CASH PROVIDED BY FINANCING
ACTIVITIES 50,738,000 43,729,000 45,154,000
--------------------------------------------
NET INCREASE IN CASH
AND CASH EQUIVALENTS 4,542,000 8,394,000 5,414,000
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
AT BEGINNING OF YEAR 32,801,000 24,407,000 18,993,000
--------------------------------------------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
AT END OF YEAR $ 37,343,000 $ 32,801,000 $ 24,407,000
--------------------------------------------
RECONCILIATION OF NET INCOME TO NET CASH
PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
NET INCOME $ 7,641,000 $ 6,818,000 $ 6,482,000
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization 1,612,000 1,688,000 1,660,000
Amortization of intangible
assets 421,000 448,000 136,000
Amortization of deferred loan
fees and costs, net (140,000) 1,244,000 378,000
Provision for loan losses 2,000,000 2,275,000 750,000
(Increase) in accrued
interest receivable (372,000) (530,000) (434,000)
Fair value of trading securities
transferred from held
to maturity -0- 7,386,000 -0-
Others, net 52,000 (1,363,000) (969,000)
--------------------------------------------
NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING
ACTIVITIES $11,214,000 $18,416,000 $8,003,000
--------------------------------------------
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
END PUBLISHED PAGE 16
78
(Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity)
Accumulated
Years Ended Other
December 31, 1999 Common Additional Retained Comprehensive
1998 and 1997 Stock Capital Earnings Income
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
BALANCE AT
DECEMBER 31, 1996 $4,138,000 $20,178,000 $19,873,000 $ 9,000
-----------------------------------------------------------
Comprehensive income:
Net income for 1997 -0- -0- 6,482,000 -0-
Change in unrealized
gain on securities
available for
sale, net of tax -0- -0- -0- 61,000
Total comprehensive income
Cash dividends declared,
$.71 per share -0- -0- (2,934,000) -0-
Issuance of 1,052 shares
of common stock under
stock option plans 1,000 20,000 -0- -0-
Market value of stock
issued in payment of 2%
stock dividend,
82,790 shares 83,000 2,401,000 (2,484,000) -0-
Purchase of 97,996 shares
treasury stock -0- -0- -0- -0-
-----------------------------------------------------------
BALANCE AT
DECEMBER 31, 1997 $4,222,000 $22,599,000 $20,937,000 $ 70,000
-----------------------------------------------------------
Years Ended Total
December 31, 1999 Treasury Shareholders'
1998 and 1997 Stock Equity
- -------------------------------------------------
BALANCE AT
DECEMBER 31, 1996 -0- $44,198,000
----------------------------------
Comprehensive income:
Net income for 1997 -0- 6,482,000
Change in unrealized
gain on securities
available for
sale, net of tax -0- 61,000
----------
Total comprehensive income 6,543,000
Cash dividends declared,
$.71 per share -0- (2,934,000)
Issuance of 1,052 shares
of common stock under
stock option plans -0- 21,000
Market value of stock
issued in payment of 2%
stock dividend,
82,790 shares -0- -0-
Purchase of 97,996 shares
treasury stock (2,843,000) (2,843,000)
-------------------------------
79
Years Ended Total
December 31, 1999 Treasury Shareholders'
1998 and 1997 Stock Equity
- ---------------------------------------------------
BALANCE AT
DECEMBER 31, 1997 $(2,843,000) $44,985,000
--------------------------------
Accumulated
Years Ended Other
December 31, 1999 Common Additional Retained Comprehensive
1998 and 1997 Stock Capital Earnings Income
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
BALANCE AT
DECEMBER 31, 1997 $4,222,000 $22,599,000 $20,937,000 $ 70,000
-----------------------------------------------------------
Comprehensive income:
Net income for 1998 -0- -0- 6,818,000 -0-
Change in unrealized
gain on securities
available for
sale, net of tax -0- -0- -0- 471,000
Total comprehensive income
Cash dividends declared,
$.86 per share -0- -0- (3,545,000) -0-
Issuance of 200 shares
of common stock under
stock option plans 1,000 3,000 -0- -0-
Purchase of 2,004 shares
treasury stock -0- -0- -0- -0-
-----------------------------------------------------------
BALANCE AT
DECEMBER 31, 1998 $4,223,000 $22,602,000 $24,210,000 $541,000
-----------------------------------------------------------
Years Ended Total
December 31, 1999 Treasury Shareholders'
1998 and 1997 Stock Equity
- -------------------------------------------------
BALANCE AT
DECEMBER 31, 1997 (2,843,000) $44,985,000
----------------------------------
Comprehensive Income:
Net income for 1998 -0- 6,818,000
Change in unrealized
gain on securities
available for
sale, net of tax -0- 471,000
-----------
Total comprehensive income 7,289,000
Cash dividends declared,
$.86 per share -0- (3,545,000)
Issuance of 200 shares
of common stock under
stock option plans -0- 4,000
Purchase of 2,004 shares
treasury stock (57,000) (57,000)
BALANCE AT ------------------------------
DECEMBER 31, 1998 $ (2,900,000) $48,676,000
------------------------------
80
Accumulated
Years Ended Other
December 31, 1999 Common Additional Retained Comprehensive
1998 and 1997 Stock Capital Earnings Income
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
BALANCE AT
DECEMBER 31, 1998 $4,223,000 $22,602,000 $24,210,000 $ 541,000
-----------------------------------------------------------
Comprehensive income:
Net income for 1999 -0- -0- 7,641,000 -0-
Change in unrealized
(loss) on securities
available for
sale, net of tax -0- -0- -0- (1,557,000)
Total comprehensive income
Cash dividends declared,
$.92 per share -0- -0- (3,794,000) -0-
Issuance of 200 shares
of common stock under
stock option plans 4,000 83,000 -0- -0-
-----------------------------------------------------------
BALANCE AT
DECEMBER 31, 1999 $4,227,000 $22,685,000 $28,057,000 $(1,016,000)
-----------------------------------------------------------
Years Ended Total
December 31, 1999 Treasury Shareholders'
1998 and 1997 Stock Equity
- -------------------------------------------------
BALANCE AT
DECEMBER 31, 1998 (2,900,000) $48,676,000
----------------------------------
Comprehensive Income:
Net income for 1999 -0- 7,641,000
Change in unrealized
(loss) on securities
available for
sale, net of tax -0- (1,557,000)
-----------
Total comprehensive income 6,084,000
Cash dividends declared,
$.92 per share -0- (3,794,000)
Issuance of 200 shares
of common stock under
stock option plans -0- 87,000
-------------------------------
BALANCE AT
DECEMBER 31, 1999 $ (2,900,000) $51,053,000
-------------------------------
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
81
Disclosure of reclassification amount:
The following discloses the reclassification adjustments for Accumulated
Other Comprehensive Income:
Years ended December 31, 1999 1998 1997
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Unrealized holding gains(losses)
arising during the year, net of tax $(1,557,000) $640,000 $ 61,000
Reclassification adjustment for gains
(losses) included in net income, net
of tax of $0, $87,000 and $0, for
1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively. -0- 169,000 -0-
--------------------------------
Change in unrealized gains(loss) on
securities available for sale, net
of tax $(1,557,000) $471,000 $ 61,000
--------------------------------
END PUBLISHED PAGE 17
82
(Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements)
December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997
(1) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies:
(a) Principles of Consolidation:
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of LNB Bancorp,
Inc. (the Parent Company) and its wholly owned subsidiary, The Lorain
National Bank (the Bank). The term "the Corporation" refers to LNB
Bancorp, Inc. And its wholly owned subsidiary, The Lorain National Bank.
All material intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated
in consolidation.
(b) Use of Estimates in the Preparation of Financial Statements:
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with Generally
Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) requires Management to make
estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and
liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the
date of the financial statements and revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Areas involving the use of Management's estimates and assumptions include
the allowance for loan losses, the realization of deferred tax assets,
fair values of certain securities, the determination and carrying value of
impaired loans, the carrying value of loans available for sale, the
carrying value of other real estate, depreciation of premises and
equipment, the postretirement benefit obligation, the actuarial present
value of pension benefit obligations, net periodic pension expense and
prepaid pension costs recognized in the Corporation's financial
statements. Estimates that are more susceptible to change in the near
term include the allowance for loan losses and the fair value of certain
securities.
(c) Industry Segment Information:
The Corporation's activities are considered to be a single industry
segment for financial reporting purposes. LNB Bancorp, Inc. is a one-bank
holding company engaged in the business of commercial and retail banking
and investment management and trust services, with operations conducted
through its main office and branches located throughout Lorain, eastern
Erie and western Cuyahoga Counties of Ohio. This market provides the
source for substantially all of the Bank's deposit, loan and trust
activities. The majority of the Bank's income is derived from a diverse
base of commercial, mortgage and retail lending activities and
investments.
(d) Cash and Cash Equivalents:
For purposes of reporting in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows,
cash and cash equivalents include currency on hand, amounts due from
banks, Federal funds sold, and securities purchased under resale
agreements. Generally, Federal funds sold and securities purchased under
resale agreements are for one day periods.
(e) Securities:
Debt securities are classified as held to maturity, trading, or available
for sale. Securities which are classified as being held to maturity are
stated at cost based on the Corporations's intent and ability to hold
until maturity. Securities are adjusted for amortization of premiums and
accretion of discounts using the interest method. Securities available
for sale are carried at fair value with unrealized gains and losses
83
included as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income, net of
tax. Securities classified as trading are carried at fair value with
unrealized gains and losses included in earnings. Gains or losses on
dispositions are based on net proceeds and the carrying value of
securities sold, using the specific identification method.
(f) Loans Available for Sale:
The Bank has identified certain mortgage, commercial and student loans
which may be sold prior to maturity. These loans are carried at the lower
of amortized cost or estimated fair value, determined on an aggregate
basis for each type of loan available for sale. New unrealized losses are
recognized in a valuation allowance and by changes to income.
(g) Reserve for Loan Losses:
Because some loans may not be repaid in full, a reserve for loan losses is
recorded. The reserve is increased by provisions charges to earnings and
is reduced by loan charge-offs, net of recoveries. Estimating the risk of
loss on any loan is necessarily subjective. Accordingly, the reserve is
maintained by Management at a level considered adequate to cover probable
loan losses inherent in the loan portfolio that are currently anticipated
based on Management's evaluation of several key factors including
information about specific borrower situations, their financial position
and collateral values, current economic conditions, changes in the mix and
levels of the various types of loans, past charge-off experience and other
pertinent information. The reserve for loan losses may vary from current
estimates due to changes in circumstances. These estimates are reviewed
periodically and, as adjustments become necessary, they are reported in
earnings in the periods in which they become known. While Management may
periodically allocate portions of the reserve for specific problem
situations, the entire reserve is available for any charge-offs that may
occur. Charge-offs are made against the reserve for loan losses when
Management concludes that it is probable that all or a portion of a loan
is uncollectible. After a loan is charged-off, collection efforts
continue and future recoveries may occur.
END PUBLISHED PAGE 18
84
(1) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued):
A loan is considered impaired, based on current information and events, if
it is probable that the Bank will be unable to collect the scheduled
payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual
terms of the loan agreement. The measurement of impaired loans is
generally based on the present value of the expected future cash flows
discounted at the loans initial effective interest rate, except that all
collateral-dependent loans are measured for impairment based on the fair
value of the collateral. If the loan valuation is less than the recorded
investment in the loan, an impairment reserve is established for the
difference. The impairment reserve is established by either an allocation
of the reserve for loan losses or by a provision for loan losses,
depending upon the adequacy of the reserve for loan losses. The provision
for loan losses is determined based on Management's evaluation of the loan
portfolio and the adequacy of the reserve for loan losses under current
economic conditions and such other factors which, in Management's
judgement, deserve current recognition.
(h) Bank Premises and Equipment:
Bank premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated
depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization are computed
generally on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of
the assets. Upon the sale or other disposition of assets, the cost and
related accumulated depreciation are retired and the resulting gain or
loss is recognized. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expenses as
incurred, while renewals and improvements are capitalized. Software costs
related to externally developed systems are capitalized.
(i) Intangible Assets:
Intangible assets arise from branch acquisitions and include Goodwill and
Core Deposit Intangibles. Goodwill is the excess of purchase price over
identified net assets in branch acquisitions. Core Deposit Intangibles
represent the value of depositor relationships purchased. Goodwill is
being amortized using the straight-line method over a period of fifteen
years. Core Deposit Intangibles are being amortized using an accelerated
method over a period of ten years for 1997 branch acquisitions. Goodwill
and Core Deposit Intangibles are reviewed for possible impairment, for
events or changes in circumstances that indicate the carrying amount of
the asset may not be recoverable, and written down if necessary.
(j) Other Real Estate Owned:
Other real estate owned represents properties acquired through customer
loan default. The real estate acquired through foreclosure is carried in
other foreclosed assets on the Balance Sheet at fair value, net of
estimated costs to sell, not to exceed the cost of property acquired
through foreclosure.
(k) Additional Capital and Retained Earnings:
The additional capital account includes amounts received in excess of par
value of common stock sold and amounts voluntarily transferred from
retained earnings. In the case of stock dividends, the Corporation
transfers the market value of shares issued from retained earnings to the
common stock and additional capital accounts.
(l) Interest and Fees on Loans:
Interest income on loans is accrued on the principal balances of loans
outstanding on a "simple interest" basis. The Bank's policy is to cease
accruing interest on any loans where the principal and/or interest remains
unpaid for 90 days or more, unless the loan is both well secured and in
85
the process of collection. Loan origination fees and certain direct
origination costs are deferred and amortized over the contractual lives of
the related loans using the interest method.
(m) Investment and Trust Services Division's Assets and Income:
Property held by the Corporation in fiduciary or agency capacity for its
customers is not included in the accompanying financial statements, as
such items are not assets of the Corporation. Income from the Investment
and Trust Services Division is reported on an accrual basis.
(n) Interest on Deposit Accounts:
Interest on deposit accounts is accrued and charged to expense monthly and
is paid or credited in accordance with the terms of the respective
accounts.
(o) Federal Income Taxes:
The Corporation and its wholly owned subsidiary file a consolidated
federal income tax return. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are
recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences
between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and
liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and
liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to
taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are
expected to be removed or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and
liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period
that includes the enactment date.
(p) Reclassifications:
Certain 1997 and 1998 amounts have been reclassified to conform to the
1999 presentation.
(q) Employee Stock Ownership Plan and Stock Purchase Plan:
These two qualified defined contribution plans are accounted for under the
provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 87,
"Employers' Accounting for Pensions".
(r) Reporting Comprehensive Income:
Effective January 1, 1998, the Corporation adopted the provisions of SFAS
No. 130, "Reporting Comprehensive Income". This statement requires
companies to report all items that are recognized as components of
comprehensive income under accounting standards. As required, the
Corporation displays the accumulated balance of other comprehensive income
as a separate component of shareholders' equity. The adoption of SFAS No.
130 required the reclassification of prior years' financial statements.
END PUBLISHED PAGE 19
86
(2) Earnings Per Share:
The Corporation adopted SFAS No. 128 "Earnings Per Share" on January 1,
1997. Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing income available
to common stockholders by the weighted average number of shares
outstanding during the year. Diluted earnings per share is computed based
on the weighted average number of shares outstanding plus the effects of
dilutive stock options outstanding during the year. The weighted average
number of shares outstanding during each year reflects a two percent stock
dividend in 1997. Basic and diluted earnings per share is calculated as
follows:
For the Years ended December 31, 1999 1998 1997
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Weighted average shares outstanding used in
Basic Earnings Per Share
calculation 4,123,169 4,122,857 4,168,322
Dilutive effect of incentive
stock options 6,937 9,562 10,477
----------------------------------------
Weighted average shares outstanding used in
Diluted Earnings Per Share
calculation 4,130,103 4,132,419 4,178,799
----------------------------------------
Net income from operations before
cumulative effect $7,641,000 $6,555,000 $6,482,000
Cumulative effect of a change in
accounting principle, net of tax -0- 263,000 -0-
----------------------------------------
NET INCOME $7,641,000 $6,818,000 $6,482,000
BASIC EARNINGS PER SHARE:
Net income from operations before
cumulative effect $1.85 $1.59 $1.56
Cumulative effect of a change in
accounting principle, net of tax 0.00 0.06 0.00
----------------------------------------
BASIC EARNINGS PER SHARE $1.85 $1.65 $1.56
----------------------------------------
DILUTED EARNINGS PER SHARE:
Net income from operations before
cumulative effect $1.85 $1.59 $1.55
Cumulative effect of a change in
accounting principle, net of tax 0.00 0.06 0.00
----------------------------------------
DILUTED EARNINGS PER SHARE $1.85 $1.65 $1.55
----------------------------------------
(3) Cash and Due From Banks:
In order to meet deposit reserve requirements, the Bank is required to
maintain cash on hand and reserve balances at the Federal Reserve Bank.
Cash and due from banks included approximately $8,667,000 and $8,244,000
at December 31, 1999 and 1998, respectively, to meet these deposit reserve
requirements.
The average balances maintained in cash on hand and in reserve balances at
the Federal Reserve Bank to meet deposit reserve requirements approximated
$9,197,000 and $8,244,000, during 1999 and 1998 respectively.
87
(4) Acquisition and Intangible Assets:
On September 15, 1997, Lorain National Bank acquired three branch offices
in Lorain County, Ohio from KeyBank, National Association (KeyBank),
headquartered in Cleveland, Ohio. The transaction included the
acquisition of approximately $45.3 million in deposits, $18.3 million in
personal and commercial loans, as well as certain property and equipment.
The transaction was accounted for as a purchase and accordingly the
acquired assets and liabilities were recorded at their fair values on the
acquisition date. The effect of the KeyBank branch acquisition is
included in the results of operation prospectively from the date of the
acquisition.
The intangible assets arising from the KeyBank branch acquisition and
included in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets are summarized as
follows at December 31, net of accumulated amortization:
1999 1998
-----------------------------
Goodwill $3,355,000 $3,619,000
Core deposit intangible 890,000 1,047,000
-----------------------------
Total intangible assets $4,245,000 $4,666,000
=============================
Amortization expense for intangible assets totaled $421,000, $448,000 and
$136,000 in 1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively.
END PUBLISHED PAGE 20
88
(5) Securities:
The amortized cost, gross unrealized gains and losses and fair values of
securities at December 31, 1999 and 1998 follow:
Gross Gross
Amortized Unrealized Unrealized Fair
December 31, 1999 Cost Gains Losses Value
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Securities available for sale:
U.S. Treasury
securities $ 11,077,000 $ 14,000 $ (16,000) $ 11,075,000
U.S. Government agencies
and corporations 66,106,000 -0- (1,622,000) 64,484,000
Equity securities 86,000 83,000 -0- 169,000
--------------------------------------------------
Total securities
available for sale 77,269,000 97,000 (1,638,000) 75,728,000
--------------------------------------------------
Securities held to maturity:
U.S.Government agencies
and corporations 39,848,000 -0- (2,707,000) 37,141,000
States and political
subdivisions 4,794,000 33,000 (149,000) 4,678,000
--------------------------------------------------
Total securities held
to maturity 44,642,000 33,000 (2,856,000) 41,819,000
--------------------------------------------------
Federal Home Loan Bank and
Federal Reserve Bank stock 2,949,000 -0- -0- 2,949,000
--------------------------------------------------
Total securities $124,860,000 $ 130,000 $(4,494,000) $120,496,000
--------------------------------------------------
Gross Gross
Amortized Unrealized Unrealized Fair
December 31, 1998 Cost Gains Losses Value
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Securities available for sale:
U.S. Treasury
securities $ 27,067,000 $ 349,000 $ -0- $ 27,416,000
U.S. Government agencies
and corporations 50,155,000 376,000 -0- 50,531,000
Equity securities 86,000 95,000 -0- 181,000
--------------------------------------------------
Total securities
available for sale 77,308,000 820,000 -0- 78,128,000
--------------------------------------------------
Securities held to maturity:
U.S.Government agencies
and corporations 33,719,000 139,000 (339,000) 33,519,000
States and political
subdivisions 4,483,000 81,000 (19,000) 4,545,000
--------------------------------------------------
Total securities held
to maturity 38,202,000 220,000 (358,000) 38,064,000
--------------------------------------------------
Federal Home Loan Bank and
Federal Reserve Bank stock 2,189,000 -0- -0- 2,189,000
--------------------------------------------------
Total securities $117,699,000 $1,040,000 $ (358,000) $118,381,000
--------------------------------------------------
89
The amortized cost, fair values and yields of debt securities by
contractual maturity date at December 31, 1999 follow:
Fully-Tax
Amortized Fair Equivalent
December 31, 1999 Cost Value Yield
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
Securities available for sale:
Due within 1 year $ 10,998,000 $11,005,000 6.31%
After 1 but within 5 years 64,173,000 62,618,000 5.80
After 5 but within 10 years 2,012,000 1,936,000 5.79
----------------------------------------
Total securities available 77,183,000 75,559,000 5.87
for sale ----------------------------------------
Securities held to maturity:
Due within 1 year 328,000 329,000 4.82
After 1 but within 5 years 1,533,000 1,553,000 4.80
After 5 but within 10 years 40,045,000 37,336,000 5.56
After 10 years 2,736,000 2,601,000 5.09
----------------------------------------
Total securities held to maturity 44,642,000 41,819,000 5.50
----------------------------------------
Total securities $121,825,000 $117,378,000 5.73%
----------------------------------------
END PUBLISHED PAGE 21
90
(5) Securities (continued):
There were no sales of securities in 1999. During 1998, proceeds from the
sale of securities were $25,168,000 resulting in gross realized gains of
$655,000. There were no sales of securities in 1997. All other
redemptions during these three years were in the form of proceeds at
maturity or calls by the issuers of debt. The carrying value of
securities pledged to secure trust, public deposits, securities sold under
repurchase agreements, line of credit, and for other purposes required by
law amounted to $113,334,000 and $103,612,000 at December 31, 1999 and
1998, respectively.
The fair value of securities is based on quoted market prices, where
available. If quoted market prices are not available, fair value is
estimated using the quoted market prices of comparable instruments. The
securities portfolio contained approximately $2,343,000 and $2,713,000 in
non-rated securities of state and political subdivisions at December 31,
1999 and 1998, respectively. Based upon yield, term to maturity and
market risk, the valuation service estimated the fair value of these
securities to be $2,380,000 and $2,794,000 at December 31, 1999 and 1998,
respectively. The majority of these non-rated securities are short-term
debt issues of local political subdivisions. Management has reviewed
these non-rated securities and has determined that there is no impairment
to their value as of December 31, 1999 and 1998.
The Corporation adopted SFAS No. 133 "Accounting for Derivative
Instruments and Hedging Activities" (SFAS No. 133) on October 1, 1998.
The Corporation did not have any hedging activity or derivative
instruments prior to September 30, 1998. However, the Corporation elected
to reclassify approximately $7 million of held to maturity securities to
trading securities and approximately $41 million in held to maturity
securities to available for sale securities. The total amount of
securities transferred to trading securities were sold during the quarter,
resulting in a transition gain of $399,000 which is recorded as a change
in accounting principle in the Consolidated Statements of Income. The
above-mentioned security transfers from the held to maturity category at
the initial date of adoption shall not call into question the
Corporation's intent to hold other debt securities to maturity in the
future. The unrealized holding gain on held to maturity securities
transferred at the initial adoption of SFAS No. 133 was reported as a
transition adjustment to net income and Accumulated Other Comprehensive
Income. The cumulative effect of adoption of SFAS No. 133 is as follows:
91
Transfers of Debt Securities from the Held to Maturity to the Trading and
Available for Sale Categories as Part of the Transition to SFAS No. 133 as
of October 1, 1998:
Before Transition Adjustment After Transition Adjustment
------------------------------------------------------------
Statement
Balance Sheet Balance Sheet of Income
------------------------------------------------------------
Carrying Fair Asset Stockholders' Gain
Amount Value (Liability) Equity (Loss)
------------------------------------------------------------
Transfer to the trading category:
Debt security $ 6,987,000 $ 7,386,000 $ 7,386,000 N/A $399,000
Transfer to available for sale category:
Debt security $40,979,000 $41,696,000 $41,696,000 N/A $-0-
Accumulated other comprehensive
income N/A N/A N/A $473,000 $-0-
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
END PUBLISHED PAGE 22
92
(6) Transactions with Related Parties:
The Corporation, through its subsidiary Bank, makes loans to its officers,
directors and their affiliates. These loans are made with substantially
the same terms and conditions as transactions with non-related parties.
An analysis of loans outstanding to related parties follows:
Years ended December 31, 1999 1998
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
Aggregate amount beginning of year $ 4,495,000 $6,407,000
Additions (deductions):
New loans 7,237,000 1,178,000
Repayments (801,000) (3,090,000)
Changes in directors and officers
and/or their affiliations, net 503,000 -0-
-------------------------------
Aggregate amount end of year $11,434,000 $4,495,000
-------------------------------
(7) Loans and Reserve for Loan Losses:
Loan balances at December 31, 1999 and 1998 are summarized as follows:
December 31, 1999 1998
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Real estate loans (includes loans secured primarily by real estate only):
Construction and land development $ 28,236,000 $ 23,751,000
One to four family residential 189,672,000 183,066,000
Multi-family residential 8,716,000 9,409,000
Non-farm non-residential properties 97,478,000 75,938,000
Commercial and industrial loans 28,646,000 20,741,000
Personal loans to individuals:
Auto, single payment and installment 60,683,000 51,079,000
Credit card and related plans 5,111,000 5,069,000
Obligations of states and political subdivisions 349,000 521,000
All other loans 625,000 292,000
------------------------------------
TOTAL LOANS 419,516,000 369,866,000
Reserve for loan losses (4,667,000) (3,483,000)
------------------------------------
NET LOANS $414,849,000 $366,383,000
------------------------------------
Activity in the reserve for loan losses for 1999, 1998 and 1997 is
summarized as follows:
Years ended December 31, 1999 1998 1997
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance at beginning of year $3,483,000 $4,168,000 $4,116,000
Provision for loan losses 2,000,000 2,725,000 750,000
Loans charged-off (1,050,000) (3,591,000) (849,000)
Recoveries on loans previously
charged-off 234,000 181,000 151,000
--------------------------------------------
BALANCE AT END OF YEAR $4,667,000 $3,483,000 $4,168,000
--------------------------------------------
At December 31, 1999 and 1998, $9,545,000 and $10,391,000 of mortgage,
commercial and student loans were available for sale in the secondary
market. The market value of commercial and student loans available for
sale equaled or exceeded its carrying value. At December 31, 1999, the
93
carrying value of the only mortgage loan available for sale was written
down to its market value. At December 31, 1999, the Bank had firm
commitments for the sale of approximately 36,000 of student loans.
Information regarding impaired loans is as follows:
Years ended December 31 1999 1998 1997
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Year-end impaired loans with no
allowance for loan losses allocated $ -0- $ -0- $ -0-
Year-end impaired loans with
allowance for loan losses allocated 2,232,000 2,089,000 -0-
Amount of the allowance allocated 190,000 139,000 -0-
Average of impaired loans during
the year 2,925,000 1,130,000 820,000
Interest income recognized during
impairment 283,000 82,000 43,000
Cash-basis interest income recognized -0- 26,000 21,000
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
END PUBLISHED PAGE 23
94
(8) Bank Premises, Equipment and Leases:
Bank premises and equipment are summarized as follows:
December 31, 1999 1998
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
Land $ 1,896,000 $ 1,941,000
Buildings 9,194,000 9,482,000
Equipment 15,250,000 14,293,000
Leasehold improvements 688,000 602,000
---------------------------------------------
27,028,000 26,318,000
---------------------------------------------
Less accumulated depreciation
and amortization 15,775,000 15,329,000
---------------------------------------------
TOTAL $11,253,000 $10,989,000
---------------------------------------------
Depreciation and amortization of Bank premises and equipment charged to
other expenses amounted to $1,407,000 in 1999, $1,472,000 in 1998 and
$1,446,000 in 1997. Amortization of purchased software charged to other
operating expenses amounted to $205,000 in 1999, $216,000 in 1998 and
$213,000 in 1997.
At December 31, 1999, the Bank was obligated to pay rental commitments
under noncancelable operating leases on branch offices and certain
equipment as follows:
Year Ending Branch
December 31, Offices Equipment
-----------------------------------------------------------
2000 $210,000 $10,000
2001 204,000 10,000
2002 193,000 10,000
2003 177,000 10,000
2004 65,000 10,000
2005 and thereafter 134,000 -0-
---------------------------
Total $983,000 $50,000
---------------------------
Rentals paid under leases on branch offices and equipment, respectively,
amounted to $265,000 and $10,000 in 1999, $142,000 and $12,000 in 1998 and
$85,000 and $45,000 in 1997.
(9) Deposits:
Deposit balances at December 31, 1999 and 1998 are summarized as follows:
December 31, 1999 1998
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Demand and other noninterest-bearing deposits:
Individuals, partnerships
and corporations $ 68,049,000 $ 73,275,000
U.S. Government 170,000 237,000
States and political subdivisions 8,521,000 6,881,000
Certified, official, travelers
checks and other 3,914,000 5,165,000
-----------------------------------
95
Total demand and other noninterest-
bearing deposits 80,654,000 85,558,000
-----------------------------------
Savings and passbook accounts:
Individuals and non-profit organizations 171,315,000 165,531,000
Corporations and profit organizations 20,613,000 16,480,000
-----------------------------------
Total savings and passbook accounts 191,928,000 182,011,000
-----------------------------------
Certificates of deposit:
Individuals, partnerships and
corporations 169,791,000 151,583,000
States and political subdivisions 14,458,000 24,696,000
------------------------------------
Total certificates of deposit 184,249,000 176,279,000
------------------------------------
TOTAL DEPOSITS $456,831,000 $443,848,000
------------------------------------
The aggregate amount of certificates of deposit in denominations of
$100,000 or more amounted to $36,336,000 and $42,918,000 at December 31,
1999 and 1998, respectively.
The maturity distribution of time certificates of deposit as of December
31, 1999 and 1998 follows:
After 3 After 6
Months Months
Within 3 But Within But Within
Months 6 Months 1 Year
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
December 31, 1999 $61,248,000 $43,009,000 $38,935,000
------------------------------------------------------------------------
December 31, 1998 $62,012,000 $30,299,000 $36,671,000
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
After 1 After 2
Year But Years But
Within Within
2 Years 5 Years Total
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
December 31, 1999 $29,232,000 $11,825,000 $184,249,000
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
December 31, 1998 $31,973,000 $15,324,000 $176,279,000
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
END PUBLISHED PAGE 24
96
(10) Securities Sold Under Repurchase Agreements and Other Short-Term
Borrowings:
Information relating to short-term borrowings for the years ended December
31, 1999, 1998 and 1997 follows:
December 31, 1999 1998 1997
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Securities sold under repurchase agreements and other short-term
borrowings
At December 31:
Outstanding $52,122,000 $22,960,000 $26,750,000
Interest rate 4.48% 3.80% 6.03%
Average for the year:
Outstanding $28,892,000 $22,719,000 $23,885,000
Interest rate 4.27% 4.36% 4.74%
Maximum month-end outstanding $52,122,000 $34,622,000 $36,938,000
Line of credit
At December 31:
Outstanding $ -0- $ -0- $ 2,200,000
Interest rate N/A N/A 6.40%
Average for the year:
Outstanding $ -0- $ 1,688,000 $ 1,422,000
Interest rate N/A 6.46% 6.51%
Maximum month-end outstanding $ -0- $ 2,200,000 $ 2,400,000
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
In May of 1997, the Corporation obtained a $4,100,000 line of credit from
a commercial bank to fund the purchase of treasury stock. The interest
rate was based upon the current Eurodollar rate plus fifty basis points
and was adjustable every six months. Interest was paid on a quarterly
basis.
When there were outstanding balances on the line of credit, they were
collateralized with U.S. Treasury securities or certificates of deposit.
The line of credit expired in May of 1999 and was not renewed. The Bank
maintains a $25,000,000 line of credit with the FHLB which matures on
September 8, 2000. At December 31, 1999, the Bank borrowed $18,500,000
under this line of credit.
(11) Federal Home Loan Bank Advances, Short-Term:
Information relating to short-term Federal Home Loan Bank advances for the
years ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997 follows:
December 31, 1999 1998 1997
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------
Federal Home Loan Bank advances, short-term
At December 31:
Outstanding $15,000,000 $-0- $-0-
Interest rate 5.45% N/A N/A
Average for the year:
Outstanding $ 6,693,000 $-0- $-0-
Interest rate 5.45% N/A N/A
Maximum month-end outstanding $15,000,000 $-0- $-0-
(12) Federal Home Loan Bank Advances, Long-Term:
Lorain National Bank is a voluntary member of the Federal Home Loan Bank
97
of Cincinnati (FHLB). Long-term advances from the FHLB with maturities
and fixed interest rates thereon at December 31, 1999 and 1998 are as
follows:
Maturity Interest Rate 1999 1998
---------------------------------------------------------------
2000 4.76-5.53% $ -0- $ 5,000,000
2001 4.88-6.85% 11,095,000 11,095,000
2002 4.86-6.31% 8,250,000 5,950,000
---------------------------
Total $19,345,000 $22,045,000
---------------------------
At December 31, 1999, pledged as collateral for FHLB advances were all of
the shares of FHLB stock owned by the Bank, and qualified mortgage loans
totaling $80,547,000. At December 31, 1999, Lorain National Bank was
approved for $53,698,000 of FHLB advances. The Bank is required to own
FHLB stock equal to 5% of the FHLB advances outstanding and owned
$2,685,600 at December 31, 1999. At December 31, 1999, the amount of
credit available to the Bank from the FHLB was $853,000. The Bank is
eligible to purchase additional FHLB stock, if needed, and thereby
increase the amount of credit available.
END PUBLISHED PAGE 25
98
(13) Income Taxes:
The annual provision for income taxes consists of the following:
Years ended December 31, 1999 1998 1997
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
INCOME TAXES
Federal Current $4,448,000 $3,083,000 $3,329,000
Federal Deferred (627,000) 192,000 21,000
State 21,000 16,000 -0-
Cumulative effect adjustment -0- 136,000 -0-
----------------------------------------------
TOTAL INCOME TAXES $3,842,000 $3,427,000 $3,350,000
----------------------------------------------
The following presents a reconciliation of the total income taxes as shown
on the Consolidated Statements of Income with that which would be computed
by applying the statutory Federal tax rate of 35 percent to income before
income taxes.
Years ended December 31, 1999 1998 1997
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Computed "expected" tax expense $4,019,000 $3,586,000 $3,441,000
Increase (reduction) in income
taxes resulting from:
Tax exempt interest on
obligations of states
and political subdivisions (76,000) (75,000) (60,000)
State income taxes net of
Federal benefit 14,000 10,000 -0-
Other, net (115,000) (94,000) (31,000)
----------------------------------------------
TOTAL INCOME TAXES $3,842,000 $3,427,000 $3,350,000
----------------------------------------------
Net deferred Federal tax assets are included in Other assets on the
Consolidated Balance Sheets. Management believes that it is more likely
than not that the deferred Federal tax assets will be realized. The tax
effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of
the deferred Federal tax assets and deferred Federal tax liabilities are
presented below.
December 31, 1999 1998
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Deferred Federal tax assets:
Reserve for loan losses $1,276,000 $ 785,000
Deferred compensation 289,000 194,000
Accrued vacation payable 165,000 150,000
Intangible asset amortization 64,000 49,000
Accrued pension payable 56,000 42,000
Unrealized loss on securities available for sale 523,000 -0-
Other, net 23,000 5,000
-------------------------------------
Total deferred Federal tax assets 2,396,000 1,225,000
99
Deferred Federal tax liabilities:
Bank premises and equipment depreciation (300,000) (331,000)
Deferred charges (159,000) (190,000)
FHLB stock dividends (158,000) (107,000)
Unrealized gain on securities available for sale -0- (278,000)
Accrued loan fees and costs (103,000) (71,000)
-------------------------------------
Total deferred Federal tax liabilities (720,000) (977,000)
-------------------------------------
NET DEFERRED FEDERAL TAX ASSETS $1,676,000 $ 248,000
-------------------------------------
END PUBLISHED PAGE 26
100
(14) Shareholders' Equity:
Preferred Stock
The Corporation is authorized to issue up to 1,000,000 shares of Voting
Preferred Stock, no par value. As of December 31, 1999, no such stock had
been issued. The Board of Directors of the Corporation is authorized to
provide for the issuance of one or more series of Voting Preferred Stock
and establish the dividend rate, dividend dates, whether dividends are
cumulative, liquidation prices, redemption rights and prices, sinking fund
requirements, conversion rights, and restrictions on the issuance of any
series of Voting Preferred Stock. The Voting Preferred Stock may be
issued with conversion rights to common stock and may rank prior to the
common stock in dividends, liquidation preferences, or both.
Common Stock
The Corporation is authorized to issue up to 15,000,000 shares of common
stock. Common shares outstanding were 4,127,161 and 4,122,575 at
December 31, 1999, and December 31, 1998, respectively.
The book value per common share climbed to $12.37 at December 31, 1999,
compared with $11.81 per share at December 31, 1998. Capital ratios
remained strong during 1999, with average equity to average assets of
8.7%. The return on average shareholders equity during 1999 climbed to
15.29%, from 14.46% and 14.51% during 1998 and 1997, respectively.
Common Stock Repurchase Plan and Treasury Stock
On May 20, 1997, the Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to
100,000 shares of common stock. The repurchased shares will be used
primarily for qualified employee benefit plans, incentive stock option
plans, stock dividends and other Corporate purposes. At December 31,
1999, LNB Bancorp, Inc. held 100,000 shares of common stock as Treasury
Stock. LNB Bancorp, Inc. purchased 2,004 shares in 1998 and 97,996 shares
in 1997 under this plan for a total cost of $2,900,000. During 1999, 1998
and 1997, no shares were issued out of Treasury Stock.
Dividends
Total cash dividends declared per share for 1999 increased $.06, or seven
percent, to $.92 per share, up from $.86 per share in 1998. Total cash
dividends declared in 1999, including the $.02 extra dividend declared by
the Board of Directors in November, rose to $3,794,000. In each of the
last 12 years, the Board of Directors has approved an increase in the
regular cash dividend, with the 1999 dividend representing a 231% increase
from 1989 when $1,148,000 in total cash dividends were declared.
In February 2000, the Corporation announced that the Board of Directors
raised the 2000 first quarter cash dividend declared on common stock by
$.02 to $.24 per share. This represents an increase of 9% from last years
first-quarter dividend of $.22 per share.
Dividend Reinvestment and Cash Stock Purchase Plan
The Board of Directors adopted a dividend reinvestment and cash stock
purchase plan on November 18, 1997. Under the plan, the first dividend
reinvestment and cash stock purchase date was April 1, 1998. The plan
allows shareholders to elect to use their quarterly cash dividends to
101
purchase shares of LNB Bancorp, Inc. common stock. Additionally, cash can
be contributed directly to the plan for the purchase of shares of common
stock with a quarterly limit of $5,000. The dividend reinvestment plan
authorized the sale of 150,000 shares of the Corporation's authorized but
previously unissued common shares to shareholders who choose to invest all
or a portion of their cash dividends plus additional cash payments. No
shares were issued by the Corporation pursuant to the plan in 1999 and
1998. During 1999, stock for the dividend reinvestment plan was purchased
in the open market at the current market price.
Dividend Restrictions
Dividends paid by the Bank are the primary source of funds available to
the Corporation for payment of dividends to shareholders and for other
working capital needs. The payment of dividends by the Bank to the
Corporation is subject to restrictions by the Office of the Comptroller of
Currency. These restrictions generally limit dividends to the current and
prior two year's retained earnings. At December 31, 1999, approximately
$9,824,000 of the Bank's retained earnings were available for dividends to
the Corporation. In addition to these restrictions, as a practical matter,
dividend payments cannot reduce regulatory capital levels below the
Corporation's regulatory capital requirements and minimum regulatory
guidelines. These restrictions do not presently limit the Corporation from
paying normal dividends.
END PUBLISHED PAGE 27
102
(15) Regulatory Capital:
The Corporation and Bank are subject to risk-based capital guidelines
issued by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve Board and the
Office of the Comptroller of Currency. These guidelines are used to
evaluate capital adequacy and include required minimums as discussed
below. The Corporation and the Bank are subject to an array of banking,
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, U.S. Federal, and State of Ohio
laws and regulations, including the FDIC Improvement Act. The FDIC
Improvement Act established five categories ranging from "well
capitalized" to "critically undercapitalized". These five capital
categories are used by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation to
determine prompt corrective action and an institution's semi-annual FDIC
deposit insurance premium assessments.
Capital adequacy guidelines and prompt corrective action regulations
involve quantitative measures of assets, liabilities, and certain
off-balance-sheet items calculated under regulatory accounting practices.
Capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative
judgments by regulators about components, risk weightings, and other
factors, and the regulators can lower classifications in certain cases.
Failure to meet various capital requirements can initiate regulatory
action that could have a direct material effect on the consolidated
financial statements.
The prompt corrective action regulations provide for five categories which
in declining order are: "well capitalized", "adequately capitalized",
"undercapitalized", "significantly undercapitalized", and "critically
undercapitalized." To be considered "well capitalized", an institution
must generally have a leverage capital ratio of at least 5 percent, a Tier
1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 6 percent, and a total risk-based
capital ratio of at least 10 percent.
The Corporation continued to maintain a strong capital position during
1999. Total capital (Tier 1 and Tier 2) amounted tp $52.5 million at
December 31, 1999, representing 12.84% of net risk-adjusted assets
compared with $47.0 million and 13.30%, respectively, at December 31,
1998. Tier 1 capital of $48.3 million at year-end 1999 represented 11.82%
of risk weighted assets, compared with $44.1 million and 12.52% at
year-end 1998.
At December 31, 1999 and 1998, the capital ratios for the Corporation and
its wholly owned subsidiary, Lorain National Bank, exceeded the above
ratios required to be "well capitalized". The "well capitalized" status
affords the Bank the ability to operate with the greatest flexibility
under current laws and regulations. As of March 31, 1998, the most recent
notification from the Comptroller of the Currency categorized the Bank as
"well capitalized" under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective
action. There are no conditions or events since that notification that
Management believes have changed the Bank's category.
103
Analysis of Lorain National Bank and LNB Bancorp, Inc.'s Regulatory
Capital and Regulatory Capital Requirements
Minimum Required Minimum Required
December 31 Actual To Be Well Capitalized Capital
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
(amounts in thousands)
Amount Ratio Amount Ratio Amount Ratio
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
1999 Total capital (to risk weighted assets)
Consolidated $52,491 12.84% $40,872 10.0% $32,698 8.0%
Bank $48,284 11.82% $40,807 10.0% $32,646 8.0%
1999 Tier 1 capital (to risk weighted assets)
Consolidated $47,824 11.70% $24,523 6.0% $16,349 4.0%
Bank $39,617 9.70% $24,484 6.0% $16,323 4.0%
1999 Tier 1 capital (to average assets)
Consolidated $47,824 8.36% $28,613 5.0% $22,891 4.0%
Bank $39,617 6.96% $28,446 5.0% $22,756 4.0%
1998 Total capital (to risk weighted assets)
Consolidated $46,952 13.30% $35,207 10.0% $28,166 8.0%
Bank $44,114 12.52% $35,154 10.0% $28,124 8.0%
1998 Tier 1 capital (to risk weighted assets)
Consolidated $43,469 12.31% $21,124 6.0% $14,082 4.0%
Bank $32,631 9.26% $21,093 6.0% $14,062 4.0%
1998 Tier 1 capital (to average assets)
Consolidated $43,469 8.64% $25,163 5.0% $20,130 4.0%
Bank $32,631 6.54% $24,939 5.0% $19,951 4.0%
END PUBLISHED PAGE 28
104
(16)Parent Company:
Substantially all of the retained earnings of the Corporation represent
undistributed net income of its subsidiary. Condensed financial
information of LNB Bancorp, Inc. (Parent Company only) is as follows:
Condensed Balance Sheets
December 31, 1999 1998
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
ASSETS:
Cash $1,047,000 $1,126,000
Short-term investments 3,070,000 2,624,000
Investment in subsidiary
at equity in underlying
value of its net assets 43,862,000 37,836,000
Securities available for sale 87,000 91,000
Note receivable - subsidiary 4,000,000 8,000,000
Other assets 46,000 46,000
-----------------------------------
Totals assets $52,112,000 $49,723,000
-----------------------------------
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY:
Liabilities $ 1,059,000 $ 1,047,000
Shareholders' equity 51,053,000 48,676,000
-----------------------------------
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity $52,112 000 $49,723,000
-----------------------------------
Condensed Statements of Income
Years ended December 31, 1999 1998 1997
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
INCOME:
Cash dividends from subsidiary $ 3,794,000 $ 3,381,000 $ 2,934,000
Interest and other income 663,000 773,000 807,000
----------------------------------------------
4,457,000 4,154,000 3,741,000
EXPENSES:
Other expenses 238,000 240,000 218,000
----------------------------------------------
Income before income taxes and
equity in undistributed
net income of subsidiary 4,219,000 3,914,000 3,523,000
Income tax expense 159,000 189,000 201,000
Equity in undistributed net
income of subsidiary 3,581,000 3,093,000 3,160,000
----------------------------------------------
NET INCOME $ 7,641,000 $ 6,818,000 $ 6,482,000
----------------------------------------------
105
Condensed Statements of Cash Flows
Years ended December 31, 1999 1998 1997
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Dividends from subsidiary $ 3,794,000 $ 3,381,000 $ 2,934,000
Other, net 280,000 392,000 399,000
---------------------------------------------
NET CASH PROVIDED BY
OPERATING ACTIVITIES 4,074,000 3,773,000 3,333,000
---------------------------------------------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Proceeds from maturities of
securities available for sale -0- 4,569,000 467,000
Purchases of securities
available for sale -0- -0- (217,000)
Cash paid on line of credit -0- (2,200,000) (200,000)
Proceeds from subsidiary on
note receivable 4,000,000 -0- -0-
Proceeds from line of credit -0- -0- 2,400,000
Purchase of treasury stock -0- (57,000) (2,843,000)
Proceeds from exercise of
stock options 87,000 4,000 21,000
Dividends paid to subsidiary (4,000,000) -0- -0-
Dividends paid to shareholders (3,794,000) (3,421,000) (2,813,000)
---------------------------------------------
NET CASH USED IN INVESTING
AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES (3,707,000) (1,105,000) (3,815,000)
---------------------------------------------
NET INCREASE IN
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS 367,000 2,668,000 148,000
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT
BEGINNING OF YEAR 3,750,000 1,082,000 934,000
---------------------------------------------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT
END OF YEAR $ 4,117,000 $ 3,750,000 $ 1,082,000
---------------------------------------------
END PUBLISHED PAGE 29
106
(17) Retirement Pension Plan:
The Corporation adopted SFAS No. 132 "Employers' Disclosures about
Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits" on January 1, 1998. The Bank
maintains a non-contributory defined benefit pension plan covering
substantially all of its employees. In general, benefits are based on
years of service and the employee's level of compensation. The Bank's
funding policy is to contribute annually an actuarially determined amount
to cover current service cost plus amortization of prior service costs.
The net periodic pension costs charged to other expenses amounted to
$33,000 in 1999, $163,000 in 1998 and $39,000 in 1997. At December 31,
1999 there were 296 participants in the plan. The following table sets
forth the defined benefit pension plan's Change in Projected Benefit
Obligation and Change in Plan Assets and Funded Status including Prepaid
(Accrued) Liability for the years ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997.
Years ended December 31, 1999 1998 1997
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Change in projected benefit obligations:
Projected benefit obligation
at beginning of year $(9,064,000) $(7,952,000) $(7,025,000)
Service cost (408,000) (408,000) (278,000)
Interest cost (553,000) (538,000) (469,000)
Employer contributions -0- -0- (32,000)
Actuarial gain 2,000 (653,000) (629,000)
Benefits paid 351,000 487,000 481,000
---------------------------------------------
Projected benefit obligation
at end of year $(9,672,000) $(9,064,000) $(7,952,000)
---------------------------------------------
Change in plan assets:
Fair value of plan assets at
beginning of year $10,659,000 $ 8,773,000 $ 7,666,000
Actual return on plan assets 1,396,000 2,373,000 1,626,000
Employer contributions -0- -0- 32,000
Benefits and expenses paid (351,000) (487,000) (551,000)
---------------------------------------------
Fair value of plan assets
at end of year $11,704,000 $10,659,000 $ 8,773,000
---------------------------------------------
Funded status $ 2,032,000 $ 1,595,000 $ 821,000
Unrecognized net gain
subsequent to transition (2,006,000) (1,476,000) (472,000)
Unamortized prior service cost (190,000) (225,000) (260,000)
Unamortized net asset
at transition -0- (25,000) (56,000)
---------------------------------------------
Prepaid (Accrued) Pension
Liability $ (164,000) $ (131,000) $ 33,000
---------------------------------------------
107
Net Periodic Pension Cost consisted of the following:
Years ended December 31, 1999 1998 1997
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Service cost $ 408,000 $ 408,000 $ 278,000
Interest cost on projected
benefit obligation 553,000 538,000 469,000
Expected return on plan assets (838,000) (717,000) (642,000)
Amortization of transition
net asset (25,000) (31,000) (31,000)
Amortization of unrecognized
prior service liability (35,000) (35,000) (35,000)
Recognized actuarial (gain) or loss (30,000) -0- -0-
---------------------------------------------
Net periodic pension cost $ 33,000 $ 163,000 $ 39,000
---------------------------------------------
The principal actuarial assumptions used follows:
---------------------------------------------
Weighted average discount rate 5.95% 5.95% 6.50%
---------------------------------------------
Expected long-term rate of
return on plan assets 8.00% 8.00% 8.50%
---------------------------------------------
Assumed rate of future
compensation increases 5.00% 5.00% 5.50%
---------------------------------------------
END PUBLISHED PAGE 30
108
(18) Stock Option Plan:
The Corporation sponsors qualified incentive stock option plans. In 1999,
the Corporation entered into a non-qualified incentive stock option
agreement. Under the non-qualified incentive stock option agreement,
10,000 shares were granted in May 1999. The incentive stock options must
be exercised within 10 years from grant date and with 100% vesting from
grant dates.
The Corporation applies Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25,
"Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees" to account for stock option
plans and, accordingly, no compensation cost has been recognized for its
incentive stock options in the financial statements. There were no stock
options granted or available for granting under any of the Corporation's
qualified incentive stock option plans during 1999, 1998 and 1997. SFAS
No. 123, "Stock-Based Compensation," allows a company to recognize stock-
based compensation using a fair-value based method of accounting if it so
elects. The Corporation has elected not to adopt the recognition
provisions of SFAS No. 123.
The Corporation's shareholders approved incentive stock option plans on
April 6, 1982 and April 16, 1985 for all officers at or above the position
of Vice President or equivalent. Under each plan, 50,000 shares of stock
were originally reserved. Options were granted at fair market value at
the date of the grant and, accordingly, no charges are reflected in
salaries and employee benefits expense due to the granting of stock
options. The excess of the option price over the par value of the shares
purchased through the exercise of stock options is credited to additional
capital. Options granted under the plans may not be outstanding for
periods exceeding 10 years from date of grant.
There were no new options granted or forfeitures under the qualified stock
option plans during the three year period ended December 31, 1999. All
stock option shares granted are vested. Stock options exercised were
4,586, 200, and 1,071 shares in 1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively.
An analysis of the qualified incentive stock option plans as of December
31, 1999 follows:
Plan Year 1985 1982
----------------------------------------------------------------
Options outstanding:
Total 12,746 9,461
Vested 12,746 9,461
Options available
for granting -0- -0-
Exercise price $19.60 $14.64
----------------------------------------------------------------
109
1999 1998 1997
--------------------------------------------------------
Weighted Weighted Weighted
Average Average Average
Exercise Exercise Exercise
Options Price Options Price Options Price
--------------------------------------------------------
Outstanding at
beginning of
year 26,793 $17.79 26,993 $17.77 27,514 $18.13
Granted 10,000 30.00 0 0.00 0 0.00
Exercised (4,586) 19.28 (200) 14.64 (1,052) 19.13
Stock Dividend -0- 0.00 0 0.00 531 17.76
-------- -------- --------
Outstanding at end
of year 32,207 21.37 26,793 17.79 26,993 17.77
======== ======== ========
Exercisable at end
of year 32,207 21.37 26,793 17.79 26,993 17.77
======== ======== ========
Exercise prices for options outstanding as of December 31, 1999, ranged
from $14.64 to $30.00. The weighted average remaining contractual life of
the nonqualified incentive stock option agreement is 9.3 years. The
weighted average remaining contractual life of the 1982 and 1985 incentive
stock option plans are 2 and 4 years, respectively.
The fair value of each option granted in 1999 is estimated on the date of
grant using a Block-Scholes option pricing model with the following
weighted average assumptions used for grants in 1999: risk-free interest
rate of 5.84%, dividend yield of 4.00%, volatility factors of the expected
market price of LNB Bancorp, Inc.'s common stock of 50.00%; and a weighted
average expected option life of 10 years. Weighted average fair value of
options granted during 1999 was $9.83.
Had compensation cost for the Corporation's stock-based compensation plans
been determined consistent with SFAS No. 123, net income and net income
per share would have been summarized below. Additionally, no stock-based
compensation, as defined by the provisions of Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 123, "Stock-Based Compensation" was generated
under any of the Corporation's stock-based benefit plans during 1998 and
1997.
Years ended December 31, 1999
- --------------------------------------------------
Pro forma net income $7,576,000
Pro forma net income per share:
Basic $1.84
Diluted 1.83
- --------------------------------------------------
END PUBLISHED PAGE 31
110
(19) Employee Stock Ownership Plan:
The Lorain National Bank Employee Stock Ownership Plan (ESOP) is a
non-contributory plan that covers substantially all employees.
Contributions by the Bank to the ESOP are discretionary and subject to
approval by the Board of Directors. Contributions are expensed in the year
in which they are approved and totaled $400,000, $200,000 and $400,000 in
1999, 1998, and 1997, respectively. At December 31, 1999 there were 276
participants in the plan. Under the terms of the ESOP agreement,
Corporation common stock is to be the plan's primary investment.
Transactions by the ESOP, relating to activity in the Corporation's common
stock, are summarized below:
Years ended December 31, 1999 1998 1997
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash dividend income $ 124,000 $ 113,000 $ 89,000
Stock dividend shares -0- -0- 2,226
Shares purchased 7,912 6,823 20,628
Shares distributed 990 2,266 2,307
Year end holdings:
Shares 139,036 132,114 127,557
Market value $3,059,000 $3,666,000 $3,540,000
As a percentage of
total plan assets 89.0% 94.4% 89.7%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
(20) Stock Purchase Plan:
The Bank sponsors The Lorain National Bank Stock Purchase Plan (the Plan).
Under provisions of the Plan, a participating employee can contribute up
to 6% of their compensation. The Bank then makes a contribution equal to
50% of each participant's contribution. The Plan uses the contributions to
purchase Corporation common stock at fair market value. The common stock
is distributed to plan participants, under provisions of the Plan, based
upon the participant's cumulative prorata share of plan assets.
The Bank's 50% matching contributions are expensed in the year in which
the associated participant contributions are made and totaled $134,000,
$127,000 and $123,000 in 1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively. At December
31, 1999, there were 224 participants in the plan.
Transactions by the Stock Purchase Plan relating to the activity in the
Corporation's common stock are summarized below:
Years ended December 31, 1999 1998 1997
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash dividend income $ 112,000 $ 104,000 $ 88,000
Stock dividend shares -0- -0- 2,467
Shares purchased 16,046 8,028 11,893
Shares distributed/sold 6,979 15,557 17,288
Year end holdings:
Shares 126,360 117,293 124,822
Market value $2,780,000 $3,255,000 $3,465,000
As a percentage of
total plan assets 94.4% 95.9% 99.1%
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
111
(21) Commitments, Credit Risk, and Contingencies:
In the normal course of business, the Bank enters into commitments with
off-balance sheet risk to meet the financing needs of its customers. These
instruments are currently limited to commitments to extend credit and
standby letters of credit. Commitments to extend credit involve elements
of credit risk and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized
in the consolidated balance sheets. The Bank's exposure to credit loss in
the event of nonperformance by the other party to the commitment is
represented by the contractual amount of the commitment. The Bank uses the
same credit policies in making commitments as it does for on-balance sheet
instruments. Interest rate risk on commitments to extend credit results
from the possibility that interest rates may have moved unfavorably from
the position of the Bank since the time the commitment was made.
Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long
as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract.
Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates of 60 to 120 days or
other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since some of
the commitments may expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment
amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements.
The Bank evaluates each customer's credit worthiness on a case-by-case
basis. The amount of collateral obtained by the Bank upon extension of
credit is based on Management's credit evaluation of the applicant.
Collateral held is generally single-family residential real estate and
commercial real estate. Substantially all of the obligations to extend
credit are variable rate commitments.
The Bank's maximum potential obligation to extend credit for financial
instruments with off-balance sheet risk follows:
December 31, 1999 1998
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------
Commitments to extend credit $ 82,402,000 $70,566,000
Credit card arrangements 17,380,000 18,520,000
Standby letters of credit 1,521,000 1,429,000
----------------------------------
Total $101,303,000 $90,515,000
----------------------------------
Most of the Bank's business activity is with customers located within the
Bank's defined market area. As of December 31, 1999, the Bank had no
significant concentrations of credit risk in its loan portfolio. The Bank
also has no exposure to highly leveraged transactions and no foreign
credits in its loan portfolio.
The nature of the Corporation's business results in a certain amount of
litigation. Management, after reviewing with counsel all actions and
proceedings pending against or involving LNB Bancorp, Inc. and Lorain
National Bank, considers that the aggregate liability or loss, if any,
resulting from them will not be material to the Corporation's financial
position.
END PUBLISHED PAGE 32
112
(22) Estimated Fair Value of Financial Instruments:
The Corporation discloses estimated fair values for its financial
instruments. Fair value estimates, methods, and assumptions are set forth
below for the Corporation's financial instruments.
The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value
of each class of financial instruments for which it is practicable to
estimate that value:
Cash and due from banks and Federal funds sold and short-term investments
and Accrued interest, accounts receivable and other financial assets:
For these short-term financial instruments, the carrying value is a
reasonable estimate of fair value.
Securities:
The fair value of securities is based on quoted market prices, where
available. If quoted market prices are not available, fair value is
estimated using the quoted market prices of comparable instruments.
Portfolio loans, net and loans available for sale, net:
For variable rate loans with interest rates that may be adjusted on a
quarterly, or more frequent basis, the carrying amount is a reasonable
estimate of fair market value. The fair value of other types of loans is
estimated by discounting future cash flows using the current rates at
which similar loans would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings
and for the same remaining maturities.
Deposits:
The fair value of deposits with no stated maturity, such as
noninterest-bearing demand deposits, savings, money market, checking and
NOW accounts, is equal to the amount payable on demand as of December 31,
for each year presented. The fair value of fixed-maturity certificates of
deposit is estimated using the rates currently offered for deposits of
similar remaining maturities. For variable rate certificates of deposit,
the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value.
Securities sold under repurchase agreements and other short-term
borrowings and Accrued interest payable and other financial liabilities:
For these short term financial instruments, the carrying value is a
reasonable estimate of fair value.
Federal Home Loan Bank advances:
The fair value of these long-term financial instruments is estimated by
discounting future cash flows using current FHLB rates for the remaining
term to maturity.
Commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit:
The difference between the notional amount and the estimated fair value of
these commitments is not material.
Limitations:
Estimates of fair value are made at a specific point in time, based on
relevant market information and information about the financial
instrument. These estimates are subjective in nature and involve
uncertainties and matters of significant judgement and therefore, cannot
be determined with precision. Changes in assumptions could significantly
affect the estimates.
113
Estimates of fair value are based on existing on-and-off balance sheet
financial instruments without attempting to estimate the value of
anticipated future business and the value of assets and liabilities that
are not considered financial instruments. For example, the Bank has a
substantial Trust Division that contributes net fee income annually. The
Trust Division is not considered a financial instrument and its value has
not been incorporated into the fair value estimates. Other significant
assets and liabilities that are not considered financial instruments
include property, plant, and equipment and deferred tax liabilities. In
addition, it is not practicable for the Corporation to estimate the tax
ramifications related to the realization of the unrealized gains and
losses and they have not been reflected in any of the estimates of fair
value. The impact of these tax ramifications can have a significant
effect on estimates of fair value.
The estimated fair values of the Corporation's financial instruments at
December 31, 1999 and 1998 are summarized as follows:
December 31, 1999 1998
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
Carrying Estimated Carrying Estimated
Value Fair Value Value Fair Value
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
Financial assets:
Cash and due from banks and Federal
funds sold and short-
term investments $ 37,343,000 $ 37,343,000 $ 32,801,000 $ 32,801,000
============ ============ ============ ============
Securities $123,319,000 $120,496,000 $118,519,000 $118,381,000
============ ============ ============ ============
Portfolio loans,
net $405,304,000 $407,358,000 $355,992,000 $357,937,000
============ ============ ============ ============
Loans available
for sale, net $ 9,545,000 $ 9,825,000 $ 10,391,000 $ 10,700,000
============ ============ ============ ============
Accrued interest, accounts receivable
and other financial
assets $ 6,824,000 $ 6,824,000 $ 7,742,000 $ 7,742,000
============ ============ ============ ============
Financial liabilities:
Deposits:
Demand deposits, savings accounts
and money market
deposits $272,582,000 $272,582,000 $267,569,000 $267,569,000
Certificates of 184,249,000 185,051,000 176,279,000 177,783,000
deposit ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Total deposits $456,831,000 $457,633,000 $443,848,000 $445,352,000
============ ============ ============ ============
Securities sold under repurchase agree-
ments and other short-term
borrowings $ 52,122,000 $ 52,122,000 $ 22,960,000 $ 22,960,000
============ ============ ============ ============
Federal Home Loan $ 34,345,000 $ 33,402,000 $ 22,045,000 $ 21,830,000
Bank advances ============ ============ ============ ============
Accrued interest payable and
other financial $ 3,930,000 $ 3,930,000 $ 3,429,000 $ 3,429,000
liabilities ============ ============ ============ ============
END PUBLISHED PAGE 33
114
(Report of Management)
To The Shareholders of LNB Bancorp, Inc. January 28, 2000
The Management of LNB Bancorp, Inc. is responsible for the preparation,
integrity, and fair representation of its financial statements presented
in this annual report. The financial statements have been prepared in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and, as such,
include amounts, some of which are based on judgments and estimates of
Management.
LNB Bancorp, Inc. maintains a system internal control over financial
reporting designed to produce reliable financial statements. The system
contains self-monitoring mechanisms, and compliance is tested and
evaluated through an extensive program of internal audits. Actions are
taken to correct potential deficiencies as they are identified. Any
internal control system has inherent limitations, including the
possibility that controls can be circumvented or overridden. Further,
because of changes in conditions, internal control system effectiveness
may vary over time.
Management assessed the Corporation's internal control over financial
reporting presented in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles as of December 31, 1999. Based on this assessment, Management
believes that, as of December 31, 1999, the Corporation maintained
effective internal control over financial reporting presented in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors is composed entirely of
outside directors who are independent of Management and meets periodically
with Management, internal auditors and independent auditors to review the
results and recommendations of their audits. The Audit Committee selects
the independent auditor. KPMG LLP, independent auditors, and the internal
auditors have direct and confidential access to the Audit Committee at
all times to discuss the results of their examinations.
The accounting firm of KPMG LLP has been engaged by LNB Bancorp, Inc. to
audit its financial statements and their report follows.
/s/ Gary C, Smith /s/ Gregory D. Friedman
Gary C. Smith Gregory D. Friedman
President and Executive Vice President and
Chief Executive Officer Chief Financial Officer
115
(Report of Independent Auditors)
The Board of Directors
LNB Bancorp, Inc.
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of LNB
Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiary as of December 31, 1999 and 1998, and the
related consolidated statements of income, cash flows and shareholders'
equity for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31,
1999. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of
the Corporation's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion
on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test
basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial
statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles
used and significant estimates made by Management, as well as evaluating
the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits
provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of LNB
Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiary at December 31, 1999 and 1998, and the
results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in
the three-year period ended December 31, 1999, in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles.
/s/ KPMG LLP
Cleveland, Ohio
January 28, 2000
END PUBLISHED PAGE 34
116
(Selected Unaudited Quarterly Financial Data)
Consolidated unaudited quarterly financial and per share data for the
years ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997 are summarized as follows:
First Second Third Fourth
Quarter Quarter Quarter Quarter Totals
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total 1999 $9,778,000 $10,281,000 $10,711,000 $10,847,000 $41,617,000
interest 1998 9,126,000 9,377,000 9,830,000 9,845,000 38,178,000
income 1997 8,256,000 8,594,000 8,900,000 9,406,000 35,156,000
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total 1999 3,575,000 3,739,000 4,076,000 4,203,000 15,593,000
interest 1998 3,435,000 3,415,000 3,578,000 3,571,000 13,999,000
expense 1997 2,999,000 3,157,000 3,302,000 3,532,000 12,990,000
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net 1999 6,203,000 6,542,000 6,635,000 6,644,000 26,024,000
interest 1998 5,691,000 5,961,000 6,252,000 6,274,000 24,179,000
income 1997 5,257,000 5,437,000 5,598,000 5,874,000 22,166,000
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Provision 1999 200,000 500,000 550,000 750,000 2,000,000
for loan 1998 187,000 238,000 838,000 1,462,000 2,725,000
losses 1997 125,000 125,000 125,000 375,000 750,000
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net 1999 6,003,000 6,042,000 6,085,000 5,894,000 24,024,000
interest 1998 5,504,000 5,724,000 5,414,000 4,812,000 21,454,000
income 1997 5,132,000 5,312,000 5,473,000 5,499,000 21,416,000
after provision for loan losses
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other 1999 1,750,000 2,261,000 2,052,000 2,035,000 8,098,000
income 1998 1,622,000 1,831,000 1,658,000 2,541,000 7,652,000
1997 1,293,000 1,399,000 1,544,000 1,567,000 5,803,000
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other 1999 5,008,000 5,298,000 5,099,000 5,234,000 20,639,000
expenses 1998 4,582,000 4,909,000 4,314,000 5,056,000 18,861,000
1997 4,113,000 4,277,000 4,475,000 4,522,000 17,387,000
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income 1999 912,000 1,042,000 1,047,000 841,000 3,842,000
taxes 1998 866,000 892,000 932,000 601,000 3,291,000
1997 787,000 839,000 882,000 842,000 3,350,000
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net income 1999 $1,833,000 $1,963,000 $1,991,000 $1,854,000 $7,641,000
1998 1,678,000 1,754,000 1,826,000 1,560,000 6,818,000
1997 1,525,000 1,595,000 1,660,000 1,702,000 6,482,000
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Basic 1999 $ .44 $ .48 $ .48 $ .45 $1.85
earnings 1998 .41 .42 .44 .38 1.65
per share 1997 .37 .38 .40 .41 1.56
(1)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Diluted 1999 $ .44 $ .48 $ .48 $ .45 $1.85
earnings 1998 .41 .42 .44 .38 1.65
per share 1997 .37 .38 .40 .41 1.56
(1)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Dividends 1999 $ .22 $ .22 $ .23 $ .25 $ .92
declared 1998 .20 .20 .21 .25 .86
per share 1997 .16 .16 .17 .22 .71
(2)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
117
(1) Basic and Diluted earnings per share is computed using the weighted
average number of shares outstanding during each year.
(2) All share and per share data have been adjusted to reflect the 2
percent stock dividend in 1997.
END PUBLISHED PAGE 35
118
(Five Year Consolidated Financial Summary)
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME AND DIVIDEND DECLARED - YEARS ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
1999 1998 1997
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total interest income $41,617,000 $38,178,000 $35,156,000
Total interest expense 15,593,000 13,999,000 12,990,000
---------------------------------------------
Net interest income 26,024,000 24,179,000 22,166,000
Provision for loan losses 2,000,000 2,725,000 750,000
Other income 7,936,000 6,997,000 5,803,000
Gains (losses) on sales
of assets 162,000 655,000 -0-
Other expenses 20,639,000 18,861,000 17,387,000
---------------------------------------------
Income before income taxes 11,483,000 10,245,000 9,832,000
Income taxes 3,842,000 3,427,000 3,350,000
---------------------------------------------
Net income $ 7,641,000 $ 6,818,000 $ 6,482,000
---------------------------------------------
Cash dividends declared $ 3,794,000 $ 3,545,000 $ 2,934,000
---------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------
CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS - DECEMBER 31,
1999 1998 1997
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash and cash equivalents $ 37,343,000 $ 32,801,000 $ 24,407,000
Securities 123,319,000 118,519,000 115,374,000
Net loans 414,849,000 366,383,000 326,863,000
Other assets 24,100,000 24,043,000 24,084,000
---------------------------------------------
Total assets $599,611,000 $541,746,000 $490,728,000
---------------------------------------------
Total deposits $456,831,000 $443,848,000 $410,655,000
Other borrowings 86,467,000 45,005,000 30,995,000
Other liabilities 5,260,000 4,217,000 4,093,000
---------------------------------------------
Total liabilities 548,558,000 493,070,000 445,743,000
---------------------------------------------
Total shareholders' equity 51,053,000 48,676,000 44,985,000
---------------------------------------------
Total liabilities
and shareholders' equity $599,611,000 $541,746,000 $490,728,000
---------------------------------------------
- ---------------
PER SHARE DATA
1999 1998 1997
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Basic earnings(1) $ 1.85 $ 1.65 $ 1.56
Diluted earnings(1) $ 1.85 $ 1.65 $ 1.55
Cash dividends(2) $ .92 $ .86 $ .71
Book value per share(2) $12.37 $11.81 $10.91
Shares outstanding at end
of year(2) 4,127,161 4,122,575 4,124,379
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
119
- -----------------
FINANCIAL RATIOS
1999 1998 1997
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net interest margin(3) 4.88% 5.17% 5.20%
Return on assets(4) 1.33 1.34 1.41
Return on shareholders' equity(4) 15.29 14.46 14.51
Shareholders' equity to assets(4) 8.67 9.27 9.70
Cash dividends to net income 49.65 52.00 45.26
Efficiency ratio(3) 60.61 60.33 62.01
Gross loans to deposits 91.83 83.33 80.61
Allowance for loan losses to
total loans 1.11 .94 1.26
Non-performing loans to total loans .30 .35 .27
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Five Year Consolidated Financial Summary
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME AND CASH DIVIDEND DECLARED - YEARS ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
1996 1995
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total interest income $32,470,000 $31,111,000
Total interest expense 11,478,000 11,636,000
------------------------------
Net interest income 20,992,000 19,475,000
Provision for loan losses 600,000 400,000
Other income 4,926,000 4,287,000
Gains (losses) on sales
of assets (1,000) -0-
Other expense 16,565,000 16,023,000
------------------------------
Income before
income taxes 8,752,000 7,339,000
Income taxes 2,900,000 2,336,000
------------------------------
Net income $ 5,852,000 $ 5,003,000
------------------------------
Cash dividend declared $ 2,591,000 $ 2,175,000
------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------
CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS - DECEMBER 31,
1996 1995
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash and cash equivalents $ 18,993,000 $ 27,530,000
Securities 104,960,000 104,566,000
Net loans 297,957,000 272,491,000
Other assets 16,690,000 17,016,000
------------------------------
Total assets $438,600,000 $421,603,000
------------------------------
Total deposits $366,380,000 $353,455,000
Other borrowings 24,481,000 24,148,000
Other liabilities 3,541,000 3,209,000
------------------------------
Total liabilities 394,402,000 380,812,000
------------------------------
Total shareholders' equity 44,198,000 40,791,000
------------------------------
120
Total liabilities
and shareholders' equity $438,600,000 $421,603,000
------------------------------
- ---------------
PER SHARE DATA
1996 1995
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Basic earnings(1) $ 1.39 $ 1.20
Diluted earnings(1) $ 1.39 $ 1.19
Cash dividends(2) $ .62 $ .52
Book value per share(2) $10.47 $ 9.71
Shares outstanding at end of year(2) 4,221,304 4,202,537
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -----------------
FINANCIAL RATIOS
1996 1995
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net interest margin(3) 5.33% 5.14%
Return on assets(4) 1.37 1.21
Return on shareholders' equity(4) 13.70 12.72
Shareholders' equity to assets(4) 10.01 9.55
Cash dividends to net income 44.28 43.47
Efficiency ratio(3) 63.65 66.87
Gross loans to deposits 82.45 78.23
Allowance for loan losses to total loans 1.36 1.45
Non-performing loans to total loans .37 .53
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) Basic and diluted earnings per share is computed using the weighted
average number of shares outstanding during each year.
(2) All share and per share data have been adjusted to reflect the 2
percent stock dividend in 1997 and 1996, and the five-for-four stock split
in 1995.
(3) Tax Equivalent Basis.
(4) Ratios based on average annual balances.
END PUBLISHED PAGE 36
121
(Management's Discussion & Analysis)
Introduction:
The following is Management's discussion and analysis of the financial
condition and results of operations of LNB Bancorp, Inc. (the
Corporation). It is intended to amplify certain financial information
regarding LNB Bancorp, Inc. and should be read in conjunction with the
Consolidated Financial Statements, related Notes, and other financial
information and discussions included in the 1999 Annual Report to
Shareholders.
Forward-Looking Statements:
When used in this Annual Report, the words or phrases "are expected to",
"will continue", "is anticipated", "estimate", "projected" or similar
expressions are intended to identify "forward-looking statements" within
the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act. Such
statements are subject to certain risks and uncertainties including
changes in economic conditions in the Corporation's market area, changes
in policies by regulatory agencies, fluctuations in interest rates, demand
for loans, and competition, that could cause actual results to differ
materially from historical earnings and those presently anticipated or
projected.
Earnings Summary:
LNB Bancorp, Inc. posted its eighteenth consecutive year of increased
earnings. LNB Bancorp, Inc.'s consolidated 1999 net income reached a
record high of $7,641,000, compared to $6,818,000 in 1998 and $6,482,000
in 1997. Net income for 1999, 1998 and 1997 was favorably affected by an
increase in net interest income and increased noninterest income offset in
part by higher operating expenses and provision for loan losses.
Basic earnings per share totaled $1.85 for 1999 compared to $1.65 for
1998 and $1.56 for 1997. Diluted earnings per share totaled $1.85 for
1999, compared to $1.65 for 1998 and $1.55 for 1997. Prior period
earnings per share data has been restated to reflect the 2% stock
dividend in 1997. The return on average assets, a measure of
profitability, decreased to 1.33% in 1999 from 1.34% in 1998 and 1.41% in
1997. Return on average shareholders' equity measures how profitable the
shareholders' invested capital is employed. Return on average equity
increased to 15.29% for 1999 compared to 14.46% and 14.51% in 1998 and
1997, respectively.
Net Interest Income:
Net interest income, the difference between interest and loan fee income
on earnings assets and the interest paid on deposits and borrowed funds,
is the principal source of earnings for the Corporation. Throughout this
discussion net interest income is presented on a fully taxable equivalent
(FTE) basis which restates interest on tax-exempt securities and loans as
if such interest was subject to federal income tax at the statutory rate.
Net interest income is affected by market interest rates on both earning
assets and interest bearing liabilities, the level of earning assets being
funded by interest-bearing liabilities, noninterest-bearing liabilities
and shareholders' equity and the growth in earning assets. In addition,
net interest income is affected not only by Management's asset/liability
strategies to alter the volume and mix of earning assets and sources of
funds, but also such external factors as economic conditions and credit
demand.
A summary of the impacts of volume and rate changes on the Corporation's
net interest income is presented on the next page. Changes in net
interest income result from changes in both rate and volume. Volume refers
122
to the impact of net changes in the balances of earning assets and
interest-bearing liabilities. Rate refers to the impact of net changes in
interest rates.
Net interest income (FTE) in 1999 increased by $1,850,000 from
$24,266,000 in 1998 to $26,116,000 in 1999. This increase was affected by
increases in the volume of interest-bearing assets and liabilities plus
decreases in market interest rates. The cost of funds decreased from 3.64%
in 1998 to 3.53% in 1999, or a total of 11 basis points. During the same
period, the yield on earning assets decreased 36 basis points to 7.79% in
1999, compared to 8.15% in 1998, resulting in a decrease
BASIC EARNINGS PER SHARE dollars*
(A Basic Earnings Per Share graph follows in printed version with basic
earnings on the y-axis and years 1995 through 1999 on the x-axis. The
graph is a vertical bar graph. The co-ordinates, by year, which are
presented in the table below are plotted on the previously described
grid.)
RETURN ON AVERAGE ASSETS percent
(A Return On Average Assets graph follows in printed version with return
percent on the y-axis and years 1995 through 1999 on the x-axis. The
graph is a vertical bar graph. The co-ordinates, by year, which are
presented in the table below are plotted on the previously described
grid.)
RETURN ON AVERAGE EQUITY percent
(A Return On Average Equity graph follows in printed version with return
percent on the y-axis and years 1995 through 1999 on the x-axis. The
graph is a vertical bar graph. The co-ordinates, by year, which are
presented in the table below are plotted on the previously described
grid.)
Basic Return on Return on
Earnings Per Share Average Assets Average Equity
Year Dollars* Percent Percent
1999 $1.85 1.33% 15.29%
1998 $1.65 1.34% 14.46%
1997 $1.56 1.41% 14.51%
1996 $1.39 1.37% 13.70%
1995 $1.20 1.21% 12.72%
*Adjusted for stock dividends and splits
END PUBLISHED PAGE 37
123
Net Interest Income (continued):
in the net interest spread by 25 basis points in 1999. The increase in net
interest income resulted from increases in the volume of earning assets,
which were greater than the increases in the volume of interest-bearing
liabilities. Thus, net interest income increased from 1998 to 1999 from
increases in volumes, which was partially offset by decreases in market
interest rates.
Net interest income (FTE) in 1998 increased by $2,030,000 from
$22,236,000 in 1997 to $24,266,000 in 1998. This increase was affected by
increases in the volume of interest-bearing assets and liabilities plus
decreases in market interest rates. The cost of funds decreased from 3.71%
in 1997 to 3.64% in 1998, or a total of 7 basis points. During the same
period, the yield on earning assets decreased 9 basis points to 8.15% in
1998, compared to 8.24% in 1997, resulting in a decrease in the net
interest spread by 2 basis points in 1998.
The net yield on earning assets in 1999 was 4.88% compared to 5.17% in
1998 and 5.20% in 1997. The decrease in the net yield on earning assets
during 1999 results primarily from increases in volume of consumer loans
with market rates less than in previous years along with lower market
rates on the remaining portion of the loan portfolio and decreases in
market rates of investment securities. This relatively constant yield in
1998 and 1997 reflects the fact that the Corporation's portfolio of
earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities are well matched and that
Corporate management is responsive to the impacts of competition, changes
in market interest rates and regulation.
Results from Operations:
The Corporation's primary source of interest income is from loans. The
relationship of loan income to total interest income, on a fully-tax
equivalent basis, was 81.7% and 80.3% in 1998 and 1999, respectively.
Interest and dividends on securities and Federal funds sold, as a
percentage of total interest income, on a fully-tax equivalent basis, was
18.3% and 19.7% in 1998 and 1999, respectively.
The cost of interest-bearing liabilities in 1999 was $15,584,000
compared to $13,999,000 and $12,990,000 in 1998 and 1997, respectively.
The unfavorable impact of decreases in rates plus increases in volume
caused interest expense to increase from 1998 to 1999. The net
unfavorable impact of decreases in deposit rates plus increases in volume
caused interest expense to increase from 1997 to 1998. Decreases in the
average rates paid on savings accounts, certificates of deposit, and
long-term borrowings offset in part the 1999 increase in the cost of
interest-bearing liabilities due to volume increases.
Total other income, excluding gains on the sale of securities, grew 13%
in 1999. Total other income in 1999 increased to $8,098,000 compared to
$7,253,000 in 1998 for an increase of $845,000. This increase results
from increases from Investment Management and Trust Services Division
income of $208,000, increases in service charges on deposit accounts of
$434,000, decreases in gains on the sale of assets of $94,000 and
increases in other service charges of $283,000. The increase in 1999
Investment and Trust Services Division income results in part by the
realization of increases in the volume of assets under management. The
increase in service charges on deposit accounts is due, in part, to
reevaluating the assessment of transaction account charges. The increase
in other service charges is the result of pricing increases in credit card
and merchant fees and ATM fees. Total other income in 1998 increased by
$1,456,000 to $7,253,000 as compared to 1997. This increase resulted from
increases in Investment and Trust Services Division income of $594,000
and service charges of $390,000 and other service charges, commissions and
124
fees of $199,000.
The Corporation continuously monitors other expenses for greater
efficiency and profitability. The entire staff is geared to improve
efficiency and productivity at all levels. The Corporation has made
progress in this area as evidenced by improvement in the efficiency ratio
from 62.01% in 1997 to 60.33% in 1998 while increasing slightly to 60.62%
in 1999.
Total other expenses increased 9.4% in 1999 compared to 1998 after an
8.5% increase for 1998 compared to 1997. The 1999 increase in other
expenses resulted from increases in salaries and benefits, net occupancy
expenses, furniture and equipment expenses, credit card and merchant
expenses, and certain one time loan collection expenses. Some of these
additional expenses arose from the relocation of our Second Street office
to Ely Square, Elyria, in 1999. The 1998 increase in other expenses
resulted from increases in salaries and benefits, net occupancy expense of
premises, credit card and merchant expenses, and certain one time
consulting expenses. Some of these additional expenses arose from the
opening of the LaGrange branch office and from two branch offices acquired
from KeyBank in late 1997.
The effective tax rate of the Corporation was 33.5%, 34.7%, and 34.1% in
1999, 1998, and 1997, respectively. The increase in the effective tax
rate in 1999 and 1998 was primarily due to the decrease in tax-exempt
interest income and nondeductible stock issuance expenses. A detailed
analysis of income taxes is presented on page 26.
The Corporation's Consolidated Statements of Income reflect the effects
of inflation. Since interest rates, loan demand and deposit levels are
related to inflation, the resulting changes in interest sensitive assets
and liabilities are reflected in net interest income. Similarly,
operating expenses such as salaries, rents and maintenance are affected by
inflation. The only major expense items which do not reflect inflation are
depreciation and amortization as these expenses are based on original
purchase costs.
Selected unaudited quarterly financial data for 1999, 1998 and 1997 is
presented on page 35. There were significant intra-quarter fluctuations
during the third and fourth quarters of 1999 and 1998 from increases in
the provision for possible loan losses. The 1999 second quarter increase
in other income reflects gains on sales of buildings and equipment of
$162,000. The 1998 fourth quarter increase in other income reflects gains
on sales of securities of $245,000. Total interest income and total
interest expense increased in the fourth quarter of 1997 due to the
September 15, 1997 acquisition of loans and deposits from KeyBank.
END PUBLISHED PAGE 38
125
(Condensed Consolidated Average Balance Sheets)
Interest, Rate, and Rate/Volume differentials are
stated on a Fully-Tax Equivalent (FTE) Basis
December 31, 1999
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Dollars in Thousands) Balance Interest Rate
----------------------------------------------
ASSETS:
Securities $118,267 $ 6,913 5.85%
Securities-tax exempt 4,547 294 6.47
Federal funds sold and
short-term investments 8,796 424 4.82
Commercial loans 141,124 12,638 8.96
Commercial loans-tax exempt 430 35 8.14
Mortgage loans 151,487 11,505 7.59
Consumer loans 110,347 9,891 8.96
----------------------------------------------
TOTAL EARNING ASSETS 534,998 41,700 7.79%
----------------------------------------------
Reserve for loan losses (3,770)
Cash and due from banks 22,709
Other assets 22,576
----------------------------------------------
TOTAL ASSETS $576,513
----------------------------------------------
LIABILITIES AND
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY:
Certificates of deposit $195,563 $ 9,397 4.81%
Savings deposits 107,654 2,128 1.98
Interest-bearing demand 79,146 1,309 1.65
Short-term borrowings 35,585 1,597 4.49
Long-term borrowings 22,911 1,153 5.03
----------------------------------------------
TOTAL INTEREST- 440,859 15,584 3.53%
BEARING LIABILITIES ----------------------------------------------
Noninterest-bearing deposits 81,348
Other liabilities 4,326
Shareholders' equity 49,980
----------------------------------------------
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY $576,513
----------------------------------------------
NET INTEREST INCOME (FTE) $26,116
Taxable equivalent adjustment (92)
----------------------------------------------
NET INTEREST INCOME PER
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS $26,024
----------------------------------------------
NET YIELD ON EARNING ASSETS 4.88%
----------------------------------------------
126
(Condensed Consolidated Average Balance Sheets)
Interest, Rate, and Rate/Volume differentials are
stated on a Fully-Tax Equivalent (FTE) Basis
December 31, 1998
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Dollars in Thousands) Balance Interest Rate
----------------------------------------------
ASSETS:
Securities $114,839 $ 7,030 6.12%
Securities-tax exempt 4,066 274 6.74
Federal funds sold and
short-term investments 4,422 238 5.38
Commercial loans 124,415 11,555 9.29
Commercial loans-tax exempt 600 59 9.83
Mortgage loans 144,393 11,307 7.83
Consumer loans 76,753 7,802 10.17
----------------------------------------------
TOTAL EARNING ASSETS 469,488 38,265 8.15%
----------------------------------------------
Reserve for loan losses (4,514)
Cash and due from banks 20,175
Other assets 23,414
----------------------------------------------
TOTAL ASSETS $508,563
----------------------------------------------
LIABILITIES AND
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY:
Certificates of deposit $178,989 $ 9,261 5.17%
Savings deposits 103,863 2,236 2.15
Interest-bearing demand 70,509 1,026 1.46
Short-term borrowings 24,407 991 4.06
Long-term borrowings 7,031 485 6.90
----------------------------------------------
TOTAL INTEREST- 384,799 13,999 3.64%
BEARING LIABILITIES ----------------------------------------------
Noninterest-bearing deposits 72,575
Other liabilities 4,048
Shareholders' equity 47,141
----------------------------------------------
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY $508,563
----------------------------------------------
NET INTEREST INCOME (FTE) $24,266
Taxable equivalent adjustment (87)
----------------------------------------------
NET INTEREST INCOME PER
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS $24,179
----------------------------------------------
NET YIELD ON EARNING ASSETS 5.17%
----------------------------------------------
127
(Condensed Consolidated Average Balance Sheets)
Interest, Rate, and Rate/Volume differentials are
stated on a Fully-Tax Equivalent (FTE) Basis
December 31, 1997
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Dollars in Thousands) Balance Interest Rate
--------------------------------------------
ASSETS:
Securities $106,938 $ 6,590 6.16%
Securities-tax exempt 2,922 200 6.84
Federal funds sold and
short-term investments 2,579 145 5.62
Commercial loans 116,289 11,162 9.60
Commercial loans-tax exempt 760 68 8.95
Mortgage loans 141,642 11,158 7.88
Consumer loans 56,524 5,903 10.44
----------------------------------------------
TOTAL EARNING ASSETS 427,654 35,226 8.24%
----------------------------------------------
Reserve for loan losses (4,217)
Cash and due from banks 18,195
Other assets 18,635
----------------------------------------------
TOTAL ASSETS $460,267
----------------------------------------------
LIABILITIES AND
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY:
Certificates of deposit $158,789 $ 8,402 5.29%
Savings deposits 96,708 2,130 2.20
Interest-bearing demand 68,386 1,151 1.68
Short-term borrowings 25,307 1,224 4.84
Long-term borrowings 1,225 83 6.78
----------------------------------------------
TOTAL INTEREST- 350,415 12,990 3.71%
BEARING LIABILITIES ----------------------------------------------
Noninterest-bearing deposits 62,040
Other liabilities 3,124
Shareholders' equity 44,688
----------------------------------------------
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY $460,267
----------------------------------------------
NET INTEREST INCOME (FTE) $22,236
Taxable equivalent adjustment (70)
----------------------------------------------
NET INTEREST INCOME PER
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS $22,166
----------------------------------------------
NET YIELD ON EARNING ASSETS 5.20%
----------------------------------------------
128
(Rate/Volume Analysis of Net Interest Income)
Years ended December 31, 1999 and 1998
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Dollars in Thousands) Increase (Decrease) In
Interest Income/Expense
---------------------------------------------
Volume Rate Total
---------------------------------------------
Securities $ 210 $ (327) $ (117)
Securities-tax exempt 32 (12) 20
Federal funds sold and
short-term investments 223 (37) 186
Commercial loans 1,552 (469) 1,083
Commercial loans-tax exempt (17) (7) (24)
Mortgage loans 556 (358) 198
Consumer loans 3,415 (1,326) 2,089
---------------------------------------------
TOTAL INTEREST INCOME 5,971 (2,536) 3,435
---------------------------------------------
Certificates of deposit 858 (722) 136
Savings deposits 82 (190) (108)
Interest-bearing demand 126 157 283
Short-term borrowings 454 152 606
Long-term borrowings 1,095 (427) 668
---------------------------------------------
TOTAL INTEREST EXPENSE 2,615 (1,030) 1,585
---------------------------------------------
NET INTEREST INCOME $3,356 $(1,506) $1,850
---------------------------------------------
Years ended December 31, 1998 and 1997
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Dollars in Thousands) Increase (Decrease) In
Interest Income/Expense
---------------------------------------------
Volume Rate Total
---------------------------------------------
Securities $ 487 $ (47) $ 440
Securities-tax exempt 78 (4) 74
Federal funds sold and other interest-
bearing instruments 104 (11) 93
Commercial loans 779 (386) 393
Commercial loans-tax exempt (14) 5 (9)
Mortgage loans 217 (68) 149
Consumer loans 2,113 (214) 1,899
---------------------------------------------
TOTAL INTEREST INCOME 3,764 (725) 3,039
---------------------------------------------
Certificates of deposit 1,069 (210) 859
Savings deposits 158 (52) 106
Interest-bearing demand 36 (161) (125)
Short-term borrowings (44) (189) (233)
Long-term borrowings 393 9 402
---------------------------------------------
TOTAL INTEREST EXPENSE 1,612 (603) 1,009
---------------------------------------------
NET INTEREST INCOME $2,152 $ (122) $2,030
END PUBLISHED PAGE 39
129
Provision and Reserve for Loan Losses:
The reserve for loan losses is maintained by Management at a level
considered adequate to cover possible losses. The amount of the provision
for loan losses charged to operating expenses is the amount necessary, in
the opinion of Management, to maintain the reserve for loan losses at an
adequate level. Management determines the adequacy of the reserve based on
past experience, changes in portfolio size and mix, relative quality of
the loan portfolio and the rate of loan growth, assessments of current and
future economic conditions, information about specific borrower
situations, including their financial position and collateral values, and
other factors and estimates, which are subject to change over time. While
Management's periodic analysis of the reserve for loan losses may dictate
portions of the reserve be allocated to specific problem loans, the entire
amount is available for any loan charge-offs that may occur.
The reserve for loan losses on December 31, 1999, was $4,667,000, or
1.11% of outstanding loans, compared to $3,483,000, or .94% at year-end
1998. The provision for loan losses charged to operating expense was
$2,000,000 and $2,725,000 in 1999 and 1998, respectively.
During the third and fourth quarters of 1998, a special provision for
loan losses of $1,800,000 was added to the reserve for loan losses. The
special provision was required because of a non-recurring loan loss from
a single, but significant commercial loan relationship.
Net charge-offs for 1999 were $816,000, as compared to $3,410,000 for
1998, while net charge-offs as a percentage of average loans outstanding
for 1999 was 0.20%, compared to 0.99% for 1998. Net charge-offs for 1998
included a non-recurring $3,200,000 loss from the above mentioned single
commercial loan relationship. The remaining balance due to the Bank of
$1,300,000 was reclassified from loans to other assets at the end of 1998
when the Bank took the creditor's assets under management. The assets
were subsequently sold for $1,300,000 in January of 1999.
Non-performing loans at year-end 1999 were $1,339,000 compared to
$2,487,000 at year-end 1998. Non-performing loans consist of loans past
due 90 days or more and loans which have been placed on non-accrual status
and other foreclosed assets. As of December 31, 1999, 3% of
non-performing loans were commercial loans, 29% were personal loans and
68% were residential mortgage loans. This compares to 54% for commercial
loans, 2% for personal loans and 44% for mortgage loans at year-end 1998.
Non-performing loans did not have a material impact on interest income
during 1999, 1998 or 1997. The overall quality of the loan portfolio
remains high, as the ratio of non-performing loans to total loans remains
at low levels of 0.67% at year-end 1998 and 0.32% at year-end 1999.
The Corporation's credit policies are reviewed and modified on an
ongoing basis in order to remain suitable for management of credit risks
within the loan portfolio as conditions change. At December 31, 1999,
there were no significant concentrations of credit risk in the loan
portfolio. More information about the loan portfolio is presented on page
23.
Financial Condition:
Total assets of the Corporation rose 10.7% to $599.6 million for the
year ended December 31, 1999. The asset growth was funded by increases in
deposits and Federal Home Loan Bank advances. Total earning assets
increased 11.5% to $552 million at year end 1999. During 1999, Federal
funds sold and other short-term investments increased by $2,696,000 to
$9,320,000. Securities rose $4,800,000 to $123,319,000, and gross loans
grew by $49,650,000 to $419,516,000.
The maturity distribution of debt securities which appears on page 21 of
this report, indicates that $89,384,000, or 74.4%, of debt securities
mature within the next five year period with $11,333,000, or 9.4%
130
maturing during 2000. At the end of 1999, the fair market value of the
securities portfolio was less than the book value due to an increase in
short-and-mid-term interest rates from the beginning of 1999 to its close.
The fair value of the debt securities portfolio was less than its cost by
$4,364,000 or 3.6%, at the close of 1999. At the close of 1998, there
were no significant differences between the book and fair values of the
debt securities portfolio. The fair value of the debt securities
portfolio exceeded its amortized cost by $682,000 or 0.6%, at the close
of 1998.
During the year, net loans rose 13 percent to $414.8 million from $366.4
million. Commercial loan growth was robust, accounting for 67 percent of
total loan growth, while consumer and mortgage loan growth accounted for
23 percent and 10 percent, respectively, of total loan growth for 1999.
The substantial commercial loan growth was the result of the Bank's
increased focus on commercial lending. Complementing this internal
initiative was the strong economy, which stimulated new commercial loan
demand as well as prompting existing customers to expand their borrowings.
The healthy growth in consumer loans was spurred by a home equity loan
sale program as well as increases in the bank's market share of indirect
automobile lending.
Total deposits held by the Corporation increased $12,983,000 during 1999
compared to an increase of $33,193,000 during 1998. Interest-bearing
deposits represented 82.3% and 80.7% of total deposits at December 31,
1999 and 1998, respectively. Noninterest-bearing deposits decreased by
$4,904,000 while interest-bearing deposits increased by $17,887,000
during 1999. Increases in balances of market access accounts and
certificates of deposit accounted for the deposit increase. Certificates
of deposit balances increased 13 percent resulting from several deposit
acquisition campaigns during 1999. During 1998, noninterest-bearing
deposits increased by $16,993,000 while interest-bearing deposits
increased by $16,200,000. In both 1999 and 1998, as long-term deposits
matured and new funds were deposited, these funds were primarily placed in
short-term deposits.
END PUBLISHED PAGE 40
131
Financial Condition (continued):
Securities sold under repurchase agreements and other short-term
borrowings include repurchase agreements and Federal funds purchased.
These balances increased by $29,162,000 during 1999, following a decrease
of $5,990,000 in 1998. Due to the volatility of customer repurchase
agreements all funds generated by repurchase agreement activity enter the
Bank's earning assets as short-term investments. Federal Home Loan Bank
advances increased by $12,300,000 to $34,345,000 at December 31, 1999.
Federal Home Loan Bank advances were used to fund consumer loan growth.
Capital Resources:
Shareholder's equity reached an all-time high of $51,053,000 at December
31, 1999 compared to $48,676,000 at December 31, 1998, an increase of
$2,377,000, or 4.9%. This increase was primarily attributable to net
income of $7,641,000, less dividends declared to shareholders of
$3,794,000, less unrealized loss on securities available for sale in the
amount of $1,557,000. The book value per share of common stock was $12.37
at year-end 1999 compared to $11.81 at year-end 1998, a 4.7% increase.
As discussed in Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, the
Corporation's primary source of funds for the payment of dividends is its
Bank subsidiary. During December of 1996, the Bank paid an additional
$8,000,000 in dividends to the Corporation in order for it to have
sufficient equity capital to take advantage of future acquisition
opportunities and to pay future dividends. In order for the Bank to fund
its balance sheet and remain well capitalized, the Corporation and the
Bank entered into a subordinated debt agreement on December 30, 1996 for
$8,000,000, payable on January 1, 2007 at an interest rate of 6.80%. In
December 1999, The Bank paid off $4,000,000 of its subordinated debt to
the Corporation. Subsequently, the Corporation paid dividends to the Bank
of $4,000,000.
Under regulations issued by the Federal Reserve Board and the Office of
the Comptroller of the Currency, bank holding companies and banks are
required to maintain certain minimum capital ratios in order to be
considered "well capitalized." These guidelines require a minimum total
risk-based capital ratio of 10%, a Tier 1 capital ratio of 6% and leverage
ratio of 5%. All of the Corporation's assets, which include various
risk-weighted percentages of assets on the balance sheet, as well as
off-balance sheet exposures of unused commitments and letters of credit,
are expressed as a percentage of risk-adjusted assets and compared to its
capital. Tier 1 capital consists of shareholders' equity, exclusive of net
unrealized gain (loss) on securities available for sale. Total risk-based
capital consists of shareholders' equity, exclusive of net gain (loss) on
securities available for sale, plus the allowable portion of the reserve
for loan losses and subordinated debt. The allowance included in total
risk-based capital cannot exceed 1.25% of risk-weighted assets. As of
December 31, 1999, LNB Bancorp, Inc. had a total risk-based capital ratio
of 12.84%, with a Tier 1 capital ratio of 11.70% compared to 13.30% and
12.31%, respectively, at December 31, 1998. Both of these risk-based
capital ratios are well above minimum regulatory requirements. In addition
to risk-based capital, a leverage ratio test must also be met. This ratio
evaluates capital adequacy on the basis of Tier 1 capital-to-total average
assets (unadjusted for risk). On December 31, 1999, LNB Bancorp, Inc.'s
leverage ratio was 8.36%, which substantially exceeds the Corporation's
minimum regulatory requirement. For additional information on the
Corporation and Bank's capital ratios, refer to Note 15, Shareholders
Equity on page 28.
On an ongoing basis the Corporation analyzes acquisition opportunities
in markets which are adjacent to or within the Corporation's current
geographical market. Corporate management believes that its current
132
capital resources are sufficient to support any foreseeable acquisition
activity. The Corporation also retains a portion of the net income it
earns to accommodate current operational and regulatory capital
requirements and to fund future growth opportunities. A part of future
growth depends upon capital expenditure programs. Capital expenditures of
approximately $2,750,000 are projected for 2000.
TOTAL SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY millions of dollars
(A Total Shareholders' Equity graph follows in printed version with total
equity on the y-axis and years 1995 through 1999 on the x-axis. The graph
is a vertical bar graph. The co-ordinates, by year, which are presented
in the table below are plotted on the previously described grid.)
AVERAGE EQUITY TO AVERAGE ASSETS percent
(An Average Equity to Average Assets graph follows in printed version with
average equity on the y-axis and years 1995 through 1999 on the x-axis.
The graph is a vertical bar graph. The co-ordinates, by year, which are
presented in the table below are plotted on the previously described
grid.)
BOOK VALUE PER SHARE dollars*
(A Book Value Per Share graph follows in printed version with book value
on the y-axis and years 1995 through 1999 on the x-axis. The graph is a
vertical bar graph. The co-ordinates, by year, which are presented in the
table below are plotted on the previously described grid.)
Total Shareholders' Average Equity to Book Value
Equity Average Assets Per Share
Year Millions of Dollars Percent Dollars*
1999 $51.1 8.67% $12.37
1998 $48.7 9.27% $11.81
1997 $45.0 9.70% $10.91
1996 $44.2 10.00% $10.47
1995 $40.8 9.55% $ 9.71
*Adjusted for stock dividends and splits
END PUBLISHED PAGE 41
133
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk:
Market risk is the risk of loss in a financial instrument arising from
adverse changes in market indices such as interest rates, foreign exchange
rates and equity prices. The Corporation's principal market risk exposure
is interest rate risk, with no material impact on earnings from changes in
foreign exchange rates or equity prices. Interest rate risk is the
exposure to changes in market interest rates. Interest rate sensitivity
is the relationship between market interest rates and net interest income
due to the repricing characteristics of assets and liabilities. The
Corporation monitors the interest rate sensitivity of its on-and-off
balance sheet positions by examining its near-term sensitivity and its
longer term gap position.
The mission of the Asset/Liability Management Committee of Lorain
National Bank is to effectively monitor and manage the Bank's exposure to
interest rate risk, liquidity risk, and repricing risk and thereby provide
the Bank with a stable net interest margin. Asset/liability management is
the measurement and analysis of the Bank's exposure to changes in the
interest rate environment. The Bank is subject to interest rate risk to
the extent its liabilities reprice more rapidly than its assets. The Bank
manages this risk on a continuing basis through the use of a number of
objectives and strategies as an ongoing part of its strategic financial
plan.
The Bank's Asset/Liability Management Committee, which includes
executive and senior management representatives, meets monthly. Objectives
include monitoring and methods of managing the rate sensitivity and
repricing characteristics of the balance sheet components consistent with
maintaining acceptable levels of net interest income. The Bank's asset and
liability management program defined by the Board of Directors is designed
to minimize the impact of significant changes in interest rates on net
interest income. Strategies include attempting to market variable-rate
loans, growth in the consumer loan portfolio which tend to have shorter
terms to maturity, match fixed rate commercial loans with Federal Home
Loan Bank advances, and utilizing deposit promotions in an effort to
extend the term to maturity of its liabilities.
Management may, at times, place greater emphasis on maximizing net
interest margin rather than merely concentrating on interest rate risk
depending on the relationship between short-and long-term interest rates,
market conditions and consumer preference. Management believes that
increased net income resulting from a moderate contrast between the
maturity of its assets and liabilities can provide high enough returns to
justify the increased risk exposure during periods of stable interest
rates. The effectiveness of Management's administration of the
Asset/Liability function is demonstrated by the Corporation's consistently
high net yield on earning assets. The Corporation's net yield on earning
assets remains at the high levels of 4.88% and 5.17% for the years ended
December 31, 1999 and 1998, respectively. The Asset/Liability Management
Committee has established limits on the amount of its interest rate risk
exposure, however, there can be no assurance that Management's efforts to
limit interest rate risk will be successful.
One measure of exposure to interest rate risk is interest rate
sensitivity gap analysis. The Bank uses interest rate sensitivity gap
analysis to monitor the relationship between the maturity and repricing of
its interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, while
maintaining an acceptable interest rate spread. Interest rate sensitivity
gap is defined as the difference between the amount of interest-earning
assets maturing or repricing within a specific time period and the amount
of interest-bearing liabilities maturing or repricing within that time
period. A gap is considered positive when the amount of interest-rate-
sensitive assets exceeds the amount of the interest-rate-sensitive
134
liabilities, and is considered negative when the amount of interest-rate-
sensitive liabilities exceeds the amount of interest-rate-sensitive
assets. Generally, during a period of rising interest rates, with all
factors held constant, a negative gap would adversely affect net interest
income, while a positive gap would result in an increase in net interest
income. Conversely, during a period of falling interest rates, with all
factors held constant, a negative gap would result in an increase in net
interest income, while a positive gap would negatively affect net interest
income. Management's goal is to maintain a reasonable balance between
exposure to interest rate fluctuations and earnings.
The Corporation's one year gap was (2.81)% at December 31, 1999, 4.22%
at December 31, 1998 and 4.88% at December 31, 1997. The decrease in the
Corporation's one year gap at December 31, 1999 compared to December 31,
1998, was due to an increase in assets maturing or otherwise repricing in
one year or less totaling $24,080,000 (due to increases in loans and
decreases in securities repricing during that period) offset by an
increase in liabilities maturing or otherwise repricing in one year or
less totaling $59,933,000 (due primarily to increases in certificates of
deposit, interest-bearing demand, the current portion of long-term
borrowings and short-term borrowings during that period). The decrease in
the Corporation's one year gap at December 31, 1998 compared to December
31, 1997 was due to a decrease in assets maturing or otherwise repricing
in one year or less totaling $3,385,000 (due to an increase in loans and
securities repricing during that period) partially offset by an increase
in liabilities maturing or otherwise repricing in one year or less
totaling $25,981,000 (due primarily to an increase in certificates of
deposit and short-term borrowings during that period). Corporate
management does not anticipate any significant changes in the
Corporation's market risk or interest rate risk profiles in 1999. The
table on the page 43 sets forth the repricing dates of the Corporation's
interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities at December 31,
1999 and the interest rate sensitivity "gap" percentages at the dates
indicated.
END PUBLISHED PAGE 42
135
Gap Analysis (Dollars in Thousands)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Expected Maturity/Repricing Date
2000 2001 2002 2003
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fixed rate commercial, mortgage and
consumer loans $36,926 $17,533 $15,116 $12,026
Weighted average yield 9.08% 9.14% 9.08% 8.96%
Variable rate commercial
and consumer loans 131,546 147 454 348
Weighted average yield 9.29% 7.68% 8.36% 8.14%
Semi-variable mortgage loans(1) 47,577 22,456 18,898 29,310
Weighted average yield 7.48% 7.32% 7.51% 6.91%
Variable rate consumer loans 34,653 2 2 3
Weighted average yield 9.97% 9.73% 9.73% 9.73%
Other semi-variable rate loans(1) 6,702 904 450 676
Weighted average yield 7.99% 8.32% 7.70% 7.84%
Securities and other(2) 14,441 14,254 15,143 27,212
Weighted average yield 6.37% 5.70% 5.93% 5.92%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total interest-earning assets 271,845 55,296 50,063 69,575
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Certificates of deposit 143,193 29,2332 6,306 5,251
Weighted average yield 4.85% 5.47% 5.40% 5.13%
Savings deposits 41,731 41,731 20,866 -0-
Weighted average yield 2.00% 2.00% 2.00% 0.00%
Interest-bearing demand 35,040 35,040 17,520 -0-
Weighted average yield 2.09% 2.09% 2.09% 0.00%
Short-term borrowings 52,122 -0- -0- -0-
Weighted average yield 4.79% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
Federal Home Loan Bank advances 15,000 11,095 8,250 -0-
Weighted average yield 5.27% 5.03% 5.18% . %
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total interest-bearing liabilities 287,086 117,098 52,942 5,251
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Interest-earning assets less
Interest-bearing liabilities (15,241) (61,802) (2,879) 64,324
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cumulative interest-rate
sensitive gap $(15,241)$(77,043) $(79,922) $(15,598)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cumulative interest-rate gap as a
percentage of total earning assets at
December 31, 1999 (2.81)%
Cumulative interest-rate gap as a
percentage of total earning assets at
December 31, 1998 4.22%
Cumulative interest-rate gap as a
percentage of total earning assets at
December 31, 1997 4.88%
136
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Gap Analysis (Dollars in Thousands)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Expected Maturity/Repricing Date Fair
2004 Thereafter Total Value(3)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fixed rate commercial, mortgage and
consumer loans $ 5,091 $ 7,243 $93,935 $ 92,637
Weighted average yield 8.79% 7.89% 8.97%
Variable rate commercial
and consumer loans 3,669 -0- 136,164 136,614
Weighted average yield 7.41% 0.00% 9.24%
Semi-variable mortgage loans(1) 23,828 -0- 142,069 142,069
Weighted average yield 6.95% 0.00% 7.25%
Variable rate consumer loans 79 -0- 34,739 34,739
Weighted average yield 9.73% 0.00% 9.97%
Other semi-variable rate loans(1) 334 2,482 11,548 11,124
Weighted average yield 7.67% 7.42% 7.87%
Securities and other(2) 9,016 44,794 124,860 120,496
Weighted average yield 5.64% 6.27% 6.06%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total interest-earning assets 42,017 54,519 543,315 537,679
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Certificates of deposit 257 10 184,249 185,051
Weighted average yield 5.92% 14.0 % 4.98%
Savings deposits -0- -0- 104,328 104,328
Weighted average yield 0.00% 0.00% 2.00%
Interest-bearing demand -0- -0- 87,600 87,600
Weighted average yield 0.00% 0.00% 2.09%
Short-term borrowings -0- -0- 52,122 52,122
Weighted average yield 0.00% 0.00% 4.79%
Long-term borrowings -0- -0- 34,345 33,402
Weighted average yield 0.00% 0.00% 5.17%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total interest-bearing liabilities 257 10 462,644 462,503
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Interest-earning assets less
Interest-bearing liabilities 41,760 54,509 80,671
- ----------------------------------------------------------------
Cumulative interest-
rate sensitive gap $26,162 $80,671
- ----------------------------------------------------------------
(1)Semi-variable mortgage loans include mortgages in which the loan is
fixed for the first three or five years of the loan and its interest rate
is adjustable thereafter.
(2)Securities available for sale are shown at amortized cost.
(3)Fair value of loans are gross of deferred fees and costs and allowance
for loan losses.
END PUBLISHED PAGE 43
137
Liquidity Management:
Liquidity measures a corporation's ability to generate cash or otherwise
obtain funds at reasonable prices to fund commitments to borrowers as well
as the demands of depositors and debt holders. Principal internal sources
of liquidity for the Corporation and the Bank are cash and cash
equivalents, Federal funds sold, and the maturity structures of securities
held to maturity and portfolio loans. Securities and loans available for
sale provide another source of liquidity through the cash flows of these
interest-bearing assets as they mature or are sold.
On December 31, 1999, cash and cash equivalents equaled $37,343,000 or
6.2% of total assets. The change in cash and cash equivalents is shown in
the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows on page 16 and arises from
operating, investing, and financing activities.
The adjustments to reconcile 1999 net income to net cash provided by
operating activities primarily consists of depreciation and amortization
of $1,612,000, amortization of intangible assets of $421,000, amortization
of deferred loan fees and costs of $(140,000) and a provision for loan
losses of $2,000,000. These items represent expenses included in net
income which do not represent an expenditure or receipt of cash.
The cash flows from investing activities relate primarily to securities,
loans and purchases of capital assets. Net cash used in investing
activities was $57,410,000. Cash used in investing activities resulted
from net increases in securities of $33,365,000 offset by proceeds from
sales of securities available for sale of $26,689,000. Cash used in
investing activities included net loan increases of $50,326,000 and
purchases of capital assets of $1,876,000.
Net cash provided by financing activities was $5,738,000. Cash
provided by financing activities included increases in deposits of
$12,983,000, increases in securities sold under repurchase agreements and
other short-term borrowings of $29,162,000, proceeds from Federal Home
Loan Bank advances of $12,300,000 and proceeds from stock options
exercised of $87,000. Cash used by financing activities includes
dividends paid of $3,794,000. These cash flows resulted in a $4,542,000
increase in cash and cash equivalents from December 31, 1998 to December
31, 1999.
The Corporation can obtain additional liquidity from off-balance sheet
sources which include the purchase of Federal funds from correspondent
banks and borrowing from the Federal Reserve Bank's discount window. At
December 31, 1999 the Bank had pledged as collateral $28,997,000 in second
mortgages with the Federal Reserve Bank of Cleveland. At year-end, the
Bank had approved Federal funds facilities of $16,000,000 at four
correspondent banks. At December 31, 1999, the Bank borrowed $16,000,000
under these arrangements. Additionally, the Bank has a $25,000,000 cash
management advance line of credit with the Federal Home Loan Bank of
Cincinnati. At December 31, 1999 the Bank had borrowed $18,500,000 from
the Federal Home Loan Bank under this line of credit. At December 31,
1999, the Bank had available credit at the Federal Reserve Bank discount
window of $23,000,000. The internal and external sources of funds for
liquidity, in the opinion of Management, satisfy the liquidity needs of
the Corporation and the Bank.
END PUBLISHED PAGE 44
138
Impacts of Accounting and Regulatory Pronouncements:
Corporate management is not aware of any proposed regulations or current
recommendations by the Financial Accounting Standards Board or by
regulatory authorities which, if they were implemented, would have a
material effect on the liquidity, capital resources, or operations of the
Corporation. All applicable Statements of Financial Accounting Standards
that have been issued and have effective dates impacting 1999 and prior
years financial statements have been adopted by the Corporation.
Corporate management believes there are no Statements of Financial
Accounting Standards which have been issued and have implementation dates
in the future which will materially impact the financial statements of
future years.
Significant actions by the Federal government and its agencies,
affecting the financial institutions industry in general, are currently
having and will continue to have an impact on the Corporation. A
discussion of these actions follows:
"The Graham-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999":
The enactment of the Graham-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 (the "GLB Act")
represents a pivotal point in the history of the financial services
industry. The GLB Act sweeps away large parts of a regulatory framework
that had its origins in the Depression Era of the 1930s. Effective March
11, 2000, new opportunities will be available for banks, other depository
institutions, insurance companies and securities firms to enter into
combinations that permit a single financial services organization to offer
customers a more complete array of financial products and services. The
GLB Act provides a new regulatory framework for regulation through the
financial holding company, which will have as its umbrella regulator the
Federal Reserve Board. Functional regulation of the financial holding
company's separately regulated subsidiaries will be conducted by their
primary functional regulator. The GLB Act makes satisfactory or above
Community Reinvestment Act compliance for insured depository institutions
and their financial holding companies necessary in order for them to
engage in new financial activities. The GLB Act provides a federal right
to privacy of non-public personal information of individual customers.
In February of 2000, the Corporation filed an application with the
Federal Reserve Bank of Cleveland to be regulated as a financial holding
company. The Corporation will have a more definitive analysis of its
status as a financial holding company once the Federal Reserve Board
issues final financial holding company regulations.
Year 2000 Compliance:
Because of its importance and significant time constraints, the Year
2000 Program took significant management time and attention during 1999.
The Board of Directors and senior management dedicated the necessary time,
employees and resources to the task of ensuring Corporate Y2K compliance
and readiness prior to the end of the year. Over 300 employees worked
long, diligent hours to test the Corporation's systems, develop
contingency plans, and communicate with the Corporation's customers and
service providers. Management was extremely pleased to inform the
Corporation's customers and shareholders that all systems operated
accurately over the New Year's holiday. These same systems have continued
to operate with accuracy and correct recognition of the new four digit
year information. At the present time, Management does not anticipate
any negative effects to the Corporation from "Year 2000" issues relative
to potential critical dates during the year 2000 and thereafter.
END PUBLISHED PAGE 45
139
(Directors and Officers of LNB Bancorp, Inc.)
Directors
-------------------------------------------
Stanley G. Pijor
Chairman of the Board
LNB Bancorp, Inc. and
Lorain National Bank
James F. Kidd
Vice Chairman of the Board
LNB Bancorp, Inc. and
Lorain National Bank
Daniel P. Batista
Attorney/Shareholder
Cook & Batista Co., L.P.A.
Robert M. Campana
Managing Director
P.C. Campana, Inc.
Terry D. Goode
Vice President
Lorain County Title Company
Wellsley O. Gray
Retired
James R. Herrick
President
Liberty Auto Group, Inc.
David M. Koethe
Retired, former Chairman of the Board
The Lorain Printing Company
Benjamin G. Norton
Human Resource Consultant
LTI Power Systems
Jeffrey F. Riddell
President and
Chief Executive Officer,
Consumeracq, Inc. and
Consumers Builders Supply Co.
Thomas P. Ryan
Executive Vice President
and Secretary/Treasurer
LNB Bancorp, Inc.
Executive Vice President
and Secretary
Lorain National Bank
John W. Schaeffer, M.D.
President
North Ohio Heart Center, Inc.
140
Gary C. Smith
President and
Chief Executive Officer
LNB Bancorp, Inc. and
Lorain National Bank
Eugene M. Sofranko
President and
Chief Executive Officer
Lorain Glass Company, Inc.
Paul T. Stack
Retired
Leo Weingarten
Retired
Officers
----------------------------------
Stanley G. Pijor
Chairman of the Board
James F. Kidd
Vice Chairman of the Board
Gary C. Smith
President and
Chief Executive Officer
Thomas P. Ryan
Executive Vice President
and Secretary/Treasurer
Gregory D. Friedman, CPA
Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
Debra R. Brown
Senior Vice President
Branch Administration
Sandra L. Dubell
Senior Vice President and
Senior Lending Officer
Michael D. Ireland
Senior Vice President
Senior Operations Officer
Emma N. Mason
Senior Vice President and
Senior Trust Officer
James H. Weber
Senior Vice President and
Senior Marketing Officer
141
Mitchell J. Fallis, CPA
Vice President and
Chief Accounting Officer
(Directors Emeritii of Lorain National Bank)
James L. Bardoner
Retired, Former President
Dorn Industries, Inc.
T.L. Smith, M.D.
Retired Physician
END PUBLISHED PAGE 46
142
(Officers of Lorain National Bank)
Executive Officers
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Gary C. Smith
President and
Chief Executive Officer
Thomas P. Ryan
Executive Vice President
and Secretary
Gregory D. Friedman, CPA
Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
Senior Officers
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Debra R. Brown
Senior Vice President
Branch Administration
Sandra L. Dubell
Senior Vice President and
Senior Lending Officer
Michael D. Ireland
Senior Vice President
Operations
Emma N. Mason
Senior Vice President
Investment and
Trust Services
James H. Weber
Senior Vice President
Marketing Administration
Branch Officers
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Branch Officers
Teresa E. George
Vice President
Branch Administration
Main Office & Sixth
Street Drive-In Office
Keith H. Kapanke
Assistant Vice President
Barbara Beres-Clark
Assistant Branch Manager
Amherst Office
G. Dale Rosenkranz
Vice President
143
Avon Lake Office
Charles A. DeAngelis
Vice President
Cleveland Street Office
Timothy J. Gallagher
Vice President
Cooper-Foster Park
Road Office
Linda Buehner
Assistant Vice President
Ely Square Office
James E. Schmittgen
Vice President
Kansas Avenue Office
Connie Sklarek
Assistant Cashier
Village of
LaGrange Office
Carrie Hartman
Assistant Vice President
Lake Avenue Office
Christine M. Weber
Assistant Vice President
Midway Mall Office
Kimberly S. Plzak
Assistant Vice President
Carol Snyder
Assistant Cashier
Oberlin Avenue Office
Jennifer M. Nickolls
Assistant Vice President
Oberlin & Kendal
at Oberlin Offices
Marilyn R. Krasienko
Assistant Vice President
Olmsted Township &
The Renaissance Offices
Diana L. Schmittgen
Assistant Vice President
Pearl Avenue Office
Patricia A. Wolanczyk
Assistant Cashier
Vermilion Office
Robert B. White
Vice President
143
West Park Drive Office
Rita M. Hoyt
Assistant Cashier
The Crossings of Westlake
& Westlake Village Offices
Susan M. Neiding
Vice President
Investments and Trust Services Officers
----------------------------------------------
Edward J. Baker
Vice President
Gerald S. Falcon
Vice President
Brian D. Morgan
Vice President
Thomas Eschke
Assistant Operations Officer
Patrick E. Sheridan
Vice President
Neal A. Conger
Vice President
Carol A. Cavanaugh
Assistant Vice President
Loan Officers
---------------------
Commercial Loans
John A. Funderburg
Vice President
Ellen M. Walsh
Vice President
Kenneth P. Wayton
Vice President
Consumer Loans
Bruce Diso
Vice President
Robert D. Asik
Assistant Vice President
Credit Card Loans
Jeanne Maschari
Vice President
145
Mortgage Loans
Edwin F. Klenz
Vice President
Joel A. Krueck
Vice President and
CRA Officer
Credit Analysis
Denise M. Kosakowski
Vice President
Collections
Kelly A. Dunfee
Assistant Cashier
Loan Services
Cynthia M. Marks
Assistant Cashier
Laura McIntrye
Mortgage Loan
Administrative Officer
Joan M. Raymond
Assistant Vice President
Joyce L. Wasela
Assistant Cashier
Administration and Operations Officers
-------------------------------------------
Accounting
Mitchell J. Fallis, CPA
Vice President and
Chief Accounting Officer
Mary L. Kapanke
Fiscal Operations Officer
Auditing
Randy E. Lottman
Assistant Vice President,
Auditor and
Compliance Officer
Cash Management
Patricia L. Cole
Assistant Vice President
146
Deposit Services
Donna Jean Phillips
Assistant Vice President
E.D.P. Services
Larry R. Johnson
Vice President
Larry A. Hill
Assistant Vice President
Human Resources
Carol A. Mesko
Vice President
Teresa E. Kreger
Assistant Cashier
Maintenance
Robert J. Witkowski
Maintenance Officer
Marketing
Steven F. Cooper
Vice President
Debra L. Temerario
Marketing Operations
Officer
Purchasing
Susan I. Tuttle
Assistant Vice President
Sales
Robert L. Cox
Vice President
Security
James E. Long
Assistant Vice President
Training
Marianne Kocak
Assistant Vice President
END PUBLISHED PAGE 47
147
(Earnings and Dividend Performance)
10 Year Earnings History 1990 through 1999
(10 Year Earnings History graph follows in printed version with years 1990
through 1999 on the y-axis and earnings on the x-axis in $2,000,000.00
increments ranging from $0 to $8,000,000.00. The graph is a horizontal
bar graph. The co-ordinates, by year, which are presented in the table
below are plotted on the previously described grid along with an
accompanying legend for identification purposes.)
The graph above depicts the earnings history of LNB Bancorp, Inc. from
1990 through 1999.
The Corporation's management team is proud of its record of continuously
increasing profits over this ten year period.
Cumulative Cash Dividends Declared
Total Cash Dividends Declared 1990 - 1999: $1,007.62
(Cumulative Cash Dividends Declared graph follows in printed version with
years 1990 through 1999 on the y-axis and Dividends Declared on the x-axis
in $200.00 increments ranging from $0 to $1,200.00. The graph is
horizontal bar graph. The co-ordinates, by year, which are presented in
the table below are plotted on the previously described grid along with an
accompanying legend for identification purposes.)
For shareholder information, the above graph reflects a 10 year
chronological record of dividend performance following a hypothetical
purchase of 100 shares of LNB Bancorp, Inc., stock without further
reinvestment.
Over the 10 year period, our hypothetical shareholder would have benefited
from the cumulative cash dividends declared on the stock in the amount of
$1,007.62.
Book Value Per Share 1990 through 1999
(Book Value Per Share graph follows in printed version with years 1990
through 1999 on the y-axis and book values on the x-axis in $2.00
increments ranging from $0.00 to $14.00. The graph is a horizontal bar
graph. The co-ordinates, by year, which are presented in the table below
are plotted on the previously described grid along with an accompanying
legend for identification purposes.)
The graph above depicts the book value per share of LNB Bancorp, Inc.
from 1990 through 1999. Senior management has worked diligently to cause
the rapid increase in the book value per share over the past six years.
148
The data points used to plot the three (3) graphs previously described
follows:
NET INCOME CUMULATIVE CASH BOOK VALUE
YEAR IN THOUSANDS DIVIDENDS DECLARED PER SHARE
1999 $7,641,000.00 $1,007.62 $12.37
1998 $6,818,000.00 $ 841.10 $11.81
1997 $6,480,000.00 $ 685.44 $10.84
1996 $5,852,000.00 $ 556.93 $10.12
1995 $5,003,000.00 $ 444.79 $ 9.36
1994 $4,432,000.00 $ 350.29 $ 8.75
1993 $4,029,000.00 $ 266.29 $ 8.16
1992 $3,826,000.00 $ 190.13 $ 7.65
1991 $3,512,000.00 $ 120.85 $ 7.14
1990 $3,343,000.00 $ 57.68 $ 6.60
END PUBLISHED PAGE 48
149
THREE QUARTER PAGE INSERT FRONT SIDE
Please detach postage-paid card(s) and return through U.S. Mail or to a
Lorain National Bank office near you.
Top card reads as follows:
LNB Bancorp, Inc. - Dividend Reinvestment Plan
To: Thomas P. Ryan
Executive Vice President and Secretary/Treasurer
LNB Bancorp, Inc.
457 Broadway, Lorain, Ohio 44052
Yes, I am interested in obtaining information on LNB Bancorp, Inc.'s
Dividend Reinvestment and Cash Stock Purchase Plan.
Name_________________________
Address______________________
City____State____Zip______Phone________
Middle card reads as follows:
LNB Bancorp, Inc. - Common Stock
To: Gary C. Smith
President and Chief Executive Officer
LNB Bancorp, Inc.
457 Broadway, Lorain Ohio 44052
Yes, I am interested in learning more about the investment merits of LNB
Bancorp, Inc. common stock and would like to be contacted by a stock
broker.
Name_________________________
Address______________________
City____State____Zip______Phone________
Number of Shares Requested__________
Bottom card reads as follows:
1999 Annual Report Survey
Thank you for reading the 1999 LNB Bancorp, Inc. Annual Report. To help
us improve our ability to serve you, please complete the following survey.
The following grading scale should be used:
Excellent-5; Good-4; Fair-3; Poor-2; and, Very Poor-1.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Please rate the sections of the Annual Report you found most helpful.
When evaluating, consider the overall quality, communication effectiveness
and readability of the section.
_____ Corporate Information
_____ Message to Shareholders
_____ Customer testimonials
_____ Financial Statements and Notes
_____ Stock and Dividend Information
_____ Management's Discussion and Analysis
_____ Earnings and Dividend Performance
150
2. Please rate the Annual Report on the following characteristics:
_____ Appearance/design
_____ Organization/ease of locating information
_____ Ease of Reading
_____ Use of Charts/graphs
_____ Use of Photographs
_____ Showing how LNB Bancorp, Inc. is positioned for the future
_____ Helping you understand LNB Bancorp, Inc.
3. Please give a rating for your overall impression of the Annual
Report._____
4. What information would you like to see in future Annual Reports?
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
5. Please provide name & address
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
Thank you for answering these questions.
THREE QUARTER PAGE INSERT BACK SIDE
Three postage paid postcards
Top card reads as follows:
Lorain National Bank
Attn: Thomas P. Ryan
457 Broadway
Lorain, Ohio 44052-9986
Middle card reads as follows:
Lorain National Bank
Attn: Gary C. Smith
457 Broadway
Lorain, Ohio 44052-9986
Bottom card reads as follows:
Lorain National Bank
Attn: Mitchell J. Fallis
457 Broadway
Lorain, Ohio 44052-9986
151
Inside Back Cover
(Banking Offices & ATMs)
ATM service available wherever you see this symbol**
Lorain Banking Offices
**Main Office
457 Broadway
Lorain, Ohio 44052
(440)244-7185
**Sixth Street Drive-In Office
200 Sixth Street
Lorain, Ohio 44052
(440)244-7242
**Cooper-Foster Park
Road Office
1920 Cooper-Foster Park Road
Lorain, Ohio 44053
(440)282-1252
**Kansas Avenue Office
1604 Kansas Avenue
Lorain, Ohio 44052
(440)288-9151
**Oberlin Avenue Office
3660 Oberlin Avenue
Lorain, Ohio 44053
(440)282-9196
**Pearl Avenue Office
2850 Pearl Avenue
Lorain, Ohio 44055
(440)277-1103
**West Park Drive Office
2130 West Park Drive
Lorain, Ohio 44053
(440))989-3131
Amherst Banking Office
**Amherst Office
1175 Cleveland Avenue
Amherst, Ohio 44001
(440)988-4423
Avon Lake Banking Office
**Avon Lake Office
240 Miller Road
Avon Lake, Ohio 44012
(440)933-2186
Elyria Banking Offices
**Ely Square Office
124 Middle Avenue
Elyria, Ohio 44035
(440)323-4621
152
**Cleveland Street Office
801 Cleveland Street
Elyria, Ohio 44035
(440)365-8397
**Lake Avenue Office
42935 North Ridge Road
Elyria Township, Ohio 44035
(440)233-7196
**Midway Mall Office
6395 Midway Mall Blvd.
Elyria, Ohio 44035
(440)324-6530
Village of LaGrange
Banking Office
**Village of LaGrange Office
546 North Center Street
Village of LaGrange,
Ohio 44050
(440)355-6734
Oberlin Banking Offices
**Kendal at Oberlin Office*
600 Kendal Drive
Oberlin, Ohio 44074
(440)774-5400
**Oberlin Office
40 East College Street
Oberlin, Ohio 44074
(440)775-1361
Olmsted Township
Banking Offices
**Olmsted Township Office
27095 Bagley Road
Olmsted Township, Ohio 44138
(440)235-4600
The Renaissance Office
26376 John Road
Olmsted Township, Ohio 44138
(440)427-0041
Vermilion Banking Office
**Vermilion Office
4455 East Liberty Avenue
Vermilion, Ohio 44089
(440)967-3124
Westlake Banking Offices
**Crossings of Westlake Office
30210 Detroit Road
Westlake, Ohio 44145
(440)892-9696
153
Westlake Village Office
28550 Westlake Village Drive
Westlake, Ohio 44145
(440)808-0229
ATMs
**Captain Larry's Marathon
1317 State Route 60
Vermilion, Ohio
**Dad's Sunoco
7580 Leavitt Road
State Route 58
Amherst, Ohio
**Gateway Plaza
3451 Colorado Avenue
Lorain, Ohio
**Lakeland Medical Center
3700 Kolbe Road
Lorain, Ohio
**Lorain County
Community College
1005 North Abbe Road
Elyria, Ohio
**Lowe's Home
Improvement Warehouse
620 Midway Boulevard
Elyria, Ohio
**Mobile ATM
2130 West Park Dr.
Lorain, Ohio
Other Offices
Executive Offices
457 Broadway
Lorain, Ohio 44052
(440)244-7123
Branch Administration
457 Broadway
Lorain, Ohio 44052
(440)244-7253
Commercial, Consumer
and Mortgage Loans
457 Broadway
Lorain, Ohio 44052
(440)244-7220
(440)244-7272
(440)244-7216
154
Credit Cards
2130 West Park Drive
Lorain, Ohio 44053
(440)989-3308
Customer Service
2130 West Park Drive
Lorain, Ohio 44053
(440)989-3348
(800)860-1007
Human Resources
2130 West Park Drive
Lorain, Ohio 44053
(440)989-3139
Operations
2130 West Park Drive
Lorain, Ohio 44053
(440)989-3315
Purchasing
2150 West Park Drive
Lorain, Ohio 44053
(440)989-3327
Investment and Trust Services
457 Broadway
Lorain, Ohio 44052
(440)244-7226
All Other Departments &
Information Not Listed
Telebanker (440)245-4562
Telebanker (800)610-9033
Toll Free (800)860-1007
Lorain (440)244-6000
Internet
www.4LNB.com
END OF INSIDE BACK COVER
155
COVER DESCRIPTION
Outside back cover
White background
LNB Bancorp, Inc. Logo
LNB
Bancorp, Inc.
Blue lettering
Mail: LNB Bancorp, Inc. 457 Broadway . Lorain, Ohio 44052-1739
E-Mail: emailservices@4LNB.com . Internet: www.4LNB.com
Telephone: (440) 244-6000 . Toll Free: (800) 860-1007
Telefax: (440) 244-4815
END OF PUBLISHED LNB BANCORP, INC. 1999 ANNUAL REPORT
156
LNB Bancorp, Inc.
Exhibit to Form 10 - K
(for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1999)
S - K Reference Number (21)
Corporate Organization Structure
..............................
. LNB Bancorp, Inc. .
. One Bank Holding Company .
. an Ohio Corporation (1) .
..............................
.
.
.............................
. The Lorain National Bank .
. Wholly-Owned Subsidiary .
. an Ohio Corporation (1) .
.............................
.
.
.................................
. LNB Financial Services, Inc. .
. Wholly-Owned Subsidiary .
. an Ohio Corporation (1) .
. (inactive) .
.................................
(1) The physical location and legal mailing address
for all entities is:
457 Broadway
Lorain, Ohio 44052
157
LNB Bancorp, Inc.
Exhibit to Form 10 - K
(for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1999)
S - K Reference Number (22)
Notice of Annual Meeting to Shareholders and
Proxy Statement (dated March 20, 2000).
158
LNB BANCORP, INC.
LORAIN, OHIO
NOTICE OF ANNUAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS
TO THE SHAREHOLDERS OF
LNB BANCORP, INC. March 20, 2000
The Annual Meeting of Shareholders of LNB Bancorp, Inc. (hereinafter
called the "Corporation") will be held at 521 Broadway, Lorain, Ohio
44052, on Tuesday, April 18, 2000 at 10:00 a.m., Eastern Daylight Savings
Time, for the purpose of considering and voting upon the following matters
as more fully-described in the Proxy Statement.
PROPOSALS:
1. ELECTION OF DIRECTORS To elect four (4) directors to hold
office until their term expires (April 22, 2003) or until their
successors are elected and qualified.
2. AMEND ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION AND CODE OF REGULATIONS AS MORE
FULLY DESCRIBED UNDER THE FOLLOWING SUBHEADINGS AND IN THE PROXY
STATEMENT:
a) Amend and restate Articles of Incorporation to simplify and
update language as authorized by Ohio law; which amendments
would not affect shareholders' rights;
b) State in the Articles of Incorporation that one of the
purposes for which the Corporation is formed is to qualify
and act as a "financial holding company" as defined by the
Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999;
c) Removal of fair price and super majority vote provisions
as currently stated in Articles XIII and XIV of the Articles
of Incorporation and relocate such provisions to the Code of
Regulations;
d) Amend and restate Code of Regulations to simplify and update
language as authorized by Ohio law; which amendments would
not affect shareholders' rights;
e) Provide that the number of directors on the Board of
Directors may periodically be changed and authorize the Board
of Directors to fill terms of directorships created by the
Board of Directors;
159
f) Provide that directors and members of board committees may be
entitled to compensation and reimbursement for additional
expenses as the Board of Directors periodically determines in
its sole discretion; and
g) Provide for indemnification of shareholders, directors,
officers, employees and agents from claims arising from acts
of the Corporation or others acting on behalf of the
Corporation.
AN AFFIRMATIVE VOTE FOR PROPOSAL 2 TO AMEND THE ARTICLES OF
INCORPORATION AND THE CODE OF REGULATIONS WILL BE AN AFFIRMATIVE VOTE
FOR ALL SUBHEADINGS UNDER PROPOSAL 2-SUBHEADINGS 2(a) THROUGH 2(g).
3. OTHER BUSINESS To transact any other business that may
properly come before the Meeting or any adjournment thereof.
Shareholders of record at the close of business on March 6, 2000,
will be entitled to vote the number of shares held of record in their
names on that date. The transfer books will not be closed.
We urge you to sign and return the enclosed proxy as promptly as
possible, whether or not you plan to attend the meeting in person. This
proxy may be revoked prior to its exercise.
By Order of the Board of Directors
/s/Thomas P. Ryan
Thomas P. Ryan
Executive Vice President
and Secretary/Treasurer
YOUR VOTE IS IMPORTANT. PLEASE MARK, SIGN, DATE AND MAIL THE ENCLOSED
PROXY FORM(S) WHETHER OR NOT YOU PLAN TO ATTEND THE ANNUAL MEETING. A
RETURN ENVELOPE IS ENCLOSED FOR YOUR CONVENIENCE.
2
160
LNB BANCORP, INC.
457 BROADWAY
LORAIN, OHIO 44052
PROXY STATEMENT
MARCH 20, 2000
This proxy solicitation is made on behalf of the Board of Directors of
LNB Bancorp, Inc. (hereinafter called the "Corporation") being a one-bank
holding company owning all of the stock of The Lorain National Bank
(hereinafter called the "Bank"). As of this date, the number of shares of
Common Stock outstanding and entitled to vote at the Annual Meeting of
Shareholders to be held on April 18, 2000, is 4,127,161. Only those
shareholders of record at the close of business on March 6, 2000 shall be
entitled to vote. This proxy may be revoked prior to its exercise. This
Proxy Statement and the related Proxy Card are being mailed to
shareholders of the Corporation on or about March 16, 2000. The cost of
this solicitation is being paid by the Corporation.
VOTING
Each shareholder shall be entitled to one (1) vote for each share of
stock standing in their name on the books of the Corporation. No holder
of shares of any class shall have the right to vote cumulatively in the
election of directors.
Shares held in accounts by the Bank's Investment Management and Trust
Services Division will be voted by the trustee in accordance with written
instructions from account administrators or account plan participants, and
where no instructions are received, as the trustee deems proper.
Shares of Common Stock represented by proxies in the accompanying form
which are properly executed and returned to the Corporation will be voted
at the Annual Meeting of Shareholders in accordance with the shareholders'
instructions contained in such proxies. Where no such instructions are
given, the shares will be voted for the election of directors as described
herein, and in support of proposal two (2), and at the discretion of the
proxies on such other matters as may come before the meeting. The
Board of Directors has no reason to believe that any of the nominees will
be unable to serve as a director. In the event, however, of the death or
unavailability of any nominee or nominees, the proxy to that extent will
be voted for such other person or persons as the Board of Directors may
recommend.
The results of votes taken at the Annual Meeting will be disclosed in
the Corporation's First Quarterly Report for 2000 on Form 10-Q, as filed
with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). The disclosure will
include for each proposal the number of votes for, the number of votes
against, and the number of abstentions. In addition, the disclosure will
set forth the number of votes received by each candidate running for a
directorship and the percentage of these votes as to the total shares
outstanding.
3
161
ELECTION OF DIRECTORS
Article III of the Code of Regulations of the Corporation provides that
directors are to be divided into three (3) classes. Each class serves a
term of three (3) years, or until their respective successors are elected
and qualified. In that the term of office for five (5) members of the
present Board of Directors will expire on April 18, 2000, the Board of
Directors has nominated the hereinafter-named four (4) individuals for
election to serve until April 22, 2003, or until their successors are
elected and qualified. The Board of Directors does not have a nominee to
replace the director position that will be vacated by Mr. Paul T. Stack.
Due to personal reasons, Mr. Stack has decided not to stand for
reelection. At some future time the vacancy may be filled in accordance
with the provisions of the Code of Regulations.
The affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of a quorum
is required in order to elect each director. Under the Code of
Regulations of the Corporation, a quorum is constituted by the presence,
in person or by proxy, of a majority of the voting power of the
Corporation.
Other nominations may be made only in accordance with the notice
procedures set forth in Article III of the Code of Regulations of the
Corporation. The procedure states that nominations for election to the
Board of Directors may be made by the Board of Directors or by any
shareholder of any outstanding class of capital stock of the Corporation
entitled to vote for the election of directors. Nominations, other than
those made by or on behalf of the existing Board of Directors of the
Corporation, shall be made in writing and shall be delivered or mailed to
the President of the Corporation not less than fourteen (14) days nor more
than fifty (50) days prior to any meeting of shareholders called for the
election of directors; provided, however, that if less than twenty-one
(21) days' notice of the meeting is given to shareholders, such nomination
shall be mailed or delivered to the President of the Corporation no later
than the close of business on the seventh (7th) day following the day on
which the notice of the meeting was mailed. Such notification shall
contain the following information as to the extent known to the notifying
shareholder: (a) the name and address of each proposed nominee; (b) the
principal occupation of each proposed nominee; (c) the total number of
shares of common stock of the Corporation that will be voted for each
proposed nominee; (d) the name and resident address of the notifying
shareholder; and (e) the number of shares of common stock of the
Corporation owned by the notifying shareholder. Nominations not made in
accordance herewith may, at his discretion, be disregarded by the Chairman
of the meeting, and upon his instructions, the vote teller may disregard
all votes cast for each such nominee.
Unless otherwise instructed, it is the intention of the persons named in
the proxy to vote for the election of the following four (4) nominees:
1) Robert M. Campana
2) James F. Kidd
3) Jeffrey F. Riddell
4) Thomas P. Ryan
THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS RECOMMENDS A VOTE "FOR" THE ELECTION OF EACH
NOMINEE.
4
162
The following individuals are directors whose term of office is scheduled
to expire on April 17, 200l:
1) Daniel P. Batista
2) David M. Koethe
3) Stanley G. Pijor
4) Eugene M. Sofranko
5) Leo Weingarten
The following individuals are directors whose term of office is scheduled
to expire on April 23, 2002:
1) Terry D. Goode
2) Wellsley O. Gray
3) James R. Herrick
4) Benjamin G. Norton
5) John W. Schaeffer, M.D.
6) Gary C. Smith
DIRECTORS' COMMITTEES
The Bank has six (6) standing committees upon which members of the Board
of Directors serve. They are:
1) The Audit Committee 4) The Pension/Fringe Benefit Committee
2) The Executive Committee 5) The Incentive Stock Option Committee
3) The Trust Committee 6) The Compensation Committee
Membership of each of these committees is indicated below.
The Audit Committee met three (3) times during the last fiscal year.
It establishes policies for the administration of the Bank's Audit
Division. The Executive Committee met twelve (12) times during the last
fiscal year. This committee is authorized to approve matters relating to
loans, the purchase of bills, notes, and other evidence of debt. The
Trust Committee reviews the various trusts accepted by the Bank's Trust
and Investment Management Division. It held six (6) meetings during the
last fiscal year. The Pension/Fringe Benefit Committee reviews indirect
compensation of officers and employees. It did not meet during the last
fiscal year. The Incentive Stock Option Committee determines who will
receive stock options and the number of shares to be granted under the
terms of the Incentive Stock Option Plan. The actions of the Incentive
Stock Option Committee are subject to the approval of the Compensation
Committee. It did not meet during the last fiscal year. The Compensation
Committee meets to review all officers' salaries. It held one (1) meeting
during the last fiscal year. The Bank does not have a designated
Nominating Committee. Nominees for the Board of Directors are determined
by a vote of the total Board of Directors.
5
163
The Bank held fifteen (15) Board of Directors meetings during the
last fiscal year. Of the directors who served during 1999, Leo Weingarten
attended fewer than 75% of the total number of meetings of the Board of
Directors and all committee meetings of which the aforementioned director
was a member.
The Corporation held fifteen (15) Board of Directors meetings during
the last fiscal year. Of the directors who served during 1999, Leo
Weingarten attended fewer than 75% of the total of fifteen (15) meetings
held.
DIRECTOR'S COMPENSATION
Each outside director of the Bank is entitled to receive an annual
retainer fee of $5,000. Bank officers, who are also directors of the
Bank, do not receive an annual retainer fee.
All of the directors of the Corporation are also directors of the Bank.
A director's fee of $500 is paid to outside directors for each meeting
attended. Directors, who are also officers of the Corporation, receive a
fee of $250 for their attendance at the Corporation's board meetings and
receive no director's fees for their attendance at the meetings of the
Bank's board.
Mr. Stanley G. Pijor entered into a Consulting Agreement with the Bank
and the Corporation dated March 15, 1994. The Consulting Agreement
provides that Mr. Pijor shall receive a consulting fee of $85,000 each
year for a period of five (5) years commencing January 1, 1996. The
Consulting Agreement also stipulates that Mr. Pijor will be provided with
an automobile and will be reimbursed for reasonable expenses relative to
his duties as a consultant during the term of the Consulting Agreement.
Termination of the Consulting Agreement (by either party) would not
prejudice Mr. Pijor's right to receive the benefits referred to above for
a period of up to two (2) years. Mr. Pijor was also a party to a
Supplemental Retirement Agreement entered into with the Bank on December
31, 1987. Under the terms of this Supplemental Retirement Agreement, Mr.
Pijor shall receive an annual supplemental retirement benefit in the
amount of $50,000 for a period of ten (10) years. The payment of these
supplemental retirement benefits commenced in January of 1996.
BANK CORPORATION
PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION DIRECTOR DIRECTOR
NAME AND AGE FOR THE PAST FIVE YEARS SINCE SINCE
DANIEL P. BATISTA ATTORNEY/SHAREHOLDER 1976 1983
Age 65 Cook and Batista Co., L.P.A.(A)
(2-3-5-6)
ROBERT M. CAMPANA MANAGING DIRECTOR 1996 1996
Age 40 P.C. Campana Inc.
(1-3-5-7)
TERRY D. GOODE VICE PRESIDENT 1997 1997
Age 45 Lorain County Title Company
(1-7)
6
164
BANK CORPORATION
PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION DIRECTOR DIRECTOR
NAME AND AGE FOR THE PAST FIVE YEARS SINCE SINCE
WELLSLEY O. GRAY RETIRED 1973 1983
Age 66
(1-3)
JAMES R. HERRICK PRESIDENT 1999 1999
Age 48 Liberty Auto Group, Inc.
(1)
JAMES F. KIDD VICE CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD 1989 1989
Age 60 LNB Bancorp, Inc. and
(2-3-4) The Lorain National Bank
DAVID M. KOETHE RETIRED, FORMER CHAIRMAN 1975 1983
Age 64 The Lorain Printing Company(B)
(2-3-4-5-6)
BENJAMIN G. NORTON HUMAN RESOURCE CONSULTANT 1983 1983
Age 60 LTI Power Systems
(1-2-3-7)
STANLEY G. PIJOR CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD 1969 1983
Age 69 LNB Bancorp, Inc. and
(2-3-4-5-6) The Lorain National Bank
JEFFREY F. RIDDELL PRESIDENT AND 1995 1995
Age 48 CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
(1-2-4-5-6) Consumeracq, Inc.
Consumers Builders Supply Company
THOMAS P. RYAN EXECUTIVE VICE PRESIDENT 1989 1989
Age 61 AND SECRETARY/TREASURER
LNB Bancorp, Inc.
EXECUTIVE VICE PRESIDENT
AND SECRETARY
The Lorain National Bank
JOHN W. SCHAEFFER, PRESIDENT 1999 1999
M.D. North Ohio Heart Center, Inc.
Age 54
(3)
GARY C. SMITH PRESIDENT AND 1999 1999
Age 52 CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
(2-3-4) LNB Bancorp, Inc. and
The Lorain National Bank
7
165
BANK CORPORATION
PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION DIRECTOR DIRECTOR
NAME AND AGE FOR THE PAST FIVE YEARS SINCE SINCE
EUGENE M. SOFRANKO PRESIDENT AND 1974 1983
Age 69 CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
(1-2-4-5-6) Lorain Glass Company, Inc.
PAUL T. STACK* RETIRED 1974 1983
Age 70
(1-3)
LEO WEINGARTEN RETIRED 1964 1983
Age 80
(2-4-5-6)
(1) Member of Audit Committee (5) Member of Incentive Stock Option
(2) Member of Executive Committee Committee
(3) Member of Trust Committee (6) Member of Compensation Committee
(4) Member of Pension/Fringe Benefit (7) Alternate Member of Executive
Committee and Compensation Committees
(A) The Bank has retained the law firm of Cook and Batista Co., L.P.A. as
legal counsel for the last several years. During the last fiscal
year, the Bank has paid to Cook and Batista, Co., L.P.A., an amount
of $165,069. It is anticipated that this relationship will continue
during the current fiscal year.
(B) During the last fiscal year, the Bank has paid to The Lorain Printing
Company an amount of $110,501 for printing services and supplies. It
is anticipated that such business relationship will continue during
the current fiscal year.
*In February of 2000, Mr. Paul T. Stack advised the Corporation and Bank
that due to personal reasons he decided not to stand for reelection to the
Board of Directors. Mr. Stack has served as a member of the Board of
Directors of the Bank since 1974 - a period of 26 years. The Management
of the Bank, as well as the Board of Directors, wish to take this
opportunity to formally acknowledge and thank Mr. Stack for his faithful
and meritorious service which has contributed much to the Corporation and
Bank's progress and success.
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
LNB Bancorp, Inc. did not pay any separate compensation, other than
the Corporation's directors' fees, to its executive officers during 1999,
1998 and 1997. All executive compensation was paid by the Bank. The
information which follows discloses the annual and long-term compensation
for services in all capacities to the Corporation and the Bank for the
fiscal years
8
166
ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997, for each person who served as the
chief executive officer during 1999, and the four most highly-compensated
executive officers who made in excess of $100,000 during 1999 (the "Named
Executive Officers").
SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
The Named Executive Officers disclosure requirements affect the Chief
Executive Officer and those four (4) executive officers earning more than
$100,000 in salary and bonuses. In 1999, 1998 and 1997, Mr. James F.
Kidd, President and Chief Executive Officer*, Mr. Thomas P. Ryan,
Executive Vice President and Secretary/Treasurer, and Gregory D. Friedman,
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, met the criteria for
disclosure. In 1999, Mr. Gary C. Smith, President and Chief Executive
Officer*, Ms. Emma N. Mason, Senior Vice President and Senior Trust
Officer and Ms. Sandra L. Dubell, Senior Vice President and Senior Lending
Officer, met the criteria for disclosure.
The following table discloses the annual salary, bonuses and all other
compensation awards and payouts for services in all capacities to the
Corporation and the Bank for the fiscal years ended December 31, 1999,
1998 and 1997.
Compensation (1)
---------------------------------------------------
Annual
Name and ------------------------------------ All
Principal Position Year Salary Bonuses Other (2)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
James F. Kidd 1999 $229,336 $33,750 $25,444
President and 1998 $207,661 $ 0 $16,887
Chief Executive Officer* 1997 $180,962 $42,000 $22,441
Gary C. Smith** 1999 $124,094 $31,188 $ 817
President and
Chief Executive Officer*
Thomas P. Ryan 1999 $124,521 $18,225 $21,809
Executive Vice President and 1998 $119,226 $ 0 $15,213
Secretary/Treasurer 1997 $109,250 $16,350 $18,752
Gregory D. Friedman 1999 $114,109 $15,900 $12,031
Executive Vice President and 1998 $102,485 $ 0 $ 7,000
Chief Financial Officer 1997 $ 91,021 $13,365 $11,078
Emma N. Mason 1999 $102,093 $14,820 $12,681
Senior Vice President and
Senior Trust Officer
Sandra L. Dubell 1999 $ 89,301 $13,125 $ 9,324
Senior Vice President and
Senior Lending Officer
9
167
(1) The aggregate of other annual compensation is less than 10% of the
total of annual salary and bonus for all individuals for all years
presented and, therefore, is not required to be reported under the
SEC rules.
(2) All other compensation consisted of the following:
James F. Kidd: 1999 1998 1997
Contribution, in Mr. Kidd's behalf to:
The Bank's Stock Purchase Plan $5,000 $5,000 $ 4,800
The Bank's Employee Stock Ownership Plan $9,384 $5,137 $11,141
Mr. Kidd's Supplemental Life Insurance $2,600 $2,250 $ 2,250
Corporation director's fees $6,750 $4,500 $ 4,250
Anniversary Stock Award $1,710
Gary C. Smith** 1999
Contribution, in Mr. Smith's behalf to:
Mr. Smith's Supplemental Life Insurance $ 567
Corporation director's fees $ 250
Thomas P. Ryan: 1999 1998 1997
Contribution, in Mr. Ryan's behalf to:
The Bank's Stock Purchase Plan $4,192 $3,472 $ 3,768
The Bank's Employee Stock Ownership Plan $8,372 $3,828 $ 8,746
Mr. Ryan's Supplemental Life Insurance $2,745 $3,413 $ 2,238
Corporation director's fees $6,500 $4,500 $ 4,000
Gregory D. Friedman: 1999 1998 1997
Contribution, in Mr. Friedman's behalf to:
The Bank's Stock Purchase Plan $3,779 $2,981 $ 3,132
The Bank's Employee Stock Ownership Plan $7,625 $3,290 $ 7,269
Mr. Friedman's Supplemental Life Insurance $ 627 $ 729 $ 677
Emma N. Mason: 1999
Contribution, in Ms. Mason's behalf to:
The Bank's Stock Purchase Plan $3,409
The Bank's Employee Stock Ownership Plan $6,857
Ms. Mason's Supplemental Life Insurance $2,415
Sandra L. Dubell: 1999
Contribution, in Ms. Dubell's behalf to:
The Bank's Stock Purchase Plan $2,516
The Bank's Employee Stock Ownership Plan $6,007
Ms. Dubell's Supplemental Life Insurance $ 801
10
168
*On December 21, 1999, Gary C. Smith was appointed to succeed retiring
President and Chief Executive Officer, James F. Kidd.
**Hired May 3, 1999
STOCK OPTIONS GRANTED IN 1999
Individual Grants
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of % of Total
Securities Underlying Options/Stock
Options/Stock Appreciation Rights
Appreciation Rights Granted to Employees Exercise
Name Granted (#)* in 1999 Price
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Gary C. Smith 10,000 options 100% $30.00
President and
Chief Executive
Officer
LNB Bancorp, Inc.
Potential Realized Value at
Assumed Annual Rates of
Stock Price Appreciation
For Option Term
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Expiration
Date 5% 10%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 3, 2009 $115,400 $348,400
In 1999, the Corporation entered into a non-qualified incentive stock
option agreement with Gary C. Smith. Under this non-qualified incentive
stock option agreement, 10,000 shares were granted May 3, 1999. The
incentive stock options must be exercised within 10 years from the grant
date with 100% vesting from the grant date.
LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN AWARD TABLE (last fiscal year)
There were no long-term incentive plans or plan awards in 1999.
OPTION EXERCISES AND YEAR-END VALUE TABLE (last fiscal year)
AGGREGATED OPTION EXERCISES IN LAST FISCAL YEAR
AND FISCAL YEAR-END OPTION VALUE
Value of
Number of Unexercised
Unexercised In-the-Money
Shares Option Shares Option Shares
Acquired Value at FY-End (#) at FY-End ($)
on Realized Exercisable/ Exercisable/
Name Exercise (#) ($) (1) Unexercisable Unexercisable (1)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
James F. Kidd 2,143 $13,187 0/0 $0/$0
Gary C. Smith 0 0 10,000/0 $0/$0
Thomas P. Ryan 2,143 $13,187 0/0 $0/$0
Gregory D. Friedman 0 0 2,985/0 $3,668/$0
Emma N. Mason 0 0 0/0 $0/$0
Sandra L. Dubell 0 0 971/0 $2,334/$0
11
169
(1) Market value of underlying securities at exercise date or year end,
as the case may be, minus the exercise or price of "in-the-money"
options.
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
The Compensation Committee consists of: Daniel P. Batista, David M.
Koethe, Benjamin G. Norton, Stanley G. Pijor, Jeffrey F. Riddell, Eugene
M. Sofranko, and Leo Weingarten. Mr. Batista is a shareholder of the law
firm of Wickens, Herzer, Panza, Cook & Batista, formerly known as Cook and
Batista Co., L.P.A., which performs legal services for the Bank. During
1999, the Bank paid to Cook and Batista Co., L.P.A. legal fees in the
amount of $165,069. The amount of Mr. Batista's interest in such fees
cannot be practicably determined. Mr. Koethe is the former Chairman of
the Board of The Lorain Printing Company. During 1999, the Bank paid to
The Lorain Printing Company an amount of $110,501 for printing services
and supplies. The amount of Mr. Koethe's interest in such payments cannot
be practicably determined. Mr. Stanley G. Pijor entered into a Consulting
Agreement with the Bank dated March 15, 1994. The Consulting Agreement
provides that Mr. Pijor shall receive a consulting fee of $85,000 each
year for a period of five (5) years, commencing on January 1, 1996. The
Consulting Agreement also stipulates that Mr. Pijor will be provided with
an automobile and will be reimbursed for reasonable expenses relative to
his duties as a consultant during the term of the Consulting Agreement.
Mr. Pijor was also a party to a Supplemental Retirement Agreement entered
into with the Bank on December 31, 1987. Under the terms of this
Supplemental Retirement Agreement, Mr. Pijor shall receive supplemental
retirement benefits in the amount of $50,000 per year, for a period of ten
(10) years. The payment of these supplemental retirement benefits
commenced in January of 1996.
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE REPORT
The Bank's Compensation Committee has the responsibility of evaluating
and recommending to the Board of Directors, for its approval, the amount
of compensation, including salary, bonus, and other benefits, for all
officers of the Bank, including the Named Executive Officers and the Chief
Executive Officer.
It is the philosophy and policy of the Compensation Committee to
establish a compensation program for Bank officers to attract, motivate
and retain a highly qualified management team. The criteria used to
determine the recommended compensation of Bank officers includes their
level of responsibility, performance, experience, the Committee's judgment
as to the past performance and expected further contribution. A
comparison to the industry peer group as well as national and regional
surveys is also used. In addition, Messrs. James F. Kidd and Gary C.
Smith, as the Bank's Chief Executive Officers, evaluate the performance of
the other officers and present their evaluations and salary
recommendations for all officers, other than themselves and the Bank's
Internal Auditor (whose compensation is determined by the Bank's Audit
Committee), to the Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee is
also advised by independent compensation consultants concerning
compensation of Bank officers. Based upon the foregoing, the Compensation
Committee prepares a report on recommended base salaries for all officers.
In addition, in some cases, the
12
170
Compensation Committee recommends bonuses for certain officers of the Bank
based upon the attainment of preestablished performance goals. The
recommendations of the Compensation Committee regarding base salaries and
bonuses for all officers are subject to approval by the Board of
Directors.
As to each person who served as the Chief Executive Officer during 1999,
Messrs. James F. Kidd's and Gary C. Smith's compensations including
salary, bonus, and other benefits is also based upon a recommendation of
the Compensation Committee, which is then approved by the Board of
Directors. The factors and criteria considered by the Compensation
Committee included the pay level for CEOs of comparable banks, the
financial performance of the Bank, and the individual performance and
leadership of Messrs. Kidd and Smith. Based upon the foregoing, and based
upon the attainment of preestablished performance goals established by the
Compensation Committee, the Compensation Committee recommended a base
salary and bonus for Messrs. Kidd and Smith for 1999, in the amounts set
forth in the Summary Compensation Table, which amounts were approved by
the Board of Directors.
The members of the Compensation Committee are:
Daniel P. Batista Jeffrey F. Riddell
David M. Koethe Eugene M. Sofranko
Benjamin G. Norton Leo Weingarten
Stanley G. Pijor
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS
As of September 1, 1995, Mr. James F. Kidd entered into an Employment
Agreement with the Corporation and the Bank. The Employment Agreement
provides for Mr. Kidd's employment until he reaches the age of 65 as
President. Mr. Kidd shall be compensated at the initial rate of $124,000
with an annual compensation review each year thereafter. Mr. Kidd will
continue to receive his present fringe benefits and such additional
benefits as are set forth in the Bank's Employee Benefit Program. Mr.
Kidd's Employment Agreement was subsequently amended on March 3, 1999. In
addition to other revisions, the amended Employment Agreement provides for
termination by Mr. Kidd without cause at any time by giving the Board of
Directors of the Corporation at least ninety (90) days written notice of
his decision to terminate his Employment Agreement. In August of 1999, Mr.
Kidd provided notification to the Board of Directors of LNB Bancorp, Inc.
and The Lorain National Bank to terminate his Employment Agreement and
that on or about January 1, 2000, he would no longer remain as an active
employee of either of the two entities. Mr. James F. Kidd will remain an
active Director in the position as Vice Chairman of LNB Bancorp, Inc. and
The Lorain National Bank after December 31, 1999.
As of March 16, 1999, Mr. Gary C. Smith entered into an Employment
Agreement with the Corporation and the Bank. The Employment Agreement
provides the conditions for Mr. Smith's employment as Senior Executive
Vice President and subsequent appointment, on or about January 1, 2000, to
President and Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Smith shall be compensated at
the initial annual rate of $185,000 and increased to $200,000 upon
appointment to President and Chief Executive Officer, with an annual
compensation review each year
13
171
thereafter. Mr. Smith will participate in all other Corporate and Bank
employee benefits applicable to executive personnel. The Employment
Agreement provides Mr. Smith with the opportunity to purchase 10,000
shares of common stock of the Corporation under the provisions of an
Incentive Stock Option Agreement entered into on March 16, 1999.
The Employment Agreement provides for termination by the Corporation:
upon death of the employee, for cause, or through its Board of Directors
without cause at any time upon ninety (90) days prior written notice to
employee. The Employment Agreement may be terminated by Mr. Smith: for
cause, without cause by giving the Board of Directors of the Corporation
at least ninety (90) days written notice, or upon "Change in control of
the Corporation". If a "Change in control of the Corporation" occurs, the
Employment Agreement further provides that the Corporation shall pay to
Mr. Smith compensation for a period of two (2) years in an amount equal to
annual wages paid to Mr. Smith in the prior year. Assuming a change in
control were to have taken place at December 31, 1999, the amount payable
to Mr. Smith during the next two (2) years would be approximately
$311,694. Upon the termination of the Employment Agreement by Mr. Smith
due to breach of Employment Agreement by the Corporation, or termination
of the Employment Agreement by the Corporation without cause, the
Corporation shall pay Mr. Smith compensation for a period of one (1) year
in an amount equal to the annual wages paid to Mr. Smith in the prior
year. If the Employment Agreement had been terminated by the Corporation
as of December 31, 1999 due to breach or without cause, Mr. Smith would
have been entitled to compensation for one (1) year in the amount of
approximately $155,847. Upon the termination of the Employment Agreement
by Mr. Smith without cause, Mr. Smith and the Corporation shall be
released of all liabilities.
As of September 1, 1995, Mr. Thomas P. Ryan entered into an Employment
Agreement with the Corporation and the Bank. The Employment Agreement
provides for Mr. Ryan's employment until he reaches the age of 65 as
Executive Vice President. Mr. Ryan shall be compensated at the initial
rate of $97,500 with an annual compensation review each year thereafter.
Mr. Ryan will continue to receive his present fringe benefits and such
additional benefits as are set forth in the Bank's Employee Benefit
Program.
Mr. Ryan's Employment Agreement was subsequently amended on March 3,
1999. The following aspects of the Employment Agreement were amended.
The Employment Agreement provides for termination by the Corporation:
upon death of the employee, for cause, or through its Board of Directors
without cause at any time upon ninety (90) days prior written notice to
employee, and upon disability of the employee. The Employment Agreement
may be terminated by Mr. Ryan: for cause, upon "Change in control of the
Corporation" and upon a material and adverse change of employees: duties
or responsibilities, titles or offices, or membership on the Board of
Directors, with the Corporation as in effect at the date of said amendment
to Employment Agreement. Upon the termination of the Employment Agreement
by the Corporation without cause, or upon the termination of the
Employment Agreement by Mr. Ryan due to: breach of the Employment
Agreement by the Corporation, or a "Change in control of the Corporation",
or upon a material and adverse change of employees: duties or
responsibilities, titles or offices, or membership on the Board of
Directors of the Corporation, the Corporation shall pay Mr. Ryan, provided
he has not yet reached his sixty-third (63) birthday, compensation for a
period of two (2) years in an amount equal to the annual wages paid to Mr.
Ryan in the prior year. Assuming a "Change in control of the Corporation"
were to have taken place at December 31, 1999, or if the Employment
Agreement had been terminated by the
14
172
Corporation or Mr. Ryan for any of the above, the amount payable to Mr.
Ryan during the next two (2) years would be approximately $285,492. During
this two (2) year period, the Corporation shall continue to provide Mr.
Ryan with fringe benefits as described above. If Mr. Ryan is over the age
of sixty-three (63) at the time of termination, annual compensation and
fringe benefits as set forth above shall continue to be paid by the
Corporation to Mr. Ryan until Mr. Ryan reaches the age of sixty-five (65).
Mr. Ryan may elect, at his discretion, to be paid annual compensation
under this provision in a lump sum upon termination. Upon the termination
of the Employment Agreement by Mr. Ryan without cause, Mr. Ryan and the
Corporation shall be released from all liabilities.
PENSION PLAN
The Bank sponsors The Lorain National Bank Retirement Pension Plan (the
"Plan") covering substantially all employees of the Bank. An employee is
eligible to participate on January 1 or July 1 after the attainment of age
twenty-one (21) and completion of one (1) year of service, as defined in
the Plan. For the Plan year ended December 31, 1999, the Bank was not
required to make any contributions to the Plan.
Participants are eligible for normal retirement upon reaching age
sixty-five (65). Annual benefit payments are determined as a percentage
for the five (5) consecutive plan years that yield the highest average
salary. Participants in the Plan prior to January 1, 1989 will have
annual benefits reduced if they have less than fifteen (15) years of
continuous employment upon retirement. Participants who join the Plan
after January 1, 1989 will have benefit payments reduced if they have less
than twenty-five (25) years of continuous employment upon retirement. The
normal form of benefit payment is a joint and survivor annuity. Benefits
become fully vested after a participant has completed five (5) years of
service. The Plan also provides for the payment of early retirement,
death, disability, and deferred vested benefits in the form of a lump sum
distribution, or a monthly annuity.
Annual benefit payments under the provisions of the Plan are computed by
a formula, the factors of which include annual compensation, years of
service and the Social Security taxable wage base.
The Plan was amended, effective January 1, 1995, to allow the payment of
accrued benefits in the form of a lump sum distribution upon retirement at
normal retirement age. The estimated present value of the accrued benefit
using the Plan's actuarial equivalence assumptions for the Named Executive
Officers ranged from $496,000 to $540,000 as of December 31, 1999.
Assuming the participant selects the benefit payable in a ten (10) year
Certain and Life Annuity at normal retirement date, the following table
reflects annual benefits payable to the employee based upon average annual
compensation levels and twenty-five (25) years of service.
15
173
Employee's Annual Estimated Pension
Final Average Payments Assuming Minimum of
Annual Compensation 25 Years of Service
$250,000* $80,628
200,000* 80,628
160,000 80,628
100,000 48,372
*The current annual compensation limit with respect to determining an
employee's annual pension payment is currently limited by the Internal
Revenue Code to $160,000. The Plan reflects the annual compensation limit
and this results in a maximum annual pension payment of $80,628.
Therefore, an employee's annual estimated pension payment for final
average compensation levels of $160,000 and above remains at the $80,628
level. Pension benefits accrued prior to 1995 are grandfathered, if their
calculated benefit is greater than $80,628. These pension payments do not
reflect any additional retirement benefits which the employee may receive
in the form of Social Security and other forms of supplemental retirement
benefits. Messrs. James F. Kidd, Gary C. Smith, Thomas P. Ryan, Gregory
D. Friedman and Ms. Emma N. Mason and Ms. Sandra L. Dubell have
thirty-five (35), zero (0), thirty-eight (38), fourteen (14), twenty-one
(21) and twenty-eight (28) years of service respectively, under the
provisions of the Plan.
Benefit payments under the provisions of the Plan are computed using
formulas, the factors of which include annual compensation, years of
service, social security taxable wage base, and, in the case of a lump sum
distribution, current interest rates are also taken into consideration.
On July 30, 1996, the Bank entered into Supplemental Retirement
Agreements (SRA) with Mr. Thomas P. Ryan and Mr. Gregory D. Friedman. The
purpose of the SRA is to provide supplemental retirement benefits to
Messrs. Ryan and Friedman in addition to the benefits provided by the
Plan, to assist the Bank in retaining their services through their normal
retirement dates. The SRA provides for payments, monthly or annually, at
Messrs. Ryan and Friedman's election, in the event of: (a) normal
retirement;** (b) reduced supplemental retirement benefits in the event of
early retirement; (c) disability prior to retirement; (d) death; or (e)
discharge "without cause."
Under the terms of their SRA, Messrs. Ryan and Friedman will receive
supplemental retirement benefits for a period of ten (10) years. The full
benefit amount is equal to 70% of the compensation paid in the final year
of employment, less the Bank's pension benefit and Social Security
benefits. Messrs. Ryan and Friedman are entitled to the full benefit
amount if they retire on their normal retirement date;** 75% of the full
benefit amount if they retire at age 64; 50% of the full benefit amount if
they retire at age 63; 25% of the full benefit amount if they retire at
age 62; and no SRA benefit if they retire prior to age 62. In the event
of disability prior to retirement, the disabled individual would receive
their full SRA benefit amount beginning at age 65. In the event of death
prior to retirement, after meeting the eligibility and employment
requirements, the applicable benefit (based upon the decedent's age) is
payable to his designated beneficiary. In the event of discharge "without
cause", the discharged individual would receive
16
174
their full SRA benefit amount, as if he retired at age 65, commencing at
the recipient's discretion. The SRA is a non-qualified defined benefit
agreement. As of December 31, 1999, the monthly benefits that would be
paid at normal retirement age, would be $2,260 and $7,321 for Messrs. Ryan
and Friedman respectively.
Mr. Ryan's SRA was subsequently amended on March 3, 1999. In the event
Mr. Ryan resigns due to a "Change in control of the Corporation" or a
material and adverse change in duties or responsibilities, titles or
offices, or membership on the Board of Directors of the Corporation, Mr.
Ryan would receive his full SRA benefit amount, as if he retired at age
sixty-five (65), commencing at his discretion.
**Mr. Ryan's normal retirement date is April 1, 2003
**Mr. Friedman's normal retirement date is August 1, 2015
On June 15, 1999, the Bank entered into a new and restated Supplemental
Retirement Agreement (SRA) with Mr. James F. Kidd. The purpose of the SRA
is to provide for an increase in supplemental retirement benefits to Mr.
Kidd for his continued service to the Corporation and the Bank. The SRA
provides for payments to Mr. Kidd in the event of: (a) retirement; (b)
death; (c) discharge "without cause"; or (d) resignation due to change in
control.
The SRA provides that Mr. Kidd shall receive an annual benefit of
$53,474 each year for a period of ten (10) years commencing on March 1,
2000, provided that Mr. Kidd remains in continuous employ of the Bank and
retires from active employment with the Bank on or after January 1, 2000.
In the event of death prior to retirement, after meeting the employment
requirements, the benefit is payable to his designated beneficiary. In
the event of discharge "without cause", the discharged employee would
receive the annual benefit amount of $53,474 for ten (10) years. In the
event Mr. Kidd resigns due to a "Change in control of the Corporation",
the benefit amount shall be the total amount payable for the 10-year
period ($53,474 annually for ten (10) years) reduced by a 6% "present
value" discount and payable to Mr. Kidd within sixty (60) days of his
resignation. The SRA is a non-qualified defined benefit agreement. As of
December 31, 1999, the annual benefit that would be paid at retirement
would be $53,474 for Mr. Kidd.
PERFORMANCE GRAPH
The graph which follows compares the five (5) year cumulative total
return from investing $100 on December 31, 1994 in each of Corporation's
common stock, the Standard & Poor's 500 Index (S&P 500 Index) of
companies, and the National Association of Securities Dealers Association
Quotation System Bank Index (NASDAQ Bank Index) of companies, with
dividends assumed to be reinvested when received.
17
175
Comparison of Five Year Cumulative Total Return*
AMONG LNB BANCORP, INC., THE S & P 500 INDEX AND NASDAQ BANK INDEX
(PERFORMANCE GRAPH FOLLOWS IN PRINTED VERSION WITH YEARS 1994 THROUGH
1999 ON THE X-AXIS AND CUMULATIVE INVESTMENT ON THE Y-AXIS IN $100
INCREMENTS RANGING FROM $0 TO $400. THE CO-ORDINATES, BY YEAR, WHICH
ARE PRESENTED IN THE TABLE BELOW ARE PLOTTED ON THE PREVIOUSLY DESCRIBED
GRID ALONG WITH AN ACCOMPANYING LEGEND FOR IDENTIFICATION PURPOSES.)
*$100 INVESTED ON 12/31/94 IN STOCK OR INDEX INCLUDING REINVESTMENT OF
DIVIDENDS.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
December 31, 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
LNB Bancorp, Inc. $100 $118 $129 $129 $133 $110
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
S&P 500 Index $100 $138 $169 $226 $290 $351
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
NASDAQ Bank Index $100 $149 $197 $329 $327 $314
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
The following table sets forth the beneficial ownership of the
Corporation's Common Stock by each of the Corporation's directors and the
Corporation's Named Executive Officers, and the directors and executive
officers as a group as of January 31, 2000.
Shares of Common
Name of Beneficial Owner Stock Owned (1) Percent of Class
Daniel P. Batista (2) 61,976 1.5%
Robert M. Campana (3) 11,578 *
Terry D. Goode (4) 30,255 *
Wellsley O. Gray (5) 10,509 *
James R. Herrick 10,522 *
James F. Kidd (6) 54,307 1.3
David M. Koethe (7) 53,695 1.3
Benjamin G. Norton (8) 92,851 2.2
Stanley G. Pijor (9) 87,280 2.1
Jeffrey F. Riddell (10) 63,583 1.5
Thomas P. Ryan (11) 35,533 *
John W. Schaeffer (12) 6,948 *
Gary C. Smith 3,274 *
Eugene M. Sofranko (13) 29,849 *
Paul T. Stack (14) 10,303 *
18
176
Shares of Common
Name of Beneficial Owner Stock Owned (1) Percent of Class
Leo Weingarten (15) 111,100 2.7
All Directors and Executive
Officers as a Group
(23 in group) 748,192 18.1%
*Ownership is less than 1% of ------- ------
the class
(1)Except as otherwise noted, none of the named individuals shares with
another person either voting or investment power as to the shares
reported.
(2)Includes 39,863 shares subject to shared voting and investment power.
(3)Includes 11,310 shares subject to shared voting and investment power.
(4)Includes 6,858 shares subject to shared voting and investment power.
(5)Includes 3,393 shares subject to shared voting and investment power.
(6)Includes 13,674 shares subject to shared voting and investment power.
(7)Includes 195 shares subject to shared voting and investment power.
(8)Includes 46,370 shares subject to shared voting and investment power.
(9)Includes 32,982 shares subject to shared voting and investment power.
(10)Includes 30,762 shares subject to shared voting and investment power.
(11)Includes 14,856 shares subject to shared voting and investment power.
(12)Includes 3,640 shares subject to shared voting and investment power.
(13)Includes 22,631 shares subject to shared voting and investment power.
(14)Includes 1,275 shares subject to shared voting and investment power.
(15)Includes 9,277 shares subject to shared voting and investment power.
FIVE PERCENT (5%) BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF COMMON STOCK
As of December 31, 1999, no person was known by the Corporation to be
the beneficial owner of more than 5% of the outstanding shares of Common
Stock of the Corporation except as follows:
NAME AND ADDRESS OF SHARES OF COMMON PERCENT OF
BENEFICIAL OWNER STOCK OWNED CLASS
The Lorain National Bank 443,965(1) 10.8%
457 Broadway
Lorain, Ohio 44052
(1)These shares are held in various fiduciary capacities in the ordinary
course of business under numerous trust relationships by The Lorain
National Bank. As fiduciary, The Lorain National Bank has sole power to
dispose of 411,959 of these shares, shared power to dispose of 32,006 of
these shares, shared power to vote 141,034 of these shares, and sole
power to vote 32,006 of these shares.
19
177
INTEREST OF MANAGEMENT AND OTHERS IN CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
Some of the directors of the Corporation, and companies with which they
are associated, are customers of and had banking transactions with the
Bank in the ordinary course of the Bank's business during 1999. Loans and
commitments to loans included in such transactions were made on
substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as
were those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other
persons, and in the opinion of the Management of the Bank, do not involve
more than a normal risk of collectibility or present other unfavorable
features.
PROPOSED AMENDMENTS TO ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION AND CODE OF REGULATIONS
General:
The Board of Directors of Corporation has approved certain amendments
(the "Proposed Amendments") to the Corporation's Articles of Incorporation
and to its Code of Regulations, and has voted unanimously to recommend to
the shareholders that they approve and adopt the Proposed Amendments.
The Proposed Amendments are adopted by the Board of Directors for the
purposes discussed below. The Proposed Amendments would amend the
Articles of Incorporation and the Code of Regulations to:
a)Amend and restate Articles of Incorporation to simplify and update
language as authorized by Ohio law; which amendments would not
affect shareholders' rights;
b)State in the Articles of Incorporation that one of the purposes for
which the Corporation is formed is to qualify and act as a
"financial holding company" as defined by the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act
of 1999;
c)Removal of fair price and super majority vote provisions as
currently stated in Articles XIII and Articles XIV of the Articles
of Incorporation and relocate such provisions to the Code of
Regulations;
d)Amend and restate Code of Regulations to simplify and update
language as authorized by Ohio law; which amendments would not
affect shareholders' rights;
e)Provide that the number of directors on the Board of Directors may
periodically be changed and authorize the Board of Directors to fill
terms of directorships created by the Board of Directors;
f)Provide that directors and members of board committees may be
entitled to compensation and reimbursement for additional expenses
as the Board of Directors periodically determines in its sole
discretion; and
20
178
g)Provide for indemnification of shareholders, directors, officers,
employees and agents from claims arising from acts of the
Corporation or others acting on behalf of the Corporation.
The general purposes of the Proposed Amendments are to: promote
conditions of continuity and stability in the Corporation's business,
management and policies; enable the Corporation to qualify as a "financial
holding company" under the recently enacted Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999
and, therefore, permit the Corporation to take advantage of opportunities
afforded by this new Act; insure that its shareholders, directors,
officers, employees and agents are indemnified for, and released and held
harmless from and against, liabilities when they or other individuals act
in good faith on behalf of the Corporation. Enactment of the Proposed
Amendments will facilitate membership of the Corporation in the NASDAQ
stock market.
Before voting on the Proposed Amendments, shareholders are urged to read
carefully the following sections of this Proxy Statement and Appendices A
and B, which, respectively, set forth the full texts of the proposed
amended and restated Articles of Incorporation and Code of Regulations.
The Board of Directors has considered the advantages and disadvantages
of adopting the Proposed Amendments and has determined that such adoption
is in the best interests of the shareholders of the Corporation. However,
the shareholders may find that the Proposed Amendments are disadvantageous
to the extent that they allow the Board of Directors discretion in
changing the number of directors on the Board and filling the remaining
terms of office of directorships created by the Board of Directors.
Further, the provisions of the Proposed Amendments that provide to the
Board of Directors additional discretion over compensation of directors
and members of committees of the Board of Directors and that provide for
indemnification of shareholders, directors, officer, employees and agents
may add to the expenses of the Corporation.
Adoption of the Proposed Amendments requires the affirmative vote of the
holders of two-thirds (2/3) of the shares of the Corporation's common
stock entitled to notice of and to vote at the annual shareholder meeting.
The Board of Directors unanimously recommends a vote in favor of the
Proposed Amendments which are presented as Proposal 2 below.
The following summary descriptions of the Proposed Amendments are not
intended to be complete and are qualified in their entirety by reference
to the complete texts of the Proposed Amendments which are attached hereto
as Appendices A and B.
Purpose and Effect of Proposal 2:
(a)AMEND AND RESTATE ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION TO SIMPLIFY AND UPDATE
LANGUAGE AS AUTHORIZED BY OHIO LAW, WHICH AMENDMENTS WOULD NOT AFFECT
SHAREHOLDERS' RIGHTS
21
179
The proposed Articles of Incorporation simplify the language of the
current Articles of Incorporation without affecting shareholder's rights.
The proposed Articles of Incorporation are substantially the same as the
current Articles of Incorporation with two exceptions: (a) the proposed
amended and restated Articles of Incorporation add a purpose clause that
states that one purpose of the Corporation is to qualify and act as a
"financial holding company" as defined by the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of
1999 (the "Act"); and (b) the removal of fair price and super majority
vote provisions contained in Articles XIII and XIV of the Corporation's
current Articles of Incorporation; it is proposed that such provisions be
relocated to the Code of Regulations.
(b)STATE IN THE ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION THAT ONE OF THE PURPOSES FOR
WHICH THE CORPORATION IS FORMED IS TO QUALIFY AND ACT AS A "FINANCIAL
HOLDING COMPANY" AS DEFINED BY THE GRAMM-LEACH-BLILEY ACT OF 1999
The proposed Articles of Incorporation adopt language which states
that one purpose of the Corporation is to quality and act as a "financial
holding company" as defined by the Act. The Act authorizes a new type of
bank holding company called a "financial holding company", and generally
(with certain restrictions) permits a financial holding company or its
subsidiary to engage in any activity that is financial in nature,
including any type of insurance and securities activity, or become
affiliated with any type of financial company. New activities that now
are permissible include securities underwriting and dealing activities,
insurance underwriting and sales activities, merchant banking/equity
investment activities, and "complementary" nonfinancial activities. A
financial holding company also may engage in future activities that the
Federal Reserve determines to be financial in nature or incidental to
financial activities.
By enacting an amendment to the Articles of Incorporation that
states that one of the purposes for which the Corporation is formed is to
act as a "financial holding company", the Corporation will have the
ability to take advantage of the opportunities afforded by the new Act.
The Corporation, therefore, will be able to broaden the types of services
that it provides, and remain competitive.
(c)REMOVAL OF FAIR PRICE AND SUPER MAJORITY VOTE PROVISIONS AS CURRENTLY
STATED IN ARTICLES XIII AND XIV OF THE ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION AND
RELOCATE SUCH PROVISIONS TO THE CODE OF REGULATIONS
The removal of Articles XIII and XIV, the fair price and super
majority vote provisions, from the current Articles of Incorporation is
proposed as part of an effort to simplify and streamline the Corporation's
Articles of Incorporation. Articles of Incorporation, under present Ohio
law, generally are required to set forth only the name of the corporation,
its principal place of business, the purposes for which it is formed, and
its authorized number of shares and par value per share. Codes of
Regulations, on the other hand, are more detailed, and contain language
about voting requirements and requirements for effecting business
combinations. The Proposed Amendments keep the Articles of Incorporation
as simple and plain as possible. Because the fair price and super majority
vote provisions are not required to be included in the Corporation's
Articles of Incorporation and, in fact, more appropriately should be set
forth in its Code of Regulations, these provisions should be relocated to
the Code of Regulations. The
22
180
proposed amended and restated Code of Regulations contains provisions
(Article IX) substantively identical to Articles XIII and XIV of the
current Articles of Incorporation.
(d)AMEND AND RESTATE CODE OF REGULATIONS TO SIMPLIFY AND UPDATE
LANGUAGE AS AUTHORIZED BY OHIO LAW, WHICH AMENDMENTS WOULD NOT AFFECT
SHAREHOLDERS' RIGHTS
Many of the proposed revisions to the existing Code of Regulations
are nonsubstantive simplifications of provisions of the current Code of
Regulations. The proposed revisions do not affect substantive
shareholders' rights but are made in order to update and simplify the Code
of Regulations. The proposed revisions include the following:
The proposed Code of Regulations simplifies the proxy provisions of the
current Code of Regulations. The proposed revision simply states that a
shareholder may vote by written proxy submitted to the
Secretary/Treasurer or the President of the Corporation at or before a
shareholder meeting, and that the proxy is only valid for the
shareholder meeting designated therein. The current Code of Regulations
contains rather cumbersome provisions about powers of substitution and
voting and consenting authority if more than one (1) proxy is appointed,
and the media (telegram, cablegram, etc.) by which a proxy may be given.
It also states that no appointment of proxy shall be valid after the
expiration of eleven (11) months after it is made. The proposed amended
Code of Regulations substantially simplifies the lengthy language of the
current Code of Regulations regarding proxy voting.
The proposed Code of Regulations clarifies that Robert's Rules of Order
will be the parliamentary procedure for shareholders' meetings and for
directors' meetings. The current Code of Regulations does not describe
the parliamentary procedures that are to be followed.
The Proposed Amendments simplify the current Code of Regulations by
eliminating detail set forth in the current Code of Regulations
regarding the type of financial statement that will be considered during
shareholder meetings. The proposed Code of Regulations simply states
that financial statements shall be provided as required by law. Because
federal and state law contain explicit, detailed requirements regarding
the content of financial statements and opinions to be rendered
regarding the same, the detail set forth in the current Code of
Regulations is not necessary.
The proposed Code of Regulations expressly states that when acting on
the Corporation's behalf, no shareholder, director, officer, employee or
other agent of the Corporation shall discriminate against any person
because of race, religion, creed, sex, national origin, or handicap.
The current Code of Regulations does not contain this provision,
although the Corporation has a nondiscrimination policy.
The Proposed Amendments provide that the annual shareholder meeting must
be held each year no later than six (6)months after the close of the
Corporation 's
23
181
fiscal year; the current Code of Regulations does not set forth this six
(6)-month requirement, although the Corporation follows this practice.
The proposed Code of Regulations provides that a director may not vote
by proxy. The current Code of Regulations is silent with respect to
directors voting by proxy. This provision was added because it is
important for directors to interact when meeting about the Corporation's
business.
The proposed Code of Regulations states that the annual meeting of the
Board of Directors will be held following the annual shareholder
meeting. The current Code of Regulations states that the meeting will
be held "immediately" after adjournment of the shareholder meeting.
This provision will allow the directors more flexibility with respect to
their annual meeting.
The proposed Code of Regulations states that special meetings of the
Board of Directors may be called by any two (2)directors, the Chairman
of the Board or the President; the current Code of Regulations states
that special meetings may be held upon call of the Chairman of the Board
of Directors, the President, a Vice President, Secretary/Treasurer or
two (2) members of the Board of Directors. This amendment would
eliminate the ability of a Vice President or the Secretary/Treasurer to
call a special meeting of the Board of Directors.
The proposed Code of Regulations states that special meetings will be
held within seven (7) days of call as the Board, Chairman of the Board,
or President determines. It also provides that, at least two (2) days
before each Board Meeting (or a shorter time as the Chairman of the
Board or President determines reasonably necessary), the
Secretary/Treasurer of the Corporation or another officer shall
personally deliver notice to each director. The current Code of
Regulations states that any notice of a special meeting will be mailed
at least two (2) days before the date of the meeting and that the
determination of whether a meeting may be held in less than two (2) days
is at the discretion of the individual(s) calling the meeting. If less
than two (2) days 'notice is given, the purpose of the meeting must be
set forth in the notice. The proposed Code of Regulations does not
require that such a purpose be set forth in the notice of meeting.
The current Code of Regulations states that the Board of Directors of
the Bank (a subsidiary of the Corporation)may hold as directors a
minimum of One Thousand Dollars ($1,000.00) of value (market value) of
shares of the Corporation. The proposed Code of Regulations does not
contain this provision. Because this requirement deals with the Board
of Directors of the Bank, not the Corporation, such qualifications
should not be contained in the Code of Regulations of the Corporation.
The proposed Code of Regulations requires that action taken by the
executive committee of the Corporation shall be reported to the Board at
its first meeting thereafter, and that a majority of any members of the
committee shall constitute a
24
182
quorum at any meeting. The current Code of Regulations does not set
forth these provisions, which clarify the procedures of this committee.
The current Code of Regulations provides for a Director Emeritus-
Consultant who will have no vote at meetings of the Board of Directors.
The proposed Code of Regulations does not describe this office.
With respect to lost, mutilated or destroyed certificates, the current
Code of Regulations states that if any certificate is lost, mutilated or
destroyed, the Board of Directors may authorize the issuance of a new
certificate in place thereof upon such terms and conditions as it may
deem advisable. The proposed Code of Regulations states that, in its
sole discretion, the Board first may require a registered shareholder to
indemnify the Corporation and/or furnish a bond to the Corporation.
This provision would protect the Corporation from damages due to the
issuance of the new share certificate.
The proposed amended Code of Regulations sets forth definitions of terms
used in the Code of Regulations and, therefore, clarifies the meaning of
terms used therein.
The current Code of Regulations specifies Vice Presidents as officers
and describes their authority; the proposed Code of Regulations provides
for Executive and Senior Vice Presidents, and sets forth their duties;
these officers are in line with officers who currently are appointed by
the Board of Directors.
(e)PROVIDE THAT THE NUMBER OF DIRECTORS ON THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS MAY
PERIODICALLY BE CHANGED AND AUTHORIZE THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS TO FILL TERMS
OF DIRECTORSHIP'S CREATED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
The proposal to amend the Code of Regulations to provide that the number
of directors may periodically be changed, and vacancies filled, by the
Board of Directors is motivated by the enactment of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley
Act of 1999. As stated above, this Act allows the Corporation to acquire
companies that engage in non-banking financial activities or activities
incidental to financial activities. The Proposed Amendments allow the
Corporation to take advantage of opportunities afforded by this new Act.
Typically, an about-to-be-acquired company demands that it have
representation on the board of directors of the acquiring company. This
provision would allow the Board of Directors of the Corporation to
increase the number of its members to accommodate this typical demand.
Currently, the Code of Regulations states that the number of members of
the Board of Directors constituting the entire Board of Directors shall be
determined by a two-thirds (2/3) majority vote of continuing directors
(or, if there is no interested shareholder, a majority vote of the entire
Board of Directors of the Corporation), and the exact number shall be
fifteen (15) unless otherwise so determined; provided, however, that in no
event shall a change be made to the number of directors elected greater
than one (1) position in any one (1) year. The terms
25
183
"continuing directors" and "interested shareholder" are not defined in the
current Code of Regulations.
The proposed Code of Regulations states that the number of directors on
the Board of Directors may periodically be changed by the Board of
Directors (in its sole discretion) either: (a) by a two-thirds (2/3)
majority vote of the Continuing Directors, if the Corporation has an
Interested Shareholder; or (b) by a majority vote of the whole of Board of
Directors, if the Corporation has no Interested Shareholder. Should the
Board of Directors see fit to increase the number of Directors, then in
such an event, the Board shall (at any time in its sole discretion) elect
an individual to serve. The individual so elected shall be assigned to a
Director's class and shall serve the remaining term of the class to which
said individual was named. The term "Continuing Director" is defined
generally as a director not affiliated with an "Interested Shareholder",
who is defined as a beneficial owner of ten percent (10%) or more of the
voting shares of the Corporation. The proposed provisions are set forth
in their entirety on Appendix B. (See Article IV, Subsection l.d,
regarding appointment of directors, and Article IX, Section 1, which
defines "Continuing Director" and "Interested Shareholder".)
(f)PROVIDE THAT DIRECTORS AND MEMBERS OF BOARD COMMITTEES MAY BE
ENTITLED TO COMPENSATION AND REIMBURSEMENT FOR ADDITIONAL EXPENSES AS THE
BOARD OF DIRECTORS PERIODICALLY DETERMINES IN ITS SOLE DISCRETION
The proposed amended Code of Regulations also states that the directors
shall be entitled to such compensation in their capacity as directors and
to reimbursement for such expenses as the Board of Directors periodically
determines in its sole discretion, and also states that members of the
committees of the Board of Directors shall be entitled to additional
compensation in their capacities as committee members and to reimbursement
for such additional expenses, all as the Board of Directors periodically
determines in its sole discretion. This provision gives more discretion
to the Board of Directors with respect to their compensation than does the
current Code of Regulations. The current Code of Regulations states that
directors may receive a fixed sum and expenses for attendance at each
meeting, and members of the executive and any standing or special
committee may, by resolution of the Board of Directors, be allowed
compensation as the Board of Directors may deem reasonable. The purpose
of this provision is to promote conditions for continuity and stability
within the Board of Directors by ensuring that they have a say in how they
are compensated and reimbursed for expenses. The proposed provision is
set forth in its entirety on Appendix B. (See Article IV, Section 6.)
(g)PROVIDE FOR INDEMNIFICATION OF SHAREHOLDERS, DIRECTORS, OFFICERS,
EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS FROM CLAIMS ARISING FROM ACTS OF THE CORPORATION OR
OTHERS ACTING ON BEHALF OF THE CORPORATION
The proposed amended Code of Regulations also contains broad
indemnification and release provisions that are protective of
shareholders, directors, officers, employees and agents. Currently, the
Corporation's corporate documents contain rather vague language relating
to the protection of officers and directors with respect to acts performed
on behalf of the Corporation. For example, Article VII of the Articles of
Incorporation states that each officer, director, or member of any
committee designated by the Board of Directors shall, in the performance
of his duties, be "fully protected" in relying in good faith upon the
books of accounts or records made
26
184
by the Corporation by any of its officers, employees, or committees, or by
an independent public accountant or appraiser selected with reasonable
care by the Board of Directors.
The proposed amended Code of Regulations states that, to the fullest
extent permitted by law, the Corporation shall indemnify and hold harmless
any and all past and present shareholders, directors, officers, employees
and other agents from and against all liabilities arising or resulting
from any claim under which the indemnified individual is a party or
participant because of actions or omissions of the Corporation or of the
indemnified individual or of any shareholder, director, officer, employee,
agent or other person acting in any capacity at the request of or on
behalf of the Corporation. This indemnification applies if the
indemnified individual has acted in good faith and in the best interests
of the Corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding,
if the indemnified individual had no reasonable cause to believe the
indemnified individual's conduct was unlawful.
The proposed amended Code of Regulations also contains a release
provision. It states that, to the fullest extent authorized or permitted
by law, no indemnified individual shall be liable to the Corporation
because of any action or omission of such indemnified individual at the
request of or on behalf of the Corporation.
To the extent of any payment by the Corporation with respect to its
obligations under these proposed new provisions, the Corporation will be
subrogated to all the indemnified individual's rights of recovery from any
other person. Further, the Corporation is expressly authorized to
purchase and maintain insurance (and/or have similar protection, such as a
trust fund, letter of credit or self-insurance) covering liabilities
incurred due to activities performed on behalf of Corporation.
The purpose of these Proposed Amendments is to promote conditions of
continuity and stability in the Corporation 's business, management and
policies. In order to protect shareholders, and to attract and maintain
qualified officers, employees, and members of the Board of Directors, it
is of utmost importance that they be protected for actions that they take
in good faith when performing the business of the Corporation. The
proposed provisions are set forth in their entirety on Appendix B. (See
Article VI.)
POSSIBLE ANTI-TAKEOVER EFFECTS OF PROPOSAL 2
The Board of Directors does not believe that any of the Proposed
Amendments to either the Articles of Incorporation or the Code of
Regulations will have a significant impact on any attempt to gain control
of the Corporation. It is possible, however, that the amendment to the
Code of Regulations that enables the Board to periodically change the
number of directors could discourage third parties from attempting to gain
such control since the Board could appoint individuals who would oppose a
hostile attempt to gain control. Accordingly, such an amendment could
dissuade a person attempting to acquire control of the Corporation,
increase the cost of acquiring such control or otherwise hinder such
efforts.
The Corporation's Articles of Incorporation and Code of Regulations as
presently drafted already contain certain provisions that may be viewed as
having anti-takeover effects. These provisions remain unchanged in the
Proposed Amendments. The Corporation's Board of Directors is still
divided into three (3) classes with approximately one-third (1/3) of the
members of the Board nominated for election each year. An affirmative vote
of at least 75% of the
27
185
Corporation's outstanding voting power and advance notice is still
required from shareholders nominating a director. In addition, an
affirmative vote of 75% of the Corporation's outstanding voting power is
still required in order to approve certain business transactions (such as
mergers or disposition of substantially all of its assets) involving an
"interested shareholder", defined as another entity owning 10% or more of
the outstanding capital stock of the Corporation, unless first approved by
a majority of the Corporation's directors not affiliated with the
interested shareholder. Further, the Code of Regulations still requires
the approval of 66-2/3% of the outstanding shares, exclusive of the shares
held by the interested shareholder, or the payment of a "fair price" as
defined in the amended Code of Regulations, for any shares acquired by an
interested shareholder unless approved by the directors who are not
affiliated with the interested shareholder.
The Corporation is also subject to two (2) sets of provisions under the
Ohio General Corporation Law which are referred to as the "Control Share
Acquisition Act" and the "Merger Moratorium Statute". The Control Share
Acquisition Act prescribes certain notice and informational filings, and
special meeting and voting procedures, which must be followed prior to the
consummation by an acquirer of a company's voting shares within any of the
following ranges: 20% or more but less than 33-1/3%; 33-1/3% but less
than a majority; and a majority or more. The acquisition may be made if
it is approved by both a majority of the voting power of the company and a
majority of the voting power remaining after excluding the voting power of
the acquirer and certain affiliated parties. The Merger Moratorium
Statute regulates certain business combinations between a "public company"
and a "interested shareholder" such as mergers or disposition of
substantially all of the company's assets. Subject to certain exceptions,
these transactions are prohibited for a three-year period. Prior to the
end of the three-year period, a prohibited transaction may take place
provided certain conditions are satisfied.
The Board of Directors is not aware of any present threat or attempt to
gain control of the Corporation and the Proposed Amendments described
herein are not in response to any such action. Furthermore, the Proposed
Amendments are not part of a plan by the Corporation to adopt a series of
amendments with an anti-takeover purpose and the Corporation does not
currently intend to propose anti-takeover measures in future proxy
solicitations.
RECOMMENDATION AND REQUIRED VOTE
The affirmative vote of two-thirds (2/3) of the outstanding voting stock
of LNB Bancorp, Inc. is required for approval of Proposal 2. An
affirmative vote for Proposal 2 to amend the Articles of Incorporation and
the Code of Regulations will be an affirmative vote for all subheadings
under Proposal 2 - subheadings 2(a) through 2(g). THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
UNANIMOUSLY APPROVES AND RECOMMENDS TO SHAREHOLDERS THE ADOPTION OF
PROPOSAL 2.
PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANTS
The independent accounting firm of KPMG LLP has served as the principal
accountants for the Bank since 1972. A representative of the firm will be
present at the Annual Meeting and will be available to respond to
questions.
28
186
SHAREHOLDER PROPOSALS FOR NEXT ANNUAL MEETING
Shareholders may submit proposals appropriate for shareholder action at
the Corporation's Annual Meeting consistent with the regulations of the
Securities and Exchange Commission. For proposals to be considered for
inclusion in the Proxy Statement for the 2001 Annual Meeting, they must be
received by the Corporation no later than December 18, 2000. Such
proposals should be directed to LNB Bancorp, Inc., Attention: Shareholder
Relations, 457 Broadway, Lorain, Ohio 44052.
OTHER BUSINESS
The Board of Directors knows of no business that will come before the
meeting for action except as described in the accompanying Notice of
Meeting. However, as to any such business, the persons designated as
proxies will have discretionary authority to act in their best judgment.
COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 16(A) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT
Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act requires the Corporation's
officers and directors to file reports of ownership and changes of
ownership of the Corporation's registered securities on Forms 3, 4 and 5
with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC).
The Corporation believes that all officers and directors complied with
all filing requirements applicable to them with respect to transactions
during fiscal year 1999.
ANNUAL REPORT
A copy of the Corporation's Annual Report has been mailed to
shareholders prior to the meeting. The Annual Report is not intended to
be part of this Proxy Statement. A report of the operations of the
Corporation and the Bank for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1999 will
be presented at the annual meeting. A copy of the Corporation's Annual
Report on Form 10-K under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is available
to shareholders without charge upon request to Thomas P. Ryan, Executive
Vice President and Secretary/Treasurer, LNB Bancorp, Inc., 457 Broadway,
Lorain, Ohio 44052-1739.
By Order of the Board of Directors
/s/Thomas P. Ryan
Thomas P. Ryan
Executive Vice President
and Secretary/Treasurer
29
187
THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK
188
APPENDIX A
AMENDED ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
OF
LNB BANCORP, INC.
Pursuant to Sections 1701.69, 1701.71, and 1701.72 of the Ohio Revised
Code, these Amended Articles of Incorporation of LNB Bancorp, Inc. (herein
called the "Corporation") hereby supersede Corporation's existing Articles
of Incorporation and shall read as follows:
FIRST. The name of Corporation shall be LNB Bancorp, Inc.
SECOND. The place in Ohio where Corporation's principal office is to
be located is the City of Lorain, Lorain County.
THIRD. The purpose for which Corporation is formed is to engage in
any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be formed under
Sections 1701.01 through 1701.98, inclusive, of the Ohio Revised Code,
including (but not limited to) to qualify and act as a "financial holding
company" as defined by the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999.
FOURTH. The number of shares (collectively, the "Shares") which
Corporation is authorized to have outstanding is 16,000,000 Shares
consisting of: (i) 15,000,000 of common Shares, $1.00 par value (the
"Common Shares"); and (ii) 1,000,000 of voting preferred Shares, no par
value (the "Voting Preferred Shares") as follows:
A. Common Shares:
The holders of the Common Shares are entitled at all times
to one (1) vote for each Share and to such dividends as the Board of
Directors may in its discretion periodically declare, subject, however, to
the voting and dividend rights of the holders of the Voting Preferred
Shares. In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of
Corporation, the remaining assets of Corporation after the payment of all
debts and necessary expenses shall be distributed among the holders of the
Common Shares pro rata in accordance with their respective Share holdings,
subject, however, to the rights of the holders of the Voting Preferred
Shares then outstanding. The Common Shares are subject to all of the
terms and provisions of the Voting Preferred Shares as established by the
Board of Directors as herein provided.
B. Voting Preferred Shares:
The Board of Directors is hereby expressly authorized to
adopt amendments to the Articles of Incorporation to provide for the
issuance, in its discretion, of one (1) or more series of Voting Preferred
Shares; to establish periodically the number of Shares to be included in
each such series; and to fix the designation, powers, preferences,
dividend rights and other rights of the Voting Preferred Shares of each
such series and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof,
to the fullest extent permitted bu the Ohio General Corporation Law, as
the same is now in effect of hereafter amended. The holders of Voting
Preferred Shares shall be entitled at all times to one (1) vote for each
Voting Preferred Share, voting as a class.
1
189
Voting Preferred Shares redeemed or otherwise acquired by Corporation
shall assume the status of authorized but unissued Voting Preferred
Shares, shall be unclassified as to series, and may hereafter be reissued
in the same manner as other authorized but unissued Voting Preferred
Shares.
FIFTH. Corporation is hereby authorized to purchase through action
of its Board of Directors, without the approval of the holders of any
Shares of any class and upon such terms and conditions as the Board of
Directors determines: (1) Shares of any class or series issued by
Corporation, subject to express terms of such Shares; (2) any security
or other obligation of the Corporation which may confer upon the holder
thereof the right to convert the same into Shares of any class or series
authorized by the Articles of Incorporation; and (3) any security or other
obligation which may confer upon the holder thereof the right to purchase
Shares of any class of series authorized by these Articles of
Incorporation. By action of Corporation's Board of Directors and without
approval of the holders of any Shares of any class, Corporation shall also
have the right to purchase Shares of any class issued by Corporation if
and when any holder of Shares desires to (or, upon the happening of any
event, is required to) sell such Shares.
SIXTH. No holder of any Shares of any class shall have the right to
vote cumulatively in the election of Directors to Corporation's Board of
Directors.
SEVENTH. No holder of the Shares of any class shall have any
preemptive right to subscribe for or to purchase any Shares of any class
whether now or hereafter authorized.
Dated:_________________
2
190
APPENDIX B
AMENDED
CODE OF REGULATIONS
OF
LNB BANCORP, INC.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE
ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS AND USAGE
SECTION 1. Definitions 1
SECTION 2. Word Usage 2
SECTION 3. Ohio Law 2
ARTICLE II SHAREHOLDER MEETINGS
SECTION 1. Annual Shareholder Meetings 2
SECTION 2. Special Shareholder Meetings 2
SECTION 3. Record Dates 3
SECTION 4. Notice 3
SECTION 5. Quorum and Attendance 4
SECTION 6. Voting 4
SECTION 7. Proxies 4
SECTION 8. Parliamentary Procedure and Minutes 4
SECTION 9. Action by Shareholders in Writing Without a Meeting 5
ARTICLE III BOARD MEETINGS
SECTION 1. Annual Reorganizational Board Meeting 5
SECTION 2. Regular Board Meetings 5
SECTION 3. Special Board Meetings 5
SECTION 4. Notice 6
SECTION 5. Quorum and Attendance 6
SECTION 6. Voting 6
SECTION 7. Election of Officers 7
SECTION 8. Parliamentary Procedure 7
SECTION 9. Action by Directors in Writing Without a Meeting 7
SECTION 10. Amendments to Article III 7
i
191
PAGE
ARTICLE IV BOARD OF DIRECTORS
SECTION 1. Number, Election, Qualification and Term 8
SECTION 2. Board Vacancies 9
SECTION 3. Board Powers and Duties 9
SECTION 4. Voting 10
SECTION 5. Board Committees 10
SECTION 6. Compensation and Expenses 10
SECTION 7. Bylaws 10
SECTION 8. Amendment of Article IV 10
ARTICLE V OFFICERS
SECTION 1. Designation and Qualification 11
SECTION 2. Officer Vacancies and Succession 11
SECTION 3. Powers and Duties of Officers 12
ARTICLE VI INDEMNIFICATION OF SHAREHOLDERS, DIRECTORS,
OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS
SECTION 1. Definitions 13
SECTION 2. Indemnification for Third-Party Claims 13
SECTION 3. Indemnification for Claims by or in the Right of the
Corporation 13
SECTION 4. Release from Liability and Contribution 14
SECTION 5. Subrogation 14
SECTION 6. Insurance and Similar Protection 14
SECTION 7. Other Rights 14
SECTION 8. Conditions and Limitations 15
ARTICLE VII SHARES
SECTION 1. Certificates and Share Records 15
SECTION 2. Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Share Certificates 15
SECTION 3. Cancellation of Share Certificates 16
SECTION 4. Transfer of Shares 16
ARTICLE VIII OTHER INSTRUMENTS
SECTION 1. Prior Instruments 16
SECTION 2. Conflicts of Instruments 16
ii
192
PAGE
ARTICLE IX FAIR PRICE AND SUPER VOTE REQUIREMENTS
IN CERTAIN BUSINESS COMBINATIONS
SECTION 1. Definitions 16
SECTION 2. Supermajority Vote to Effect Business Combination 18
SECTION 3. Conditions Required to Effect Business Combination 18
SECTION 4. Conditions and Requirements to Fair Price 19
SECTION 5. Other Applicable Voting Requirements 20
SECTION 6. Continuing Directors 20
SECTION 7. Effects on Fiduciary Obligations of Interested
Shareholders 20
SECTION 8. Further Considerations to Effect Business
Combination 20
SECTION 9. Repeal 21
ARTICLE X AMENDMENTS AND MISCELLANEOUS
SECTION 1. Amendments 21
SECTION 2. Miscellaneous 21
iii
193
THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK
194
AMENDED
CODE OF REGULATIONS
OF
LNB BANCORP, INC.
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS AND USAGE
Section 1. Definitions.
For purposes of these Regulations, the following words and phrases have
the meanings designated below:
a. "Articles of Incorporation" herein means the Corporation's
articles of incorporation filed with the Secretary of State of Ohio on
October 11, 1983, all amendments thereto and restatements thereof, and all
amended articles of incorporation.
b. "Board" herein means the Board of Directors of the Corporation.
c. "Board Meeting" herein means any Annual Reorganizational Board
Meeting, Regular Board Meeting or Special Board Meeting (as defined in
Article III, Sections 1, 2 and 3, respectively).
d. "Committees" herein means those Board Committees designated in
Article IV of these Regulations.
e. "Common Shares" herein means the Corporation's issued and
outstanding common shares as defined in the Articles of Incorporation.
f. "Corporation" herein means LNB Bancorp, Inc.
g. "Days" herein means calendar days.
h. "Director" herein means any person properly elected or appointed
to the Board and holding the office as a Director as described in Article
IV of these Regulations.
i. "Interested Shareholder" herein means any Shareholder of the
Corporation (as defined in Article IX, Section 1g.).
j. "Officer" herein means any person properly elected or appointed to
an Officership designated in Section 1 of Article V of these Regulations.
k. "Person" herein means an individual, partnership, trust,
corporation, limited liability company, or other entity.
1
195
l. "Regulations" herein means these amended Regulations.
m. "Share" herein means a unit of the Corporation's issued and
outstanding voting shares as evidenced by a share certificate and shall
consist of: (i) Common Shares, and (ii) Voting Preferred Shares.
n. "Shareholder" herein means any Person who or which hereafter owns
at least one (1) Share; provided, however, any such Person shall cease
being a "Shareholder" for purposes of these Regulations immediately when
such Person no longer owns at least one (1) Share.
o. "Shareholder Meeting" herein means any Annual Shareholder Meeting
or any Special Shareholder Meeting (as defined in Article II, Sections 1
and 2, respectively).
p. "Voting Preferred Shares" herein means the Corporation's issued
and outstanding voting preferred shares as defined in the Articles of
Incorporation.
Section 2. Word Usage.
Where the context of these Regulations require, words used in the
masculine shall include the feminine and neuter; words in the singular,
the plural; and vice-versa.
Section 3. Ohio Law.
These Regulations are adopted in the State of Ohio and Ohio's laws shall
govern all matters of interpretation, construction and validity and all
disputes, controversies and litigation arising hereunder.
ARTICLE II
SHAREHOLDER MEETINGS
Section 1. Annual Shareholder Meetings.
a. The annual meeting of the Shareholders (herein called the "Annual
Shareholder Meeting") shall be held at the Corporation's principal office
on the third Tuesday in April of each year (but, if a legal holiday, then
on the next following business day), or on such other day and at such
other time and place (within or without the State of Ohio) as the Board
determines and calls in its sole discretion; provided, however, that the
Annual Shareholder Meeting must be held each year no later than six (6)
months after the close of the Corporation's fiscal year.
b. The purposes of the Annual Shareholder Meeting are to elect
Directors, receive all Corporation's annual financial statements as
required by law, receive and act upon annual and other reports of the
Officers and the Board, transact other Shareholder business and
activities, and take any other Shareholder actions.
2
196
Section 2. Special Shareholder Meetings.
a. Special meetings of the Shareholders (herein called a "Special
Shareholder Meeting") may be called by the registered holders of at least
twenty-five percent (25%) of the Corporation's Shares, by the Chairman of
the Board, by the Vice-Chairman of the Board, by the Chief Executive
Officer (as designated by the Board under Section 1 of Article V of these
Regulations), by the Chief Operating Officer (if any is so designated by
the Board under Section 1 of Article V), or by the Board (by action at any
Board Meeting or by a majority of the Directors acting without a Board
Meeting) through a written request delivered either in person or by
registered United States mail to the President or the Secretary of the
Corporation.
b. All Special Shareholder Meetings shall be held within sixty (60)
days of call, on the day, at the time and at the place (within or without
the State of Ohio) as the Board determines.
c. The purpose(s) of any Special Shareholder Meeting may be to
transact any Shareholder business and activities and to take any
Shareholder actions.
Section 3. Record Dates.
a. For purposes of determining those Shareholders entitled to (1)
receive Notice (as defined in Section 3 hereof) of any Shareholder
Meeting, or (2)receive dividends or distributions, or (3)exercise any
other Shareholder rights, the Board shall fix record dates (herein called
"Record Dates") not earlier than the date on which the Record Date is
established and not more than sixty(60) days prior to the designated
event. If the Board fails to fix a Record Date, the Record Date shall be
deemed to be the date immediately preceding the day on which either the
Notice is given or, if applicable, on which the Shareholder Meeting is held.
b. Unless otherwise provided by law, only holders of Shares actually
registered in the holder's name on the Corporation's Share records at the
close of business on the Record Date shall be recognized and counted for
the applicable purposes designated in Section 3a., above.
Section 4. Notice.
a. The President or Secretary of the Corporation shall prepare
written notice (herein called "Notice") stating the date, time, place and
purpose(s) of each Shareholder Meeting. Not less than ten (10) nor more
than sixty (60) days before any Shareholder Meeting, the President or
Secretary of the Corporation either shall cause personal delivery of the
Notice or shall mail (by ordinary United States mail, postage prepaid) the
Notice to each registered holder (as of the Record Date) of the
Corporation's Shares at the address then appearing on the Corporation's
Share records. All Notices with respect to any Shares in the names of two
(2) or more Persons may be given to any of such Persons and the Notice so
given shall be effective as to all holders of such Shares. Any Person who
becomes a Shareholder after the Notice has been delivered or mailed shall
be deemed to have received and shall be bound by such Notice.
b. Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, a Shareholder's
attendance (in person or by proxy) at any Shareholder Meeting waives any
lack of or deficiency in Notice of
197
3
198
such Meeting and a Shareholder may further waive Notice (before, after or
during any Shareholder Meeting) through a written document signed by such
Shareholder.
c. Notice of adjournment of any Shareholder Meeting need not be given
if the date, time and place to which the Meeting is adjourned are fixed
and announced at such Meeting.
Section 5. Quorum and Attendance.
a. The Shareholders present (in person or by proxy) constitute a
quorum for the transaction of business at any Shareholder Meeting, unless
otherwise expressly provided in the Articles of Incorporation or these
Regulations unless otherwise required by law.
b. Whether or not a quorum exists, a majority of the Shares
(represented in person or by proxy) at any Shareholder Meeting may adjourn
the Meeting.
Section 6. Voting.
a. Except as otherwise modified by the express terms of any Shares,
by the Articles of Incorporation, or by these Regulations, each holder of
a Share shall be entitled to one (1) vote for each Share registered in
such holder's name on the Corporation's Share records as of the Record
Date.
b. At any Shareholder Meeting, all matters properly submitted to the
Shareholders shall be decided by a majority vote of the Shares represented
in person or by proxy, unless otherwise provided in these Regulations or
in the Articles of Incorporation or otherwise required by law.
Section 7. Proxies.
a. A Shareholder may be represented and vote at any Shareholder
Meeting by written proxy signed by such Shareholder (or by the
Shareholder's duly authorized officer) and submitted to the Secretary or
the President of the Corporation at or before the Shareholder Meeting.
Such Proxy shall be valid for only the Shareholder Meeting designated
therein and shall name as proxy only another Shareholder.
b. A Shareholder may exercise any Shareholder consents, waivers,
releases or other Shareholder rights by written proxy signed by such
Shareholder (or by the Shareholder's duly authorized officer) and
submitted to the Secretary or the President of the Corporation prior to
the exercise thereof.
Section 8. Parliamentary Procedure and Minutes.
a. Robert's Rules of Order (as periodically revised) constitute the
final authority for parliamentary procedures at all Shareholder Meetings,
except where such Rules conflict with law or with these Regulations.
b. At all Shareholder Meetings, the order of business shall be as
follows:
4
199
(1) Roll call or attendance record;
(2) Presentation and action upon Minutes of previous Shareholder
Meeting;
(3) Unfinished (old) business;
(4) Review of Annual Financial Statements of the Corporation;
(5) Financial or other reports of the Board;
(6) Financial or other reports of Officers;
(7) Reports of Committees (if any);
(8) Election of Directors (if applicable);
(9) New or miscellaneous business; and
(10) Adjournment.
The order of business may be periodically changed for any Shareholder
Meeting by the Chairman of the Meeting or by a majority vote of the Shares
present (in person or by proxy) at such Meeting.
c. The Secretary of the Corporation shall cause to be recorded
Minutes of all Shareholder Meetings.
Section 9. Action by Shareholders in Writing Without a Meeting.
Notwithstanding any contrary provision in these Regulations,
Shareholders may properly and officially act without a Meeting through a
written document or documents signed by the registered holders of all
Shares as of the Record Date for such action and all such documents shall
be filed with or entered upon the records of the Corporation.
ARTICLE III
BOARD MEETINGS
Section 1. Annual Reorganizational Board Meeting.
a. The annual reorganizational meeting of the Board (herein called
the "Annual Reorganizational Board Meeting") shall be held each year
following the Annual Shareholder Meeting at such time and place (within or
without the State of Ohio) as determined by the Board but, in no event,
later than six (6) months after the close of the Corporation's fiscal
year.
b. The purposes of the Annual Reorganizational Board Meeting are to
elect Officers, receive and act upon any reports, transact any other Board
business and activities, and take any other Board actions.
5
200
Section 2. Regular Board Meetings.
Regular meetings of the Board (herein called "Regular Board Meetings")
shall be periodically held on the days and at the times and places (within
or without the State of Ohio) as the Board (in its sole discretion)
determines.
Section 3. Special Board Meetings.
a. Special meetings of the Board (herein called "Special Board
Meetings") may be called by any two (2) Directors, the Chairman of the
Board, or the President.
b. All Special Board Meetings shall be held within seven (7) days of
call, at the time and at the place (within or without the State of Ohio)
as the Board, the Chairman of the Board or the President determines.
c. The purpose(s) of any Special Board Meeting may be to transact any
Board business and activities and to take any Board actions.
Section 4. Notice.
a. The Secretary of the Corporation or any other Officer shall give
to each Director written or oral notice (herein called "Notice") stating
the date, time and place (but not necessarily the purposes) of each Board
Meeting. At least two (2) days before each Board Meeting (or such shorter
time period as the Chairman of the Board or the President determines to be
reasonably necessary), the Secretary of the Corporation (or any other
Officer) shall cause personal delivery or other communication of the
Notice or shall mail (by ordinary United States mail, postage prepaid) the
Notice to each Director.
b. Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, a Director's
attendance at any Board Meeting constitutes such Director's waiver of any
failure to give or deficiency in Notice of such Meeting and a Director may
further waive Notice (before, after or during any Board Meeting) through a
written document signed by such Director.
c. Notice of adjournment of any Board Meeting need not be given if
the date, time and place to which the Meeting is adjourned are fixed and
announced at such Meeting.
Section 5. Quorum and Attendance.
a. A majority of the Directors in office (who must be present in
person) constitutes a quorum for the transaction of business at any Board
Meeting. A quorum must exist as a condition precedent to (and at the time
of) the transaction of any Board business or the vote upon any matter
submitted to the Board.
b. Whether or not a quorum exists, a majority of the Directors
present in person at any Board Meeting may adjourn the Meeting.
6
201
Section 6. Voting.
a. Upon all matters properly submitted to the Board, each Director in
office shall be entitled to one (1) vote but Directors shall vote and act
as a Board.
b. At any Board Meeting, all matters properly submitted to the Board
shall be decided by a majority vote of all the Directors present in person
at the Board Meeting, unless otherwise provided in these Regulations or
required by law.
c. A Director may not vote, consent, take any action as a Director or
be represented at a Board Meeting by proxy. Only Directors present in
person at a Board Meeting during the actual transaction of a matter may
vote thereon.
d. For purposes of these Regulations, a Director shall be deemed to
be "present in person" at any Board Meeting if such Director:
(i) participates at the Board Meeting by means of communications equipment
but only if all Directors participating at the Board Meeting can hear each
other Director, or (ii) is actually physically present at the Board
Meeting; provided, however, that a Director who is deemed to be present in
person at any Board Meeting pursuant to subitem (i) of this Section 6d.
shall not be entitled to Director's fees or compensation for such Board
Meeting.
Section 7. Election of Officers.
a. At each Annual Reorganizational Board Meeting, the Board shall
elect Officers to serve until their respective successors are elected at
the next Annual Reorganizational Board Meeting, or until their earlier
death, disqualification, resignation or removal from office.
b. If no Annual Reorganizational Board Meeting is held or if all
Officers are not elected at the Annual Reorganizational Board Meeting, the
Board shall elect any remaining unelected Officers at a Special or Regular
Board Meeting and such Officers shall serve until their respective
successors are elected at the next Annual Reorganizational Board Meeting,
or until their earlier death, disqualification, resignation or removal
from office.
c. Any Director in office may designate Persons (qualified under
Section 1 of Article V of these Regulations) as nominees for Officers.
Only nominees are eligible to be elected Officers and nominees receiving
the greatest number of votes shall be so elected.
d. Any Person (who is qualified as designated in Section 1 of Article
V) shall be eligible to serve and to be elected for an unlimited number of
consecutive or non-consecutive terms as an Officer.
Section 8. Parliamentary Procedure.
a. Robert's Rules of Order (as periodically revised) constitute the
final authority for parliamentary procedures at all Board Meetings, except
where such Rules conflict with law or with these Regulations.
7
202
b. The Secretary of the Corporation shall cause to be recorded
Minutes of all Board Meetings.
Section 9. Action by Directors in Writing Without a Meeting.
Notwithstanding any contrary provision in these Regulations, the Board
may properly and officially act without a Meeting through a written
document or documents signed by all Directors then serving on the Board
and all such documents shall be filed with or entered upon the records of
the Corporation.
Section 10. Amendments to Article III.
Notwithstanding any contrary provision in these Regulations, amendments
to any provision of this Article III shall require the affirmative vote of
the holders of seventy-five percent (75%) of the Shares; provided,
however, that any such amendments shall, instead, be governed by the
Shareholder voting requirements of Section 1 of Article X of these
Regulations if: (i) the Corporation has no Interested Shareholder (as
defined in Section 1 of Article IX) and the proposed amendment is first
approved by a majority vote of the whole Board, or (ii) the Corporation
has an Interested Shareholder and the proposed amendment is first approved
by a two-thirds (2/3) majority of the Continuing Directors (as defined in
Section 1 of Article IX).
ARTICLE IV
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Section 1. Number, Election, Qualification and Term.
a. The number of Directors on the Board shall be fixed at fifteen
(15) unless and until changed by the Board as provided in these
Regulations.
b. At each Annual Shareholder Meeting, the Shareholders shall elect
Directors by ballot (in accordance with these Regulations) to serve for a
Term (as defined in Section 1e. of this Article) and until their
respective successors are elected or until their earlier death,
disqualification, resignation or removal from the Board.
c. If no Annual Shareholder Meeting is held or if all Directors are
not elected at the Annual Shareholder Meeting, the Shareholders shall
elect (by ballot in accordance with these Regulations) Persons to the
Board at a Special Shareholder Meeting and such Directors shall serve for
a Term (as defined in Section 1e. of this Article) and until their
respective successors are elected or until their earlier death,
disqualification, resignation or removal from the Board.
d. Notwithstanding any contrary provision in the Regulations, the
number of Directors on the Board may be periodically changed by the Board
(in its sole discretion) either (i) by a two-thirds (2/3) majority vote of
the Continuing Directors (as defined in Section 1 of Article IX of these
Regulations), if the Corporation has an Interested Shareholder (as defined
in
8
203
Section 1 of Article IX of these Regulations), or (ii) by a majority
vote of the whole Board, if the Corporation has no Interested Shareholder.
The Board shall fill (at any time in its sole discretion) any Directorship
created by the Board either (i) by a two-thirds (2/3) majority vote of the
Continuing Directors, if the Corporation has an Interested Shareholder, or
(ii) by a majority of the whole Board, if the Corporation has no
Interested Shareholder. New Directors so elected by the Board shall be
assigned to one or more Director Classes in accordance with Section 1e. of
this Article.
e. The Directorships shall be divided into three (3) classes (herein
the "Director Classes"), Class I, Class II, Class III, and each Director
shall be assigned to a Director Class. Each Director Class shall consist
of approximately an equal number of Directors and the terms of office for
each Director Class shall expire in succeeding years. At each annual
election of Directors by the Shareholders, the Directors so elected shall
be identified as to Director Class and as to the Directorships succeeded
and shall be elected for a term (herein called the "Term") expiring at the
third (3rd) following Annual Shareholder Meeting and the election of their
respective successors. If the number of Directorships is changed by the
Board pursuant to Section 1d. of this Article, any increase or decrease in
the Directorships shall be apportioned among the Director Classes as
equally as possible and each additional Director's Term shall coincide
with the terms of such Director Class.
f. Nominations for election to the Board may be made by the Board (by
a majority vote thereof) or any Shareholder. Nominations (other than
those made by the Board) shall be made in writing and shall be delivered
or mailed to the President or the Secretary not less than fourteen (14)
days nor more than fifty (50) days prior to any Shareholder Meeting called
for the election of Directors; provided, however, that if less than
twenty-one (21) days Notice of the Shareholder Meeting is given to the
Shareholders, such nominations shall be mailed or delivered to the
President or the Secretary not later than the close of business on the
seventh (7th) day following the day on which the Notice of the Shareholder
Meeting was mailed. Such notification shall contain the following
information: (i) the name and address of each proposed nominee; and (ii)
the principal occupation of each proposed nominee; and (iii) if known, the
total number of Shares that will be noted for each proposed nominee; and
(iv) the name and residence address of the notifying Shareholder(s); and
(v) the number of Shares owned by the notifying Shareholder(s).
Nominations not made in accordance with this Section 1f. shall not qualify
and shall be disregarded at the Shareholder Meeting..
g. Subject to this Section 1, a Person may serve as a Director for an
unlimited number of consecutive or non-consecutive Terms.
Section 2. Board Vacancies.
a. Board vacancies shall occur from the disqualification, death, or
resignation of any Director; from the removal (with or without cause) of a
Director from the Board; or from the Shareholders' failure to elect the
entire fixed and authorized number of Directors; provided, however, that a
vacancy shall not occur if, as a result of any of the foregoing, the Board
determines to reduce the corresponding number of Directorships pursuant to
its authority under Section 1d. of this Article IV.
9
204
b. Any Director may be removed from the Board (with or without cause)
at any time and without notice or demand by the vote of the holders of at
least seventy-five percent (75%) of the Shares.
c. At any time, a Director may resign from the Board by delivering or
mailing (by certified, United States mail) written notice of the
resignation to the President or the Secretary. The resignation shall be
effective upon actual receipt of the notice by the Officer, unless the
notice specifies a later resignation date.
d. The vote of the majority of the remaining Directors (even if such
Directors are less than a majority of the whole authorized number of
Directors) shall fill all Board vacancies (when and as determined by such
remaining Directors) by electing successor Directors to fill the unexpired
Term of the vacated Directorships and to serve until their respective
successors are elected, or until their earlier resignation,
disqualification, death or removal from the Board.
Section 3. Board Powers and Duties.
a. Except as otherwise expressly provided in these Regulations, all
policy and administrative powers and authority of the Corporation are
vested in and shall be exercised solely and exclusively by (or under the
direction of) the Board which, in its sole discretion, shall have charge,
control and management of the Corporation's property, affairs, businesses,
activities and funds. In accordance with these Regulations, the Board
also shall elect Officers, create and disband Board Committees, appoint
Board agents, authorize and empower the Corporation to negotiate and
execute contracts, and perform all other acts and functions permitted by
law and consistent with the Articles of Incorporation and these
Regulations.
b. Except as otherwise expressly designated by the Board, individual
Directors shall have no powers and authority to act on the Board's behalf
or on the Corporation's behalf and all Directors shall act and vote as a
Board.
Section 4. Voting.
a. Each Director shall be entitled to one (1) vote on all matters
properly submitted to the Board for its vote, consent, waiver, release or
other action.
b. Unless otherwise provided in these Regulations or by law, the
Board shall act by a majority vote of those Directors actually present in
person at any Board Meeting when a quorum of Directors then exists.
Section 5. Board Committees.
a. The Board may create Board Committee(s) and appoint, remove and
reappoint all members to such Committee(s). Such Committee(s) shall act
at the Board's direction and the Board shall have exclusive authority to
designate the duties, functions and powers of the Committee(s).
10
205
b. By resolution adopted by a majority of the whole Board, the Board
may create (from its membership) and define the powers and duties of an
Executive Committee and may determine that, during the intervals between
Board Meetings, the Executive Committee may possess and may exercise all
of the powers of the Board in the management and control of the business
of the Corporation to the extent permitted by law. All action taken by
the Executive Committee shall be reported to the Board at its first
Meeting thereafter.
c. Unless otherwise provided by the Board, a majority of the members
of any Committee appointed by the Board (pursuant to this Section) shall
constitute a quorum at any meeting thereof and the act of a majority of
the members present at a meeting at which a quorum exists shall be the act
of such Committee. Action may be taken by any such Committee without a
meeting by a writing signed by all its members. Any such Committee shall
prescribe its own rules for calling and holding meetings and its methods
of procedure, subject to any rules prescribed by the Board, and shall keep
a written record of all action taken by the Committee.
Section 6. Compensation and Expenses.
Directors shall be entitled to such compensation in their capacities as
Directors and to reimbursement for such expenses as the Board periodically
determines in its sole discretion. Members of Board Committees shall be
entitled to such additional compensation in their capacities as Committee
members and to reimbursement for such additional expenses as the Board
periodically determines in its sole discretion.
Section 7. Bylaws.
For its own government, the Board may adopt bylaws consistent with the
Articles of Incorporation and these Regulations.
Section 8. Amendment of Article IV.
Notwithstanding any contrary provision in the Regulations, amendments to
any provisions of this Article IV shall require the affirmative vote of
the holders of seventy-five percent (75%) of the Shares; provided,
however, that any such amendments shall, instead, be governed by the
Shareholder voting requirements of Section 1 of Article X of these
Regulations if: (i) the Corporation has no Interested Shareholder (as
defined in Section 1 of Article IX) and the proposed amendment is first
approved by a majority vote of the whole Board, or (ii) the Corporation
has an Interested Shareholder and the proposed amendment is first approved
by a two-thirds (2/3) majority of the Continuing Directors (as defined in
Section 1 of Article IX).
11
206
ARTICLE V
OFFICERS
Section 1. Designation and Qualification.
a. The Officers of the Corporation may consist of: (i) a Chairman of
the Board (who must be a Director), (ii) a Vice-Chairman of the Board (who
must also be a Director), (iii) a President (who must also be a Director),
(iv) a Secretary, (v) a Treasurer, and (vi) one or more Executive
Vice-Presidents and Senior Vice-Presidents, Assistant Officers and such
other Officers as the Board periodically determines. The same Person may
hold any two (2) or more Officerships. The President or the Chairman of
the Board shall serve as the Corporation's Chief Executive Officer (CEO)
as periodically determined by the Board. In its discretion, the Board may
also designate an Executive Vice-President or a Senior Vice-President as
the Corporation's Chief Operating Officer (COO).
b. At the Annual Reorganizational Board Meeting (or at any other
Special or Regular Board Meeting called for the purpose of electing
Officers), the Board shall elect all Officers to serve until the
expiration of their respective terms of office (as determined by the
Board) and until their respective successors are elected, or until their
earlier death, resignation, disqualification, or removal from office. The
terms of office for each Officership shall be periodically determined by
the Board.
c. Subject to the qualifications designated in this Section 1, any
person may serve or be elected as an Officer for an unlimited number of
consecutive or non-consecutive terms.
Section 2. Officer Vacancies and Succession.
a. Officer vacancies shall occur from an Officer's disqualification,
death, resignation or removal (with or without cause) from office.
b. Without prior notice or demand, any Officer may be removed at any
time from office (with or without cause) by the Board, unless such removal
is subject to the terms of a written contract between the Officer and the
Corporation.
c. Unless an Officer's resignation is subject to the terms of a
written contract between the Officer and the Corporation, an Officer may
resign from office at any time by delivering or mailing (by certified,
United States mail) written notice of the resignation to the Board or to
any Officer (other than the resigning Officer) and, unless the notice
specifies a later resignation date, the resignation shall be effective
upon actual receipt of the notice.
d. The Board shall fill all Officer vacancies, however created, by
electing (when and as determined by the Board) successor Officers to
serve until the expiration of their respective terms of office. Prior to
any such action by the Board, the Vice-Chairman shall fill any vacancy in
the office of the Chairman of the Board and the President shall fill any
vacancy in the office of the Vice-Chairman of the Board.
12
207
Section 3. Powers and Duties of Officers.
a. Chairman of the Board. The Chairman of the Board shall preside at
all Shareholder and Board Meetings; may serve as the Chief Executive
Officer (CEO) of the Corporation, if the Board so determines; and
generally shall perform all duties incident to the office and such other
duties and responsibilities as the Board periodically requires.
b. Vice-Chairman of the Board. The Vice-Chairman of the Board shall
perform all duties and responsibilities of the Chairman of the Board
during the Chairman's absence or incapacity, until the Board otherwise
directs, and shall perform such other duties and responsibilities as the
Board periodically requires.
c. President. The President of the Corporation shall perform all
duties and responsibilities of the Vice-Chairman of the Board during the
Vice-Chairman's absence or incapacity; ensure that all Board orders and
actions are implemented; sign the Corporation's documents; exercise
general executive supervision, management and control over the
Corporation's affairs, property, personnel, businesses, activities, other
Officers and funds; may serve as the Chief Executive Officer (CEO) of the
Corporation, if the Board so determines; and generally shall perform all
duties incident to the office and such other duties and responsibilities
as the Board periodically requires.
d. Executive and Senior Vice-President(s). Any Executive and Senior
Vice-President(s) of the Corporation shall, upon request of the Board,
perform such portion or all of the duties and responsibilities of the
President during the President's absence or incapacity, until the Board
otherwise directs; shall otherwise report to the President; and shall
perform such other duties and responsibilities as the Board or the
President periodically requires.
e. Secretary. The Secretary of the Corporation shall: take and
maintain (or cause to be taken and maintained) Minutes of all Shareholder
Meetings and all Board Meetings; unless otherwise provided herein, give
(or cause to be given) Notice of all Shareholder Meetings and all Director
Meetings as required by these Regulations; maintain (or cause to be
maintained) the Corporation's Seal (if any) and all books, records and
other documents of the Corporation; maintain (or cause to be maintained) a
record of all Share Certificates and all Shareholders; report to the
President; and generally perform all duties incident to the office and
such other duties and responsibilities as the Board or the President
periodically requires.
f. Treasurer. The Treasurer of the Corporation shall: maintain (or
cause to be maintained) custody of the Corporation's funds, securities,
properties, and other assets as periodically required by the Board;
prepare (or cause to be prepared) accurate financial accounts and
statements of the Corporation's financial condition, as periodically
required by the Board; maintain (or cause to be maintained) accurate
accounts of all funds received and paid by the Corporation and all other
financial transactions of the Corporation; report to the President; and
generally perform all duties incident to the office and such other duties
and responsibilities as the Board or the President periodically requires.
g. Other Officers. Any other Officer(s) of the Corporation shall
report to the President and shall have such duties and responsibilities
and such titles as the Board or the President periodically requires.
208
13
209
ARTICLE VI
INDEMNIFICATION OF SHAREHOLDERS, DIRECTORS,
OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS
Section 1. Definitions.
For purposes of this Article, the following words and phrases shall have
the meanings designated below:
a. "Claim" means, with respect to any Indemnified Individual, any and
all threatened, pending or completed claims, actions, suits or proceedings
(whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or otherwise and
whether under State or Federal law) and any and all appeals related
thereto; and
b. "Indemnified Individual" means, subject to Section 8 of this
Article, such of the following as the Board may determine (by a majority
vote of a quorum of disinterested Directors): all past, present and
future Shareholders, Directors, Officers, employees and other agents of
the Corporation acting in any capacity at the request of or on behalf of
the Corporation; and
c. "Liabilities" means any and all judgments, decrees, fines,
investigation costs, penalties, expenses, fees, amounts paid in
settlement, costs, losses, expenses (including, but not limited to,
attorneys' fees and court costs), charges, and any other liabilities
actually and reasonably incurred by an Indemnified Individual with respect
to any Claim, either before or after final disposition of the Claim.
Section 2. Indemnification for Third-Party Claims.
To the fullest extent authorized or permitted by law, the Shareholders
hereby determine that the Corporation shall indemnify and save harmless
any and all Indemnified Individuals from and against all Liabilities
arising or resulting from any Claim (other than a Claim by or in the right
of the Corporation), under which the Indemnified Individual is a party or
participant because of actions or omissions of the Corporation or of the
Indemnified Individual or of any Shareholder, Director, Officer, employee,
agent or other Person acting in any capacity at the request of or on
behalf of the Corporation, if such Indemnified Individual has acted in
good faith and in a manner the Indemnified Individual reasonably believed
to be in and not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and,
with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, if the Indemnified
Individual had no reasonable cause to believe the Indemnified Individual's
conduct was unlawful; provided, however, that (unless otherwise determined
by a majority vote of a quorum of disinterested Directors) the Corporation
shall not indemnify or save harmless an Indemnified Individual for such
Person's willful misconduct.
14
210
Section 3. Indemnification for Claims by or in the Right of the
Corporation.
To the fullest extent authorized or permitted by law, the Shareholders
hereby determine that the Corporation shall indemnify and save harmless
any and all Indemnified Individuals from and against all Liabilities
arising or resulting from any Claim by or in the right of the Corporation,
under which the Indemnified Individual is a party or participant because
of actions or omissions of the Corporation or of the Indemnified
Individual or of any Shareholder, Director, Officer, employee, agent or
other Person acting in any capacity at the request of or on behalf of the
Corporation, if the Indemnified Individual acted in good faith and in a
manner the Indemnified Individual reasonably believed to be in (or not
opposed to) the best interests of the Corporation; provided, however, that
the Corporation shall not indemnify or save harmless an Indemnified
Individual for (i) such Person's adjudicated negligence or misconduct in
the performance of the Indemnified Individual's duty to the Corporation,
or (ii) a violation of Section 1701.95 of the Ohio Revised Code.
Section 4. Release from Liability and Contribution.
To the fullest extent authorized or permitted by law, no Indemnified
Individual shall be liable to the Corporation or to any other Person and
no Claim shall be maintained against any Indemnified Individual by the
Corporation (or, for the Corporation's benefit, by any other Shareholder)
because of any action or omission (except for willful misconduct, unless
otherwise determined by a majority vote of a quorum of disinterested
Directors) of such Indemnified Individual in any capacity at the request
of or on behalf of the Corporation; provided, however, that an Indemnified
Individual shall be liable to the Corporation for the Indemnified
Individual's willful misconduct, unless otherwise determined by a majority
vote of a quorum of disinterested Directors. To the fullest extent
authorized or permitted by law, no Indemnified Individual shall be
responsible for or be required to contribute to the payment of any
Liabilities incurred by the Corporation or by any other Indemnified
Individual because of the actions or omissions (except for willful
misconduct, unless otherwise determined by a majority vote of a quorum of
disinterested Directors) of any Indemnified Individual serving in any
capacity at the request of or on behalf of the Corporation; provided,
however, that an Indemnified Individual shall be liable to the Corporation
and to any other Indemnified Individual for the Indemnified Individual's
willful misconduct, unless otherwise determined by a majority vote of a
quorum of disinterested Directors.
Section 5. Subrogation.
To the extent of any payment by the Corporation under this Article, the
Corporation: (i) shall be subrogated to all the Indemnified Individual's
rights of recovery from any other Person and, as a condition precedent to
any indemnification or other rights under this Article, such Indemnified
Individual shall execute all reasonable documents and take all reasonable
actions requested by the Corporation to implement the Corporation's right
of subrogation, and (ii) hereby waives any right of subrogation against or
contribution from an Indemnified Individual.
15
211
Section 6. Insurance and Similar Protection.
Whether or not the indemnification, release and other provisions of
Section 2, Section 3 or Section 4 of this Article apply, the Corporation
may purchase and maintain insurance upon and/or furnish similar protection
(including, but not limited to: trust funds, letters of credit and
self-insurance) for any Indemnified Individual to cover any Liabilities
such Indemnified Individual might incur from the exercise of the
Indemnified Individual's duties for the Corporation or from such
Indemnified Individual's capacity as an agent or representative of the
Corporation.
Section 7. Other Rights.
The provisions of this Article shall be in addition to and shall not
exclude or limit any rights or benefits to which any Indemnified
Individual is or may be otherwise entitled: (a) as a matter of law or
statute; (b) by the Articles of Incorporation, Regulations or any bylaws;
(c) by any agreement; (d) by the vote of Shareholders or Directors; or (e)
otherwise.
Section 8. Conditions and Limitations.
a. As a condition precedent to the indemnification, release and/or
performance of any other obligation of the Corporation under this Article,
the Indemnified Individual must first: (1) promptly notify the President
or Secretary of the Corporation of any actual or potential Claim; and (2)
authorize and permit the Corporation, in its sole discretion, to choose
any legal counsel to defend and otherwise handle the Claim and all
proceedings and matters related thereto (including, but not limited to,
any counter-claims, cross-claims and defenses); and (3) permit the
Corporation to assume total, complete and exclusive control of the Claim
and all proceedings and matters related thereto (including, but not
limited to, any counter-claims, cross-claims and defenses); and (4) in all
respects, cooperate with the Corporation and its counsel in the defense of
the Claim and in the prosecution of any counter-claims, cross-claims and
defenses.
b. At the Corporation's option, the Corporation's obligations under
this Article may cease and terminate (without notice or demand): (i) if
the Indemnified Individual is an employee of the Corporation, upon
termination of the Indemnified Individual's employment with the
Corporation, or (ii) if the Indemnified Individual is a Director or
Officer, upon removal of such Director or Officer for cause (as determined
by the Board) in accordance with these Regulations.
ARTICLE VII
SHARES
Section 1. Certificates and Share Records.
a. Certificates (herein called "Certificates" or "Share
Certificates") evidencing ownership of Shares shall be issued and
registered (on the Corporation's Share
16
212
records) to the lawful owner or holder of such Shares upon full payment
therefor. All Certificates shall contain such signatures and information
as required by these Regulations and Ohio law and shall be of such tenor
and design as the Board periodically determines.
b. The Secretary of the Corporation shall maintain (or cause to be
maintained) a record of all Share Certificates, the registered owner or
holder thereof, the date of issuance and cancellation, and any other
information the Board periodically requires.
c. A Person in whose name Shares are recorded on the books of the
Corporation shall conclusively be deemed the unqualified owner of such
Shares for all purposes and to have capacity to exercise all rights of
ownership. Neither the Corporation nor any transfer agent of the
Corporation shall be obligated to recognize any equitable interest in or
claim to such Shares by any other Person, whether disclosed upon the Share
Certificate or otherwise.
d. All Share Certificates shall be transferable in person or by
attorney; provided, however, that (except as otherwise provided in Section
2 of this Article) no Share transfer shall be entered upon the
Corporation's records until the previous Share Certificates for such
Shares have been surrendered and cancelled.
Section 2. Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Share Certificates.
The Board may issue new Share Certificates to replace lost, stolen or
destroyed Certificates. In its sole discretion, the Board may first
require the registered Shareholder to indemnify the Corporation and/or to
furnish a bond to the Corporation from such sureties, for such amount, and
with such terms and conditions as the Board determines to protect the
Corporation, its Shareholders, Directors, Officers, employees, agents
and/or any other Person from injury or damage by issuance of a new Share
Certificate.
Section 3. Cancellation of Share Certificates.
In its sole discretion, the Board shall determine whenever any
outstanding Share Certificates shall be cancelled and exchanged for other
Share Certificates and shall order and require the holders of such
outstanding Share Certificates to surrender them for such purposes. Until
compliance with the Board's order, all rights of the holder (as a
Shareholder) of any such Share Certificates shall be suspended with
respect to the Share(s) represented thereby.
Section 4. Transfer of Shares.
a. Shares may be transferred on the Corporation's Share records by
the registered holder, by the Shareholder's legally empowered attorney, or
by the Shareholder's legal representative upon surrender and cancellation
of the Share Certificates with duly-executed assignment and power of
transfer endorsed thereon (or attached thereto) and with such proof of
signatures as the Board requires.
b. After the Board fixes a Record Date for any Shareholder Meeting,
for the payment of a dividend or for the exercise of any Shareholder
rights, no Shares shall be transferred on the Corporation's Share records
until immediately after the occurrence of such event.
17
213
ARTICLE VIII
OTHER INSTRUMENTS
Section 1. Prior Instruments.
These Regulations supersede and nullify any and all prior regulations,
constitutions, bylaws and similar instruments previously adopted by the
Shareholders and/or the Board.
Section 2. Conflicts of Instruments.
In the event of a conflict between these Regulations and any other
instrument, bylaw, rule, regulation, document or policy of the
Corporation, these Regulations shall be superior to any such other
instrument, bylaw, rule, document, regulation and policy of the
Corporation (except as expressly stated herein), and the Articles of
Incorporation shall be superior to these Regulations.
ARTICLE IX
FAIR PRICE AND SUPER VOTE REQUIREMENTS
IN CERTAIN BUSINESS COMBINATIONS
Section 1. Definitions.
a. "Affiliate" or "Associate" shall have the respective meanings
given to such terms in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and Regulations
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as in effect on January 1,
1989, or as may thereafter be amended.
b. A Person shall be a "Beneficial Owner" of any Voting Shares (as
defined in this Article): (i) which such Person or any of its Affiliates
or Associates beneficially owns, directly or indirectly; or (ii) which
such Person or any of its Affiliates or Associates has by itself or with
others (a) the right to acquire (whether such right is exercisable
immediately or only after the passage of time), pursuant to any agreement,
arrangement or understanding or upon the exercise of conversion rights,
exchange rights, warrants or options, or otherwise, or (b) the right to
vote pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding; or (iii)
which is beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by any other Person
with which such Person or any of its Affiliates or Associates has any
agreement, arrangement or understanding for the purpose of acquiring,
holding, voting or disposing of any Voting Shares.
c. "Business Combination" shall include: (i) any merger or
consolidation of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries with or into
an Interested Shareholder (as defined in this Article), regardless of
which Person is the surviving entity; (ii) any sale, lease, exchange,
mortgage, pledge, or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of
transactions) from the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries to an
Interested Shareholder, or from an Interested Shareholder to the
Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, of assets having an aggregate Fair
18
214
Market Value (as defined in this Article) of ten percent (10%) or more of
the Corporation's total shareholders equity; (iii) the issuance, sale or
other transfer by the Corporation or any subsidiary thereof of any
securities of the Corporation or any subsidiary thereof to an Interested
Shareholder (other than an issuance or transfer of securities which is
effected on a pro rata basis to all holders of Shares of the Corporation);
(iv) the acquisition by the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries of any
securities of an Interested Shareholder; (v) the adoption of any plan or
proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation proposed by
or on behalf of an Interested Shareholder; (vi) any reclassification or
recapitalization of the Voting Shares or other securities of the
Corporation if the affect, directly or indirectly, of such transaction is
to increase the relative voting power of an Interested Shareholder; or
(vii) any agreement, contract or other arrangement providing for or
resulting in any of the transactions described in this definition of
Business Combination.
d. "Continuing Director" shall mean any member of the Board who is
unaffiliated with the Interested Shareholder and was a member of the Board
prior to the time that the Interested Shareholder became an Interested
Shareholder; any successor of a Continuing Director who is unaffiliated
with the Interested Shareholder and is approved to succeed a Continuing
Director by the Continuing Directors; any member of the Board who is
appointed to fill a vacancy on the Board, who is unaffiliated with the
Interested Shareholder, and who is approved by the Continuing Directors.
e. "Fair Market Value" shall mean: (i) in the case of securities
listed on a national securities exchange or quoted in the National
Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotations System (or any
successor thereof), the highest sales price or bid quotation, as the case
may be, reported for securities of the same class or series traded on the
national securities exchange or in the over-the-counter market during the
thirty (30) day period immediately prior to the date in question or, if no
such report or quotation is available, the Fair Market Value as determined
by the Continuing Directors; and (ii) in the case of other securities and
of other property or consideration (except cash), the Fair Market Value as
determined by the Continuing Directors; provided, however, if the power
and authority of the Continuing Directors ceases and terminates pursuant
to Section 6 of this Article as a result of there being less than five (5)
Continuing Directors at any time, then (a) for purposes of clause (ii) of
the definition of "Business Combination," any sale, lease, exchange,
mortgage, pledge, or other disposition of assets from the Corporation or
any of its subsidiaries to an Interested Shareholder or from an Interested
Shareholder to the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, regardless of
the Fair Market Value thereof, shall constitute a Business Combination,
and (b) for purposes of paragraph 1 of Section 4 of this Article, in
determining the amount of consideration received or to be received per
Share by the Independent Shareholders in a Business Combination, there
shall be excluded all consideration other than cash and the Fair Market
Value of securities listed on a national securities exchange or quoted in
the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotations System
(of any successor thereof) for which there is a reported sales price or
bid quotation, as the case may be, during the thirty (30) day period
immediately prior to the date in question.
f. "Independent Shareholder" shall mean all holders of Shares of the
Corporation other than the Interested Shareholder engaged in or proposing
the Business Combination.
19
215
g. "Interested Shareholder" shall mean: (a) any Person (other than
the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries), and (b) the Affiliates and
Associates of such Person, who (or which together) are: (i) the
Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of ten percent (10%) or more of
the then outstanding Voting Shares; or (ii) an assignee of or other Person
who has succeeded to any Voting Shares which were at any time within the
two (2) year period immediately prior to the date in question
beneficially owned by an Interested Shareholder, if such assignment or
succession shall have occurred in the course of a transaction or series of
transactions not involving a public offering within the meaning of the
Securities Act of 1933. Notwithstanding any contrary provision in this
Section 1(g): (i) no Trust Department or designated fiduciary or other
trustee of such Trust Department of the Corporation or a subsidiary of the
Corporation, or similar fiduciary capacity of the Corporation with direct
voting control of the outstanding Voting Shares shall be included or
considered as an Interested Shareholder, and (ii) no profit sharing,
employee stock ownership, employee stock purchase and savings, employee
pension, or other employee benefit plan of the Corporation or any of its
subsidiaries and no trustee of any such plan (in its capacity as such
trustee) shall be included or considered as an Interested Shareholder.
h. A "Person" shall mean an individual, partnership, trust,
corporation, limited liability company or other entity and further
includes any two (2) or more of the foregoing acting in concert.
I. "Voting Shares" shall mean all outstanding Common Shares and
Voting Preferred Shares of the Corporation.
j. All definitions contained in Article I of these Regulations shall
also apply to this Article IX, unless (and to the extent that) such
definitions conflict with the definitions in this Section 1.
Section 2. Supermajority Vote to Effect Business Combination.
No Business Combination shall be effected or consummated unless: (1)
authorized and approved by Continuing Directors and, if otherwise required
by law to authorize or approve the transaction, by the affirmative vote
of the holders of such Shares as are mandated by the Ohio Revised Code; or
(2) authorized and approved by the affirmative vote of holders of not less
than seventy-five percent (75%) of the outstanding Voting Shares voting
together as a single class. The authorization and approval required by
this Section 2 are in addition to any authorization and approval required
by Section 3 of this Article.
Section 3. Conditions Required to Effect Business Combination.
No Business Combination shall be effected or consummated unless: (1)
all the fair price and other conditions and requirements set forth in
Section 4 of this Article have been satisfied; or (2) authorized and
approved by the Continuing Directors; or (3) authorized and approved by
the affirmative vote of holders of not less than sixty-six and two-thirds
percent (66-2/3%) of the outstanding Voting Shares held by all Independent
Shareholders voting together as a single class. Any authorization and
approval required by this Section 3 are in addition to any authorization
and approval required by Section 2 of this Article.
20
216
Section 4. Conditions and Requirements to Fair Price.
All the following conditions and requirements must be complied with in
order for subitem (1) of Section 3 of this Article to be satisfied:
a. The cash and Fair Market Value of the property, securities or
other consideration to be received by the Independent Shareholders in the
Business Combination per Share for each Share of the Corporation must not
be less than the sum of: (i) the highest per Share price (including
brokerage commissions, transfer taxes, soliciting dealer's fees and
similar payments) paid by the Interested Shareholder in acquiring any
Shares; and (ii) the amount, if any, by which interest on the per Share
price, calculated at the Treasury Bill rate periodically in effect (from
the date the Interested Shareholder first became an Interested Shareholder
until the Business Combination has been consummated) exceeds the per Share
amount of cash dividends received by the Independent Shareholders during
such period (for purposes of this Subparagraph, the "Treasury Bill Rate"
mean, for each calendar quarter or part thereof, the interest rate of the
last auction in the preceding calendar quarter of ninety-one (91)-day
United States Treasury Bills expressed as a bond equivalent yield); for
purposes of this Section 4a., per Share amounts shall be appropriately
adjusted for any recapitalization, reclassification, Share dividend, Share
split, reverse split, or other similar transaction. Any Business
Combination which does not result in the Independent Shareholders'
receiving consideration for or in respect of their Shares shall not be
treated as complying with the requirements of this Section 4a.
b. The form of the consideration to be received by the Independent
Shareholders owning the Shares must be the same as was previously paid by
the Interested Shareholder(s); provided, however, that if the Interested
Shareholder previously paid for such Shares with different forms of
consideration, the form of the consideration to be received by the
Independent Shareholders must be in the form as was previously paid by the
Interested Shareholder in acquiring the largest number of Shares. The
provisions of this Section 4b. are not intended to diminish the aggregate
amount of cash and Fair Market Value of any other consideration that any
holder of Shares is otherwise entitled to receive upon the liquidation or
dissolution of the Corporation, under the terms of any contract with the
Corporation or an Interested Shareholder, or otherwise.
c. From the date the Interested Shareholder first becomes an
Interested Shareholder until the Business Combination has been
consummated, the following requirements must be complied with unless the
Continuing Directors otherwise determine: (i) the Interested Shareholder
has not received, directly or indirectly, the benefit (except
proportionately as a holder of Shares) of any loan, advance, guaranty,
pledge, or other financial assistance, tax credit or deduction, or other
benefit from the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries; (ii) there shall
have been no failure to declare and pay in full (when and as due or
scheduled) any dividends required to be paid on any class or series of
Shares; (iii) there shall have been (a) no reduction in the annual rate of
dividends paid on Common Shares (except as necessary to reflect any split
of the Common Shares), and (b) an increase in the annual rate of dividends
as necessary to reflect reclassification (including a reverse split),
recapitalization or any similar transaction which has the effect of
reducing the number of outstanding Common Shares; and (iv) there shall
have been no amendment or other modification to any profit-sharing,
employee stock ownership, employee stock purchase and savings, employee
pension or other employee benefit plan of the Corporation
217
21
218
or any of its subsidiaries the effect of which is to change in any manner
the provisions governing the voting of any Shares of the Corporation in or
covered by such plan.
d. A proxy or information statement describing the Business
Combination and complying with the requirements of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (or any
subsequent provisions replacing that Act and the rules and regulations
thereunder) has been mailed at least thirty (30) days prior to the
completion of the Business Combination to the holders of all outstanding
Voting Shares. If deemed advisable by the Continuing Directors, the proxy
or information statement shall contain a recommendation by the Continuing
Directors as to the advisability (or inadvisability)of the Business
Combination and/or an opinion by an investment banking firm, selected by
the Continuing Directors and retained at the expense of the Corporation,
as to the fairness (or unfairness) of the Business Combination to the
Independent Shareholders.
Section 5. Other Applicable Voting Requirements.
The affirmative votes or approvals required to be received from holders
of the Shares of the Corporation under Sections 2, 3, and 9 of this
Article shall apply even though no vote of a lesser percentage vote may be
required by law or by other provisions of these Regulations, or otherwise.
Any authorization, approval or other action of the Continuing Directors
under this Article is in addition to any required authorization, approval
or other action of the Board.
Section 6. Continuing Directors.
All actions required or permitted to be taken in these Regulations by
the Continuing Directors shall be taken with or without a meeting by the
vote or written consent of two-thirds (2/3) of the Continuing Directors,
regardless of whether the Continuing Directors constitute a quorum of the
members of the Board then in office. If the number of Continuing
Directors is at any time less than five (5), all power and authority of
the Continuing Directors under this Article shall thereupon cease and
terminate, including (without limitation) the authority of the Continuing
Directors to authorize and approve a Business Combination Sections 2 and 3
of this Article and to approve a successor Continuing Director.
Two-thirds (2/3) of the Continuing Directors shall have the power and duty
(consistent with their fiduciary obligations) to determine for the purpose
of this Article, on the basis of information known to them: (1) whether
any Person is an Interested Shareholder; (2) whether any Person in an
Affiliate or Associate ; (3) whether any Person has an agreement,
arrangement, or understanding with another or is acting in concert with
another; and (4) the Fair Market Value of property, securities or other
considerations (other than cash). The good faith determination of the
Continuing Directors on such matters shall be binding and conclusive for
purposes of this Article.
Section 7. Effects on Fiduciary Obligations of Interested
Shareholders.
Nothing contained in this Article shall be construed to relieve any
Interested Shareholder from any fiduciary obligations imposed by law.
22
219
Section 8. Further Considerations to Effect Business Combination.
No Business Combination (as defined in this Article) shall be effected
or consummated unless, in addition to the consideration set forth in
Sections 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6 of this Article, the Board (including the
Continuing Directors) shall consider all of the following factors and any
other factors which the Board deems relevant: (1) the social and
economic effects of the transaction on the Corporation and its
subsidiaries, employees, depositors, loan and other customers, creditors
and other elements of the communities in which the Corporation and its
subsidiaries operate or are located; (2) the business and financial
conditions and earnings prospects of the Interested Shareholder, including
(but not limited to) debt services another existing or likely financial
obligations of the Interested Shareholder, and the possible effect thereof
on other elements of the communities in which the Corporation and its
subsidiaries operate or are located, and (3) the competence, experience
and integrity of the Interested Shareholder and his, its or their
management.
Section 9. Repeal.
Notwithstanding any other provisions of these Regulations and
notwithstanding the fact that a lesser percentage vote may be required by
law or other provision of these Regulations, the provisions of this
Article may not be repealed, amended, supplemented or otherwise modified,
unless: (1) the Continuing Directors (or, if there is no Interested
Shareholder, a majority vote of the whole Board) recommend such repeal,
amendment, supplement or modification and such repeal, amendment,
supplement or modification is approved by the affirmative vote of the
holders of not less than sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the
outstanding Voting Shares; or (2) such repeal, amendment, supplement or
modification is approved by the affirmative vote of holders of (a) not
less than seventy-five percent (75%) of the outstanding Voting Shares
voting together as a single class, and (b) not less than sixty-six and
two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the outstanding Voting Shares held by all
Independent Shareholders voting together as a single class.
ARTICLE X
AMENDMENTS AND MISCELLANEOUS
Section 1. Amendments.
a. Except as otherwise expressly provided in these Regulations, the
Shareholders may repeal or amend these Regulations or adopt amended
regulations: (i) at any Shareholder Meeting (with previous notice of such
amendment, repeal or adoption), by the affirmative vote of the registered
holders of a majority of the Shares represented in person or by proxy at
such Shareholder Meeting, or (ii) without a Shareholder Meeting, by the
written consent of the registered holders of a majority of the Shares.
b. If these Regulations are amended or amended regulations are
adopted without a Shareholder Meeting, the Secretary of the Corporation
(or any other Officer) shall forthwith mail a copy of the amendment to
these Regulations or the amended regulations to each
23
220
Shareholder who did not participate in the adoption of the amendment or
the amended regulations.
Section 2. Miscellaneous.
a. When acting on the Corporation's behalf, no Shareholder, Director,
Officer, employee, or other agent of the Corporation shall discriminate
against any Person because of race, religion, color, creed, sex, national
origin, or handicap.
b. If any provision or Article of these Regulations is ever
judicially determined to be invalid or unenforceable, such determination
shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision or
Article of these Regulations.
Dated:___________________
24
221
[X] PLEASE MARK VOTES REVOCABLE PROXY
AS IN THIS EXAMPLE LNB BANCORP, INC.
PROXY SOLICITED ON BEHALF OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS FOR THE ANNUAL MEETING
OF SHAREHOLDERS TO BE HELD APRIL 18, 2000
The undersigned hereby appoints Daniel P. Batista, David M. Koethe and
Eugene M. Sofranko, and each of them, with power of substitution,
proxies and agents of the undersigned to vote at the Annual Meeting of
Shareholders of LNB Bancorp, Inc. (the "Corporation"), to be held at The
Lorain National Bank, 521 Broadway, Lorain, Ohio, 44052, on April 18,
2000, at 10:00 a.m., and at any adjournment thereof, all shares of common
stock of the Corporation which the undersigned would be entitled to vote
if personally present for the following matters.
The Board of Directors recommends a vote FOR each of the following:
1. ELECTION OF DIRECTORS for a three-year term expiring in 2003 (except
as marked to the contrary below):
For [ ] Withhold [ ] For All Except [ ]
Robert M. Campana, James F. Kidd, Jeffrey F. Riddell, and Thomas P.
Ryan
INSTRUCTION: To withhold authority to vote for any individual nominee(s),
mark "For All Except" and write that (those) nominee's name(s) in the
space provided below.
_________________________________________________________________
2. PROPOSAL TO AMEND THE ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION AND CODE OF
REGULATIONS AS MORE FULLY DESCRIBED UNDER THE FOLLOWING SUBHEADINGS
AND IN THE PROXY STATEMENT:
a) Amend and restate Articles of Incorporation to simplify and
update language as authorized by Ohio law; which amendments would
not affect shareholders' rights;
b) State in the Articles of Incorporation that one of the purposes for
which the Corporation is formed is to qualify and act as a
"financial holding company" as defined by the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act
of 1999;
c) Removal of fair price and super majority vote provisions as
currently stated in Articles XIII and XIV of the Articles
of Incorporation and relocate such provisions to the Code of
Regulations;
d) Amend and restate Code of Regulations to simplify and update
language as authorized by Ohio law; which amendments would not
affect shareholders' rights;
e) Provide that the number of directors on the Board of Directors may
periodically be changed and authorize the Board of Directors to fill
terms of directorships created by the Board of Directors;
f) Provide that directors and members of board committees may be
entitled to compensation and reimbursement for additional expenses
as the Board of Directors periodically determines in its sole
discretion; and
g) Provide for indemnification of shareholders, directors, officers,
employees and agents from claims arising from acts of the
Corporation or others acting on behalf of the Corporation.
222
AN AFFIRMATIVE VOTE FOR PROPOSAL 2 TO AMEND THE ARTICLES OF
INCORPORATION AND THE CODE OF REGULATIONS WILL BE AN AFFIRMATIVE VOTE
FOR ALL SUBHEADINGS UNDER PROPOSAL 2-SUBHEADINGS 2(a) THROUGH 2(g).
For [ ] Against [ ] Abstain [ ]
3. OTHER BUSINESS - To transact any other business that may properly
come before the meeting or any adjournment thereof.
In their discretion, the proxies are authorized to vote upon such other
business as properly may come before the meeting.
This proxy, when properly executed, will be voted in the manner directed
herein by the undersigned stockholder. If no direction is made, this
proxy will be voted FOR Proposals 1 and 2. The undersigned
acknowledges receipt of the Notice of Annual Meeting of Shareholders and
the related Proxy Statement.
Please be sure to sign and date Date [ ]
this Proxy in the box below.
[ ]
Shareholder sign above Co-holder (if any) sign above
Detach above card, sign, date and mail in postage paid envelope
provided.
LNB BANCORP, INC.
Please sign exactly as name appears hereon. When shares are held by joint
tenants, both should sign. When signing as attorney, executor,
administrator, trustee or guardian, please give full title as such. If a
corporation, please sign in full corporate name by President or other
authorized officer. If a partnership, please sign in partnership name by
an authorized person.
PLEASE ACT PROMPTLY
SIGN, DATE & MAIL YOUR PROXY CARD TODAY
223
LNB Bancorp, Inc.
Appendix to Form 10 - K
(for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1999)
S - K Reference Number (23)
Consent of Independent Accountants.
224
Appendix 23
Consent of Independent Accountants
The Board of Directors
LNB Bancorp, Inc.:
We consent to incorporation by reference in the registration statements
No.33-64034 on Form S-8 and No. 333-43441 on Form S-3 of LNB Bancorp, Inc.
of our report dated January 28, 2000, relating to the consolidated balance
sheets of LNB Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiary as of December 31, 1999 and
1998, and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders'
equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year
period ended December 31, 1999, which report appears in the December 31,
1999 annual report on Form 10-K of LNB Bancorp, Inc.
/s/ KPMG LLP
Cleveland, Ohio
March 24, 2000
225
LNB Bancorp, Inc.
Appendix to Form 10 - K
(for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1999)
S - K Reference Number (27)
Financial Data Schedule